bulletin-catalog 2001 - 2003

Transcription

BULLETIN-CATALOG 2001 - 2003
CAMPBELLSVILLE UNIVERSITY
1 University Drive
Campbellsville, Kentucky 42718-2799
Telephone: (270) 789-5000 or 1-800-264-6014
FAX: (270) 789-5050
E-mail: admissions@campbellsvil.edu
Home Page: http://www.campbellsvil.edu
Offices are open Monday through Friday from 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time.
Visits to the campus are encouraged and welcomed.
This Catalog is for informational purposes and does not constitute a contract between Campbellsville
University and any member of the student body, faculty, or the general public. Campbellsville University
reserves the right to modify, revoke, add programs, requirements, or costs at any time. Students who have
been out of school for at least a year will usually be subject to the requirements currently in effect.
1
INFORMATION DIRECTORY
Specific information by mail, telephone, or visitation may be obtained from the following:
Academic ......................................Dr. Franklin D Cheatham
Vice President for Academic Affairs
AD 13
Academic Advising.......................Mr. J. Alvin Hardy
Director of Center for Educational Enhancement
SU 5
Accounts .......................................Office of Business Services
AD 4
Administration ..............................Dr. Michael V. Carter
President
Admissions ....................................Mr. Trent Argo
Director of Admissions
Alumni Interests ............................Director of Alumni Relations
Athletics ........................................Mr. Rusty Hollingsworth
Director of Athletics
Books ............................................Mrs. Margaret Foster
Director of Bookstore
Campus Visitors ............................Mr. Trent Argo
Convocation/Chapel......................Mr. Ed Pavy, Sr.
Director of Campus Ministries
AD 14
SWC 104
AD 17
AC 203
AD 7
SWC 104
SU 1
Credits, Transcripts and Forms.....Mrs. Rita Creason
Director of Student Records
AD 18
Development .................................Dr. Alan Medders
Vice President for Development
AD 17
Employment:
Academic..............................Dr. Franklin D Cheatham
Non-Academic......................Mrs. Betty Kidwell
Director of Personnel Services
Student ..................................Ms. Christi Tolson
Director of Financial Aid
Evening Degree Program..............Mrs. Sharon Gowin
Assistant to the Director of Admissions
Financial Aid .................................Ms. Christi Tolson
Gifts to the University ..................Dr. Alan Medders
Vice President for Development
2
AD 13
AD 2
SWC 201
SWC 115A
SWC 201
AD 17
Graduate Programs .......................Dr. James E. Pirkle
Dean, School of Education
Dr. J. Robert Gaddis
Dean, School of Music
Dr. Walter C. Jackson
Dean, School of Theology
Dr. Patricia Cowherd
Dean, School of Business and Economics
Dr. Mary Wilgus
Dean, College of Arts and Sciences
Honors Program ............................Dr. Mary Wilgus
Dean, College of Arts and Sciences
Illness ............................................Mrs. Marsha Davis
Campus Nurse
Loans.............................................Ms. Christi Tolson
Lost and Found .............................Mr. Dave Walters
Dean of Student Services
Mail ...............................................Postal Services Clerk
CH 203
GFAC 224
DH 5
AD 22B
CH 304
CH 304
SS
SWC 201
SS
AD 5
Placement:
Career Counseling .....................Ms. Sylvia Morris
Dean of Career Services and Counseling
CSCC
Church-Related Vocations .........Dr. Walter Jackson
School of Theology
DH 5
Teacher Education .....................Dr. James E. Pirkle
School of Education
CH 203
Public Information ........................Mr. Marcus C. Whitt
Vice President for Communications and Marketing
Registration ...................................Mrs. Rita Creason
Director of Student Records
AD 22C
AD 18
Scholarships ..................................Ms. Christi Tolson
SWC 201
Student Activities ..........................Mr. Dave Walters
SS
Student Housing ............................Mr. Josh Anderson
Director of Residence Life
SS
Teacher Education
and Certification ...........................Dr. James E. Pirkle
Dean, School of Education
CH 203
Traffic and Parking Permits ..........Mr. Dave Walters
Tutoring.........................................Mr. J. Alvin Hardy
Director of Center for Educational Enhancement
Withdrawals ..................................Dr. Franklin D Cheatham
SS
SU 5
AD 13
3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Mission and Core Values ..........................................................................................Inside Front Cover
Information Directory..............................................................................................................................3
University Calendar 2001-2003 ..............................................................................................................5
General Information ..............................................................................................................................9
Campbellsville University Profile ..........................................................................................................9
History................................................................................................................................................10
Facilities..............................................................................................................................................11
Centers, Institutes and Special Projects ........................................................................................13
Admissions Information ......................................................................................................................15
Requirements for Admission ................................................................................................................16
Special Programs ..............................................................................................................................20
Advanced Placement and Credit ....................................................................................................21
Financial Information ..........................................................................................................................23
Financial Policies ..............................................................................................................................23
Financial Expenses ............................................................................................................................23
Financial Assistance ..........................................................................................................................25
Student Services Information ..............................................................................................................29
Student Services ..................................................................................................................................29
Student Housing ..................................................................................................................................31
Student Conduct ..................................................................................................................................36
Student Activities ................................................................................................................................38
Campus Ministries ................................................................................................................................38
Academic Program ................................................................................................................................45
Academic Degrees................................................................................................................................45
Academic Programs ............................................................................................................................45
Academic Policies ................................................................................................................................51
General Education Requirements......................................................................................................51
Academic Honors ................................................................................................................................59
Instructional Program ..........................................................................................................................61
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES ..............................................................................................
Carver School of Social Work..........................................................................................................62
Department of Art ............................................................................................................................64
Division of Humanities ....................................................................................................................68
Department of Health Promotion, Human Performance and Leisure Studies ..........................75
Honors Interdisciplinary Program ..................................................................................................80
Division of Science ............................................................................................................................81
Division of Social Science ................................................................................................................90
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS & ECONOMICS ....................................................................................99
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION ............................................................................................................109
SCHOOL OF MUSIC ......................................................................................................................117
SCHOOL OF THEOLOGY ............................................................................................................128
Description of Courses ........................................................................................................................138
Directories: Personnel ........................................................................................................................206
Board of Trustees ..............................................................................................................................204
Administrative Officers ....................................................................................................................206
Faculty and Librarians ....................................................................................................................206
Athletics ..............................................................................................................................................210
Staff ....................................................................................................................................................211
Emeriti Faculty..................................................................................................................................212
4
CAMPBELLSVILLE UNIVERSITY
ACADEMIC CALENDAR
Fall Semester 2001
Fall Semester
1st 8-week term
Aug. 20-Dec. 14
2nd 8-week term
Oct. 17-Dec. 14***
Aug. 20, 21
Aug. 22
Aug. 24
Aug. 27
Aug. 31
Sept. 3
Oct. 3
Oct. 15-19
Oct. 16
Oct. 17
Oct. 22
Oct. 23
Oct. 23-Nov. 2
Nov. 5-16
Nov. 9
Nov. 21, 22, 23
Nov. 27
Dec. 10-14
Dec. 14
Dec. 17
Dec. 31-Jan. 11, 02
Aug. 22-Oct. 16*
Advising/Registration
Classes Begin/Registration Continues
Late Registration Fee Begins
Last Day to Add/Register 1st 8-week term
Last Day to Add/Register for Fall term
Labor Day (No Classes)
Last Day to drop 1 st 8-week class with W
Mid-term week (semester term)
1st 8-week term ends*
2nd 8-week term begins
Fall break (No Classes)
Last day to Add/Register 2nd 8-week term**
Junior and Senior Academic Advising
Freshman and Sophomore Academic Advising
Last day to drop with W (semester term)
Thanksgiving Holidays (being at noon 21st )
Last day to drop 2 nd 8-week class with W
Final Exams
2nd 8-week term ends
Grades due (9:00 a.m.)
Jan Term
*1 st 8-week classes will have finals Oct. 15 and Oct. 16.
**Adding a 2 nd 8-week term class may bring your total hours for the semester to more than 16 hours
and thus you will be charged for all hours above 16.
***2nd 8-week classes will have finals during the 2nd class meeting Finals Week.
Spring Semester 2002
Spring Semester
1st 8-week term
Jan. 14-May 10
2nd 8-week term
March 11-May 10*
Jan. 14, 15
Jan. 16
Jan. 18
Jan. 18
Jan. 21
Jan. 25
Feb. 18
March 8
March 11
March 11-15
March 15
March 16-24
March 29
Jan. 14-March 8*
Martin Luther King Day (No Classes)
Last Day to Add/Register for Spring term
1st 8-week term ends
Spring Break (No Classes)
Good Friday (No Classes)
5
April 1-12
April 12
April 15-26
April 26
May 6-10
May 10
May 11
May 13
May 13
Final Exams***
Commencement
May term begins
*1 st 8-week classes will have finals March 6 and March 7.
May and Summer Terms 2002
May Term
June Term
July Term
Regular Term
May 13
May 13
May 14
May 28
May 31
June 3
June 3
June 5
June 6
June 7
June 21
June 28
July 1
July 3
July 4
July 12
July 19
July 26
May 13-31
June 3-28
July 1-26
June 3-July 26
Registration for May Term
May Term Classes Begin
Last Day to Register or Add May Term Class
Last Day to Drop a May Term Class with Grade of “W”
May Term Ends
Registration for June and Regular Term
Classes Begin for June and Regular Term
First Day to Drop/Add for June or Regular Term
Last Day to Register or Add June Term Class
Last Day to Register or Add Regular Term Class
Last Day to Drop June Term Class with Grade of “W”
June Term Ends
July Term Begins
Last Day to Register or Add July Term Class
Independence Day Holiday Observed
Last Day to Drop a Regular Term Class with Grade of “W”
Last Day to Drop a July Term Class with Grade of “W”
July Term and Regular Term Ends
Fall Semester 2002
Fall Semester
1st 8-week term
2nd 8-week term
Aug. 19, 20
Aug. 21
Aug. 23
Aug. 26
Aug. 30
Sept. 2
Oct. 2
Oct. 14-18
Oct. 15
Oct. 16
Oct. 21
6
Aug. 19-Dec. 13
Aug. 21-Oct. 15*
Oct. 16-Dec. 13***
Last Day to Add/Register for Fall term
Labor Day (No Classes)
1st 8-week term ends*
Fall break (No Classes)
Oct. 22
Oct. 28-Nov. 8
Nov. 8
Nov. 11-22
Nov. 26
Nov. 27, 28, 29
Dec. 9-13
Dec. 13
Dec. 16
Dec. 30-Jan. 10, 02
Thanksgiving Holidays (begin at noon 27st )
Final Exams
Jan Term
*1 st 8-week classes will have finals Oct. 14 and Oct. 15.
Spring Semester 2003
Spring Semester
1st 8-week term
2nd 8-week term
Jan. 13, 14
Jan. 15
Jan. 17
Jan. 17
Jan. 20
Jan. 24
Feb. 17
March 7
March 10
March 10-14
March 14
March 15-23
March 31-April 11
April 11
April 14-25
April 18
April 25
May 5-9
May 9
May 10
May 12
May 12
Jan. 13-May 9
Jan. 13-March 7*
March 10-May 9*
Martin Luther King Day (No Classes)
Last Day to Add/Register for Spring term
1st 8-week term ends
Spring break (No Classes)
Good Friday (No Classes)
Final Exams***
Commencement
May term begins
*1 st 8-week classes will have finals March 6 and March 7.
7
May and Summer Terms 2003
May Term
June Term
July Term
Regular Term
May 12
May 12
May 13
May 27
May 30
June 2
June 2
June 4
June 5
June 6
June 20
June 27
June 30
July 2
July 4
July 11
July 18
July 25
8
May 12-30
June 2-27
June 30-July 25
June 2-July 25
Registration for May Term
May Term Classes Begin
Last Day to Register or Add May Term Class
Last Day to Drop a May Term Class with Grade of “W”
May Term Ends
Registration for June and Regular Term
Classes Begin for June and Regular Term
First Day to Drop/Add for June or Regular Term
Last Day to Register or Add June Term Class
Last Day to Register or Add Regular Term Class
Last Day to Drop June Term Class with Grade of “W”
June Term Ends
July Term Begins
Last Day to Register or Add July Term Class
Independence Day Holiday Observed (No Classes)
Last Day to Drop a Regular Term Class with Grade of “W”
Last Day to Drop a July Term Class with Grade of “W”
July Term and Regular Term Ends
CAMPBELLSVILLE UNIVERSITY PROFILE
FOUNDED: 1906
LOCATION: Our 70-acre campus is situated precisely in the center of Kentucky, one-half mile from
downtown Campbellsville (population 11,000—ninth fastest-growing community in Kentucky), and
40 minutes southeast of Elizabethtown.
Whether it’s quiet, natural surroundings you seek, or the faster pace of city life, our campus is ideally
located amid peaceful Kentucky countryside, yet is just one and one-half hours from Louisville and
Lexington, and two and one-half hours from Nashville. Campbellsville is located on KY 55/US 68 and
can be reached from the north by way of the Bluegrass Parkway and from the south by way of the
Louie B. Nunn Parkway (formerly Cumberland Parkway.)
TYPE: Co-educational university of the liberal arts and sciences, privately supported and affiliated with
the Kentucky Baptist Convention.
ENROLLMENT: 1,776, representing 26 states and 24 foreign countries.
FACULTY/STUDENT RATIO: 1 to 16
LIBRARY: The Montgomery Library contains more than 115,000 volumes and more than 5,000 periodicals.
DEGREES CONFERRED:
Master of Arts Degree in Education (M.A.E.)
Master of Business Administration (M.B.A.)
Master of Music in Music Education (M.M.)
Master of Music in Church Music (M.M.C.M.)
Master of Arts in Music (M.A.M.)
Master of Theology (M.Th.)
Master of Arts in Social Sciences (M.A.S.S.)
Bachelor of Arts (B.A.)
Bachelor of Music (B.M.)
Bachelor of Science (B.S.)
Bachelor of Science in Social Work (B.S.W.)
Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology (B.S. Med. Tech.)
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration (B.S.B.A.)
Associate of Arts (A.A.)
Associate of Science (A.S.)
ACCREDITATION: Campbellsville University is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the
Southern Association of Colleges (1866 Southern Lane, Decatur, Georgia, telephone number 404-6794501) to award the associate’s, bachelor’s and master’s degrees. Campbellsville’s music program is
accredited by the National Association of Schools of Music (NASM). The teacher preparation program
is approved by the Education Professional Standards Board (EPSB) for teacher education and certification. The Interstate Certification Project entitles the teachers graduated by Campbellsville and certified by Kentucky to be certified in other states. Campbellsville’s Bachelor of Social Work program
is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education.
AFFILIATIONS: The University is a member of the American Council on Education (ACE), the
Appalachian College Association (ACA), the Association of Independent Kentucky Colleges and
Universities (AIKCU), the Association of Southern Baptist Colleges and Schools (ASBCS), the
Council for Christian Colleges and Universities (CCCU), the Cooperative Services International
Education Consortium (CSIEC), the Council for the Advancement for Small Colleges (CASC), the
Kentucky Independent College Fund (KICF), The Council for Advancement and Support of Education
(CASE), the Council of Independent Colleges (CIC), the Consortium for Global Education (CGE),
and the National Association of Independent Colleges and Universities (NAICU).
9
COLORS: Maroon and Gray.
TELEPHONE: Access to all offices (270) 789-5000; 1-800-264-6014; FAX (270) 789-5050.
HISTORY: Citizens of central Kentucky have long realized the need for Christian education. In 1900 the
members of the Russell Creek Baptist Association, in a meeting at Salem Baptist Church,
Campbellsville, Kentucky, appointed a committee to raise funds for building a school. Work progressed steadily, and in 1907 a building was completed and opened for classwork as the Russell Creek
Academy. The academy grew and expanded. Improvements were made in the curriculum; new departments were added, the faculty was enlarged. The institution of Russell Creek Academy became
Campbellsville College in 1924. In 1933, Campbellsville was among the first to be admitted to the
newly organized Kentucky Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. In 1949, the College was
accredited by the Southern Association of Secondary Schools and Colleges as a junior college.
In October, 1957, at the meeting of the General Association of Baptists in Kentucky at Harlan, the
Board of Trustees of Campbellsville College was authorized to execute its proposal of expanding
Campbellsville College into a four-year institution. In December, 1963, the College received membership in the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools (SACS) as an accredited liberal arts senior college.
In December 1994, the Commission on Colleges acting on the recommendation of the Committee on
Criteria and Reports for Institutions at Levels II-VI, approved Campbellsville College for
Accreditation at Level III, the offering of the Master of Arts in Curriculum and Instruction.
In April 1996, the Board of Trustees changed the status of the institution to that of Campbellsville
University.
Today the University has about 200 full-time faculty and staff. There are 30 major buildings, including the Gosser Fine Arts Center and the newly-renovated Science Building. The Clock/Carillon Tower
provides symbolism and sound to the campus community.
Enrollment at Campbellsville University is anticipated to average approximately 2,000 for the foreseeable future where faculty, administration, and staff encourage students to strive for excellence in all
areas of life and to seek an integration of Christian faith in living, leading, and learning.
EQUAL OPPORTUNITY: In compliance with federal law, including provisions of Title IX of the
Education Amendments of 1972 and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Campbellsville
University does not illegally discriminate on the basis of race, gender, color, national or ethnic origin,
age, disability, or military service in its administration of education policies, programs, or activities;
admissions policies; or employment. Under federal law, the University may discriminate on the basis
of religion in order to fulfill its purposes. Inquiries or complaints should be directed to Director of
Personnel Services, Campbellsville University, UPO Box 1302, 1 University Drive, Campbellsville,
KY 42718
COMPLIANCE WITH THE REHABILITATION ACT AND AMERICANS WITH
DISABILITIES ACT: The Rehabilitation Act states that no qualified individual with handicap shall be
excluded from participation in, denied the benefits of, or otherwise subjected to discrimination in any
of Campbellsville University’s programs or activities because its facilities are inaccessible or unusable. For students, a qualified individual with handicap is one who meets the technical and academic
standards requisite to admission or participation in the program. The programs and activities of the
University include admission, financial aid, student housing, physical education and athletic opportunities, counseling and placement services, and social/service organizations.
Because its students receive Federal financial assistance from the Department of Education,
Campbellsville is required to operate its programs or activities so that when viewed in their entirety
they are readily accessible to individuals with handicaps.
STUDENT RIGHT TO KNOW AND CAMPUS SECURITY ACT: Campbellsville University complies with the Federal Student Right To Know and Campus Security Act.
10
FACILITIES
(A Campus Map of Facilities is located inside the back cover.)
ACADEMIC/ADMINISTRATIVE FACILITIES
ADMINISTRATION BUILDING (AD). The Administration Building houses administrative offices,
business and economics faculty offices, classrooms, the Bookstore, Print Shop and Postal Services, and
Computing and Information Services.
ALUMNI BUILDING (AB). The Alumni Building houses the University Theater, theater office, social
science faculty offices, a student lounge, and classrooms.
ATHLETIC ANNEX (AA). The Athletic Annex houses football and baseball facilities and coaches’
offices. This building is a structure which conveniently adjoins the football and baseball fields.
BETTY DOBBINS HEILMAN HOUSE (PH). The Betty Dobbins Heilman House is used as a residence for the University President and family.
CAREER SERVICES AND COUNSELING CENTER. In addition to personal counseling, the Center
provides help for the student in choosing a vocation and in preparation for and securing employment
through guidance from the staff or via Internet access in the student Career Lab.
CARTER HALL (CH). Carter Hall provides faculty offices for the areas of mathematics, CIS, physics,
humanities, communications, and education. The Carter Hall academic facility also provides space for
computer and physic laboratories, laser optics lab; instructional media and design labs. In addition there
are seven classrooms in the building.
CARVER SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK (CS). The Social Work building houses offices for Carver
School of Social Work and a computer lab.
DRUIEN HALL (DH). Druien Hall houses offices for faculty of the School of Theology and journalism
as well as classrooms. The third floor houses the ESL Institute.
FOOTBALL STADIUM PRESS BOX. A four-story building houses the concession stand, football storage, presidential suite, and press area. This building has a total of 3,456 square feet.
GEORGE HOWELL ENVIRONMENTAL LABORATORY. The lab is used as part of the
University’s environmental science program and enhances the present Science Building on campus. The
lab is located at the juncture of US 68/KY 55 and KY 210 in Campbellsville.
GEORGE E. OWEN MEDIA CENTER (BR). The George E. Owen Media Center houses offices of the
Director of Broadcast Services, a low-power television station (TV-4), and campus radio station owned
by the University.
GOSSER FINE ARTS CENTER (GC). The Gosser Fine Arts Center houses offices for art and music
faculty, classrooms, music practice rooms, art studios, the Art Gallery, a photographic lab, and the Music
Library. An addition to the building completed in 1998 includes an instrumental rehearsal room, a
choral/handbell rehearsal room and a recital hall.
GHEENS RECITAL HALL (GRH). The Gheens Recital Hall, located in Gosser Fine Arts Center, is a
well-equipped facility with seating capacity for over 200 people and is used for a variety of purposes such
as student recitals and performances as well as civic events that involve the entire community. In recognition for the grant from the Gheens Foundation, the room was named in honor of Edwin Gheens.
INTERNATIONAL HOUSE. The International House houses the International Student Advisor.
MAINTENANCE BUILDINGS. An existing residence is used as the physical plant offices and a metal
building is used for service, storage, and equipment.
MONTGOMERY LIBRARY (ML). The Library houses more than 115,000 volumes in its total collection. Of these, 77,000 are in the main and reference collections. The periodicals collection contains
approximately 9,700 bound volumes, 1,900 volumes on microfilm and over 24,000 volumes on microfiche. The Library receives more than 5,000 serial subscriptions. The Teaching-Learning Resource Center,
11
located on the lower level, houses over 3,000 volumes in its Children’s Literature collection and 2,400 in
the Curriculum Resource Center, which serves as a production laboratory where students and professors
can prepare materials for use in the classroom. The Library also contains Kentucky and University
archival materials in special collections as well as a computer laboratory.
The Music Library, located in the Gosser Fine Arts Center and administered by the staff of Montgomery
Library, contains over 7,500 items including music scores, recordings, and videotapes.
POWELLATHLETIC CENTER (AC). The Powell Athletic Center houses the offices of the director of
athletics, gymnasium, swimming pool, faculty offices for Health and PE, classrooms, weight room, and
dressing rooms.
SCIENCE BUILDING (SB). The Science Building is a two-story structure. The top floor has three
chemistry laboratories for students and one small laboratory for the chemistry staff, a computer laboratory, two lecture rooms, a delicate instrument room, and offices for seven faculty members. The lower floor
has three student biology laboratories, one biology staff laboratory, a live-specimen room, two biology
storerooms, a greenhouse, radioactive source rooms, physical laboratory, geolaboratory, one classroom,
and one small auditorium equipped for demonstrations.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES CENTER (SC). The Student Activities Center houses the Office for Director
of Student Activities, intramural activities facilities, conference room, game room, snack room, TV room,
and gymnasium. The gymnasium is used for student activities and banquet facilities.
STUDENT SERVICES (SS). This facility provides services for Campbellsville University students. This
includes offices for the Dean of Student Services, Director of Residence Life, campus nurse, and security.
STUDENT UNION BUILDING (SUB). The Student Union Building houses the Dining Hall, the Center
for Educational Enhancement, the Office of Campus Ministries, the Little Auditorium, and the Humanities
Writing Lab.
STUDENT WELCOME CENTER (SWC). The Student Welcome Center (formerly used as the Music
Annex) provides a centralized resource for new and continuing students relating to admissions, financial
aid, and continuing studies.
RESIDENTIAL FACILITIES
Residential facilities for women include:
North Hall (NH)
Stapp Hall (ST)
Residence Village (RV)
Residential facilities for men include:
Broadway Hall (BH)
South Hall West (SH-W)
South Hall East (SH-E)
All residence halls are air-conditioned and smoke-free.
12
CENTERS, INSTITUTES AND SPECIAL PROJECTS
THE AMERICAN CIVIL WAR INSTITUTE
The American Civil War Institute of Campbellsville University is located in the heartland of Kentucky’s
Civil War battlefields and sites. Although not its exclusive interest, The Institute emphasizes study, preservation, and symposia on the war in Kentucky and the Western Theatre of the Civil War.
THE CENTER FOR EDUCATIONAL ENHANCEMENT
The mission of the Center for Educational Enhancement at Campbellsville University is to assist all students to have a successful academic experience while attending the University. The following services are
provided by The Center for Educational Enhancement:
UNIVERSITY SUCCESS SKILLS
ED 101 is a 3-hour credit course designed as a transition course from high school to Campbellsville
University. It is a course that will encourage, motivate and teach both study skills and life skills.
ADVISING
All advising/scheduling is coordinated through the Center for Educational Enhancement. General
Education advisors work with students during their first 30 hours of credit. Upon completion of the 30
hours, they are transferred to a major professor who monitors the course work through graduation.
UNDECLARED MAJORS
The Center for Educational Enhancement provides assessments and consultation to assist students who
are finding it difficult to choose a major and/or vocation. No attempt is made to tell a student what to do,
but only to provide information the student may use in choosing.
TUTORING
Tutoring is done by students who have completed the class with a “B” or better grade during the previous
semester. Several methods are used in including help classes and small groups. However, most is individual peer tutoring. Although the Center attempts to assist all students for any class requested, it cannot
guarantee all needs to be met. The Center for Educational Enhancement is dependent upon the number of
students available to serve as tutors.
STUDENT INTERVENTION PROGRAM
Students who are admitted with certain academic deficiencies are required to take the developmental
courses. Recognizing the need for these students to “catch-up” and the collation of success to attendance,
the Center provides the Student Intervention Program.
Three times during the semester, each professor is asked to report to the Center for Educational
Enhancement the student’s number of absences and satisfactory progress. Follow-up with those missing
classes and/or doing unsatisfactory work helps to motivate them to success!
TESTING ASSESSMENTS
The Strong Interest Inventory and Myers-Briggs Type Indicator (MBTI) are provided at no cost to students who seek information to help them to make major, minor and/or vocational choices.
CHRISTIAN WOMEN’S JOB CORPS
The purpose of the Christian Women’s Job Corps, a Ministry of Women’s Missionary Union, is to provide
a Christian context in which women in need are equipped for life and employment; and a missions context in which women help women.
CLAY HILL MEMORIAL FOREST
Campbellsville University’s Clay Hill Memorial Forest is a 135-acre educational and research woodland
being developed by the Division of Science as a regional center for environmental education and research
on eastern deciduous forests. Clay Hill Memorial Forest includes two designated management areas, the
Joan White Howell Nature Preserve and the Dr. James Sanders White Forest Management Woodland.
13
ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE INSTITUTE
The mission of the English as a Second Language Institute is to assist international students develop proficiency
in English. An international student without the appropriate TOEFL score may be admitted to the English as a
Second Language Institute. An ESLI student may apply for admission to Campbellsville University once he/she
has successfully completed the curriculum for the ESL program in lieu of the TOEFL exam.
KENTUCKY HEARTLAND INSTITUTE ON PUBLIC POLICY
The mission of the Kentucky Heartland Institute on Public Policy is to promote the study and debate of
contemporary public policy issues at the regional, state, national, and international levels. KHIPP hosts
seminars, symposia, and workshops on various topics and issues relating to public policy.
KENTUCKY HEARTLAND OUTREACH
The Kentucky Heartland Outreach is an organization created to minister to Taylor and surrounding counties through services that enhance living for those less fortunate by repairing homes and restoring lives
through the empowerment of Jesus Christ. This ministry will allow University students and church groups
to work evenings and weekends serving the needs of the community.
SEMESTER IN LONDON PROGRAM
The British heritage forms an important thread in American daily life. A period of study in Britain offers
an American undergraduate, in this case, from Campbellsville University, the opportunity to deepen their
appreciation of literature, drama, history, art and our political system, offering a basis for understanding
and compassion of two sister cultures. Thus, the Private College Consortium for International Studies in
association with International Enrichment have developed a PCCIS Program for fall and spring semester
and summer programs in London, England. Campbellsville University belongs to a consortium of seven
colleges and universities from Kentucky, Tennessee and Virginia who actively participate in the Semester
in London Program.
SERVANT LEADERSHIP PROGRAM
Students with outstanding servant leadership qualities may now be recognized for their skills as leaders
at Campbellsville University through support from the Barney II and Moore Foundations Servant
Leadership Program. The Campbellsville University Servant Leadership Program will serve as a basis for
the development of a student/servant leadership institute. One of Campbellsville University’s goals has
been to establish a resource for our students that will enable them to develop leadership skills for the 21st
century. The Campbellsville University Servant Leadership Program will do this as well as support the
idea of servant leadership. Campbellsville University joins a select group of 11 other Christian colleges
and universities selected to participate in the Barney II and Moore Foundations Servant Leadership Program.
14
ADMISSION TO CAMPBELLSVILLE UNIVERSITY
ADMISSIONS OVERVIEW
Students with strong commitments to improving their knowledge and professional skills for the benefit of
mankind are welcome at Campbellsville University. They will find daily challenges, constant encouragement, friendly support, and numerous opportunities for advancement and self-fulfillment.
Admission of all students to Campbellsville University is under the authority of the Director of
Admissions. Entry requirements for each of the various types of students who enroll are identified in the
following table. Completed applications with credentials and fees, as appropriate, should be submitted
well in advance of the desired starting term and sent to:
Campbellsville University
1 University Drive
Campbellsville, KY 42718-2799
Application materials will be carefully reviewed and evaluated by the Office of Admissions professional staff.
Accepted applicants are expected to possess high motivation, initiative, discipline, open-mindedness, tolerance, respect for the freedom of inquiry, and a strong desire to search for truth. Members of all cultural, racial, religious, national, and ethnic groups regardless of sex, economic status, or social standing who
desire to attend this Christian University are encouraged to apply.
Interested students desiring specific information concerning the University, including admissions requirements, the availability of financial assistance, academic programs and standards, and campus life may
write, visit, or call the Office of Admissions.
The Office of Admissions is located in the Student Welcome Center, located at the corner of Hoskins and
University Drive. The telephone number is (270) 789-5220. Interested students and applicants are encouraged to call toll-free at 1-800-264-6014. Office hours are from 8:00 a.m. until 5:00 p.m. (Eastern timezone) Monday through Friday, and by appointment only on Saturday.
15
16
REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREE-SEEKING STUDENTS
FRESHMAN ADMISSION
Admission of freshmen to Campbellsville University is primarily reserved for students who have completed college-preparatory programs in high school with good records of academic achievement while
promoting well-rounded personal development through participation in various organizations and
extra-curricular activities. Additionally, Campbellsville University will always remain an institution of
special opportunity for the few students, despite lower levels of accomplishment in high school, who are
deemed fully capable of and highly motivated to achieving success in college.
To enter Campbellsville University as a degree-seeking freshman, a student will take the following steps:
1. Submit a completed APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION FORM (available from the Office of
Admissions) with $20.00 application fee. The application fee is not refundable.
2. Arrange for the Office of Admissions to receive an official high school transcript (both current, if
applicable, and final showing date of graduation) and an official score report from an American
College Testing Program (ACT) or Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) examination. Students who are
25 years or older are not required to take the ACT or SAT exam (if scores are not available) unless
required in their field of study.
3. Arrange for the Office of Admissions to receive official transcripts for any college credits received
before entering Campbellsville University.
A high school student desiring to attend Campbellsville University should apply for admission early during his or her senior year. Provisional acceptance may be granted as soon as a student has successfully
completed six semesters in high school.
When taking the ACT or SAT examination, an interested student should list Campbellsville University to
receive the official test scores directly from the national testing center. The college code number is
1500(ACT)/1097(SAT). If this is not done at the time of the examination, the student may send a completed request form (available from the Office of Admissions) to ACT or SAT to have the test results sent
to the University. In the meantime, unofficial ACT or SAT scores (for example, as listed on a student’s
high school transcript) should be provided to the Office of Admissions to expedite the process of determining eligibility for provisional acceptance and the award of academic scholarships. However, formal
acceptance for admission to Campbellsville University will be granted only when the student’s official
and final high school transcript (showing date of graduation) and official ACT or SAT score report have
been submitted to the Office of Admissions staff for review and approval.
If any degree-seeking applicant’s grade-point average or ACT/SAT score does not meet the University’s
minimum requirements (2.0 GPA, 19 ACT, 890 SAT), the Admissions Committee appointed by the
President of Campbellsville University will determine if the student should be admitted on a conditional
basis. Such an applicant is encouraged to submit any information and recommendations that might be useful during the evaluation. A determination will be made of the likelihood of the student achieving academic success at Campbellsville University in view of the high academic standards maintained at the institution. The classroom performance of each conditionally accepted applicant will be closely monitored.
Degree-seeking students who are not high school graduates may present their scores on the Test of
General Education Development (GED) and a State Department of Education Certificate (or equivalent)
in lieu of high school transcripts. An average GED test score of at least 45 is required. As with other entering freshmen, these students are required to take the ACT or SAT examination.
HOME SCHOOLED STUDENT ADMISSION
To enter Campbellsville University as a degree-seeking freshman, a student will take the following steps:
1. Submit a completed APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION FORM (available from the Office of
Admissions) with the $20.00 application fee. The application fee is not refundable.
2. Arrange for the Office of Admissions to receive an official transcript of all coursework completed
on a high school level. The curriculum used will need to be listed as well as the texts used for each
17
class. Any laboratory experiences will also need to be documented along with the facilities (name
and location) available for the experiences.
3. Submit an official score report from an American College Testing Program (ACT) or Scholastic
Aptitude Test (SAT) examination.
4. When provisionally accepted for admission, provide a $100 enrollment fee to guarantee entry to the
University during the desired semester.
5. Arrange for the Office of Admissions to receive official transcripts for any college credits received
before entering Campbellsville University.
TRANSFER STUDENT ADMISSION
Students w ho have attended other colleges or universities and desire to obtain degrees from
Campbellsville University will take the following steps:
1. Submit a complete APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION FORM and a non-refundable $20 application
fee.
2. Arrange for the Office of Admissions to receive an official transcript (containing a complete record
of all courses attempted) from each college or university previously and currently attended.
3. If transferring less than 24 semester hours of credit, arrange for the Office of Admissions to receive
an official and final high school transcript and an official ACT or SAT score report.
4. When provisionally accepted, provide a $100 enrollment fee.
At minimum, a transfer student desiring to enter Campbellsville University must be in good standing and
eligible to return to his or her previous institution.
If the college or university transcript does not clearly show that the transfer student graduated from high
school, the Office of Admissions must receive the applicants official and final high school transcript
regardless of total credit hours previously attained.
Transfer credit evaluation is under the authority of the Director of Student Records, who determines the
applicability of transferred work from accredited institutions to the student’s degree program. Questions
regarding such issues should be directed to the Office of Student Records.
Credits of students transferring from accredited colleges and universities will be accepted when they meet
the scholastic standards required at Campbellsville University. Although credit for a “D” grade will transfer,
students must repeat any English composition courses, any developmental studies courses, and any courses
in their majors, minors, and areas of concentration taken elsewhere in which “D” grades were received.
Transfer students must complete all of the University’s requirements for graduation. Additionally, they
must complete at least one-third of the course requirements in their majors, minors, and areas of concentration at Campbellsville University, including at least 30 hours of credit in residence.
An individual who has satisfied the requirements for an associate degree at an accredited junior or community college may transfer 73 semester hours of credit to Campbellsville University. After enrolling at
Campbellsville University, such a student may transfer an additional three semester hours of credit when
approved in advance by the Director of Student Records.
FORMER STUDENT READMISSION
Students who previously attended Campbellsville University may be readmitted in a degree-seeking program if they are in good standing with the institution. A completed APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION
FORM and non-refundable $20 fee should be submitted. The Office of Admissions staff will determine
the standing of the applicant with the Office of Student Records, Office of Student Services, and Office
of Business Services.
Former students with cumulative grade-point averages below the University’s minimum standard will be
considered individually by the Admissions Committee. A former student who had been suspended for a
semester must be approved by the Admissions Committee to be reinstated.
If an individual was a student at any other college or university since last enrolled at Campbellsville University, he
or she must arrange for the Office of Admissions to receive an official transcript from each institution attended.
18
Special Students (see below) are encouraged to use credits earned to obtain desired degrees at
Campbellsville University. A Special Student may apply for admission as a degree-seeking student (full-time
or part-time) by submitting an APPLICATION FOR AD MISSION FORM with non-refundable $20 fee, an
official and final high school transcript (or G ED test score certificate), an official ACT or SAT score report,
and official transcripts from all other colleges and universities previously attended. All credits earned as a
Special Student at Campbellsville University may be applied to graduation requirements at the institution.
EVENING DEGREE PROGRAM ADMISSION
An individual who has either graduated from high school or achieved an average GED test score of at
least 45 may enroll in the Evening Degree Program (EDP). This program enables a student to obtain an
Associate of Science degree in Business Administration, General Studies or Administrative Technology.
All classes meet during the evening hours between 4:00—10:30 p.m. (EST).
To enter this program, an EVENING DEGREE PROGRAM APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION FORM
(available from the Office of Admissions) should be completed and submitted with a non-refundable $20
fee. No enrollment deposit is required.
Students must:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Submit a Campbellsville University Application for Admission.
Submit an official and final high school transcript or GED.
Submit official transcripts from all colleges and universities previously attended.
Submit an official ACT or SAT score report.
Students enrolled in the Evening Degree Program may take at most 11 credit hours per semester.
SUMMER SCHOOL ADMISSION
The summer session of Campbellsville University provides an opportunity for regular university students
to continue their work leading to a bachelor’s degree. Though offerings are less varied than during the fall
and spring semesters, the summer curriculum includes a wide range of courses for undergraduates, teachers, and high school graduates who wish to qualify for advanced standing. The course offerings lead to
either an associate or bachelor’s degree and to teaching credentials.
The Summer Session consists of the modules of various lengths. The summer courses are planned to meet
the educational needs of the students.
Students planning to attend Summer School at Campbellsville University will submit a completed APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION FORM with non-refundable $20 fee. Regular credentials are required.
Transfer students and former students must be in good standing to gain admission.
INTERNATIONAL STUDENT ADMISSION
Campbellsville University is authorized under Federal law to enroll non-immigrant international students.
Such students will take the following steps to gain admission to the University.
1. Submit a completed APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION FORM. No application fee is required.
2. Take the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL), and arrange for the official score report
to be sent to Campbellsville University. The minimum acceptable TOEFL score is 500 based on the
paper test and 173 based on the computer test. The University’s code is 1097. In lieu of the TOEFL,
the student may complete the ESL Program at Campbellsville University.
3. Take either the ACT or SAT examination, and arrange for the official score report to be sent to
Campbellsville University.
4. Arrange for the Office of Admissions to receive an official and final transcript for all courses
attempted and completed in secondary school (equivalent of U.S. high school).
5. Arrange for the Office of Admissions to receive official transcripts from all colleges and universities
previously and currently attended.
When notified of provisional acceptance, an international student will send to the Office of Admissions an
advanced payment equal to the cost of one year’s tuition, fees, room, meals, and estimated personal expenses.
19
Upon receipt of this deposit, Campbellsville University will issue the I-20 form needed by the individual
to obtain a student visa. In subsequent years, full payment will be made by the international student at the
start of the semester.
INSTITUTIONAL SERVICE PROGRAM
The Institutional Service Program is for inmates, guards, and administrative personnel at confinement
facilities. Admission requirements will be limited to completion of an abbreviated APPLICATION FOR
ADMISSION FORM and application(s) for financial assistance. Official transcripts will be required from
both high school and all colleges attended.
COMMUNITY OUTREACH PROGRAM
The Community Outreach Program is for students at other off-campus locations, including factories,
schools, churches, and hospitals. To enter this program, a student will take the following steps:
1. Submit an abbreviated APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION FORM.
2. Degree-seeking students will need to complete an application(s) for financial assistance.
3. Provision of high school (or GED score report) and/or college transcript(s), as appropriate, upon completion of nine semester hours as a Campbellsville University student. In coordination with the Office of
Student Records, the Office of Admissions will review transcripts and academic progress to determine if
continued enrollment is desirable. Each student will receive academic advising and career counseling by
Office of Admissions personnel before enrolling for the fourth course as a Campbellsville University student. Degree-seeking students with low grades will be considered by the Admissions Committee.
REQUIREMENTS FOR NON-DEGREE-SEEKING STUDENTS
SPECIAL STUDENT
Anyone 19 years of age or older who desires to take college courses for credit but not in a formal degree
program may apply for admission as a Special Student. Normally, credentials such as transcripts and ACT
or SAT score reports will not be required. However, students who have previously attended colleges and
universities should arrange for the Office of Admissions to receive their official transcripts from those
institutions. Similarly, individuals who have previously attended Campbellsville University should clearly identify themselves as former students when applying for admission as Special Students to ensure that
they receive proper credit. Neither an admission fee nor an enrollment deposit is required from a Special
Student. A maximum of two courses may be taken by a Special Student during a regular semester. With
satisfactory academic progress, the student will be eligible either to continue enrolling as a Special
Student or to follow regular admissions procedures for entering a degree program (see above).
SENIOR SCHOLARS
Provided space is available, any person 62 years of age or older who has graduated from high school (or
equivalent) may take courses for credit at Campbellsville University with full waiver of tuition cost. No
application fee, credentials, and enrollment deposit are required. Additionally, senior scholars may audit
(i.e. take without credit) courses free.
AUDITING STUDENT
An individual not currently admitted to Campbellsville University who wishes to audit a course should
submit a completed APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION FORM. Prior approval to audit a specific course
must be obtained from the instructor of the class and from the Director of Student Records. No application fee, credentials, and enrollment deposit are required from an Auditing Student.
SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
VISITING STUDENT
A college student registered for a degree program at another accredited institution may be admitted as a
Visiting Student at Campbellsville University during any semester or term. An application fee, credentials, and enrollment deposit are not required. However, a letter of permission from the Registrar of the
Visiting Student’s college or university must be provided to the Office of Admissions prior to registration.
20
STUDENT ACCEPTED BY OTHER ACCREDITED INSTITUTION
A recent high school graduate who has been unconditionally accepted by a regionally accredited college
or university for admission during the Fall semester may be admitted to Campbellsville University during the preceding Summer School. The student should submit a completed APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION FORM and a photostatic copy of his/her letter of acceptance from the other college or university.
No application fee, credentials, and enrollment deposit are required.
SUMMER HONORS PROGRAM STUDENT
Outstanding high school students who wish to increase their knowledge, enrich their academic backgrounds, and participate in a stimulating introduction to college work are encouraged to seek admission
to the Summer Honors Program at Campbellsville University. Such a student who has completed his or
her sophomore or junior year in high school with at least an overall 3.0 (B) grade point average and provided with a letter of permission from the high school guidance counselor will be selected as a Summer
Honors Program Student. No application fee or enrollment deposit are required.
DUAL HIGH SCHOOL/COLLEGE STUDENT
A student under 19 years of age who attends high school may simultaneously enroll for credit at
Campbellsville University. To qualify, an individual must have:
1. An overall high school grade-point average of at least 3.0 with 70th percentile or higher on the following: the ACT/PSAT/SAT or any nationally recognized, discipline specific placement test, or a
high school grade-point average of 3.25 on a 4.0 scale and a 60th percentile or higher on one of the
above tests.
2. A letter of recommendation from the guidance counselor or principal.
A Dual Student taking high school courses may not be enrolled in more than six semester hours of credit at Campbellsville University at any given time.
HIGH SCHOOL HONORS PROGRAM
Outstanding high school students who wish to increase their knowledge, enrich their academic backgrounds, and participate in a stimulating introduction to university work are encouraged to seek admission to the High School Honors Program. Such a student must be a junior or senior in high school with
an overall 3.0 (B) grade point average and provided with a letter of permission from the high school guidance counselor, will be selected as an Honors Program Student.
MILITARY PERSONNEL AND VETERANS
Individuals serving in the U.S. Armed Forces and those who have completed such service are welcome as
Campbellsville University students. The institution has been approved by the U.S. Government as authorized to receive G.I. Bill and similar entitlement payments for tuition and fees on behalf of active-duty military personnel and veterans. Such students should follow the appropriate application procedures for
entering degree or non-degree programs described above.
ADVANCE CREDIT OPPORTUNITIES
Campbellsville University participates in both the Advance Placement Program and the College Level
Examination Program (CLEP) of the College Board. Additionally, the University gives advance credit for
outstanding ACT and SAT scores in English and in mathematics. As a result, entering students have
numerous excellent opportunities to obtain advanced credit while receiving substantial tuition savings.
Achieving any of the high ACT or SAT scores listed below will result in the following advance credit for
an entering degree-seeking student.
Standard Score Achieved
ACT 29 in English
SAT Verbal 630
Advance Credit
3 semester hours
3 semester hours
Course Bypassed
English 111
English 111
ACT 30 in Mathematics
SAT Math 580
3 semester hours
3 semester hours
Mathematics 110
Mathematics 110
21
For example, such a student with ACT standard scores of 29 in English and 30 in mathematics would be
entitled to bypass both English 111 (Freshman English I) and Mathematics 110 (College Mathematics)
and automatically receive a total of six semester hours of credit.
Entering students who have satisfactorily completed College Board Advance Placement courses and who
present scores of “3” or higher on Advance Placement examinations will automatically receive appropriate course credit toward a degree. A student presenting such grades for the equivalent of 27 semester hours
of courses will be awarded immediate sophomore standing at Campbellsville University.
A maximum of 32 semester hours of advance credit applicable toward a degree may be earned through
the College Level Examination Program (CLEP).
Military personnel seeking the completion of a baccalaureate degree at Campbellsville University may
be awarded additional advance credit. In addition to a maximum of 32 hours of credit through the
College Level Examination Program, such a student may accumulate up to 12 hours through the
Evaluation of Educational Experiences in the Armed Forces program and 12 hours for attending military service schools. However, the total advance credits military personnel may be awarded is 50 hours.
After attending Campbellsville University for one school year, a veteran who honorably completed two
years or more of U.S. military service will receive eight semester credit hours of military service toward
graduation requirements.
VISITING THE CAMPUS
Interested students are strongly encouraged to visit the university. The best way to acquaint themselves
with Campbellsville University and to decide if they would be successful and happy at this University is
to spend time on the campus meeting students, faculty members, and administrators.
Students planning to visit the campus should make advanced arrangements with the Office of
Admissions staff personnel. If possible, call at least one week prior to arrival so the visit may be properly and carefully planned to ensure greatest benefit from it. Visits conducted when classes are in session
are most beneficial.
Advance arrangements for overnight accommodations and meals normally may be made by contacting
the Office of Admissions at (270) 789-5220 or toll free at 1-800-264-6014, extension 5220. Visiting students will be the guests of Campbellsville University.
22
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL POLICIES
Who pays for your education? Sometimes parents and students think they pay for the cost of a college
education, but in reality they never do. In fact, the tuition and fees which they pay amount to only a fraction of the total cost of a college education. An education at Campbellsville University is made possible
as a service by sacrifice, strict accountability, endowment income, substantial gifts and grants to the operating funds of the University from the Cooperative Program of the Kentucky Baptist Convention, businesses, alumni, and friends.
The cost of an education at Campbellsville University is among the lowest in private senior colleges in
the nation. It also compares favorably with even the total expenses at state and municipal institutions.
This Catalog contains statements about expenses and financial assistance. The University reserves the
right, however, to make necessary changes in the various programs and fees of the University as circumstances, sound business, and educational philosophy and practices may dictate.
When does the student pay his/her account? All accounts are payable in advance. A student is not officially registered until his/her account is paid in full. Any exceptions to this policy MUST be arranged with
the Office of Business Services prior to registration. Transcripts will not be released if there is an unpaid
student account.
A housing/security deposit of $80.00 is required of all students who want to reserve a room in one of the
Residence Halls for any semester. The deposit is held as long as the student remains enrolled. In case of
cancellation, there is not a refund.
FINANCIAL EXPENSES (for 2001-2002)
TUITION
12-16 hours
Less than 12 hours, per hour
More than 16 hours, per hour
Audit, per hour
Per Semester
$4,900
408
180
50
RESIDENCE HALL CHARGE
Semi -Private Rooms (SH-W, North Hall, Stapp)
Broadway Hall
South Hall East (Suites)
Women’s Residence Village (Townhouses)
Private Room: Stapp, North, South West
Private Room: Broadway
Private Room: Village
Student Services Fee (includes phone and cable)
970
1080
1250
1435
1190
1440
1665
65
MEALS
20- Meal Plan
14- Meal Plan
10- Meal Plan (Upperclassmen Only)
1,230
1120
1025
MUSIC FEES
Private Lessons: 1 Credit Hour
Private Lessons: 2 Credit Hours
Private Lessons: 3 Credit Hours
Class Piano Fee
Rental Fee: MUS 241, 242, 243, 244, 247, 248
Organ Practice
120
215
325
55
55
50
OTHER FEES
Student Teaching
Teaching Endorsement
Bowling
Racquetball
195
95
40
40
23
Technology Fee
All Full-time Students
Part-time Students: 6-11 hours
Less than 6 hours: optional for e-mail only
70
35
20
Average Total Cost for Commuter Student
Average Total Cost for Resident Student
$4,970
$7,235
REFUND, WITHDRAWAL AND DROP POLICY
Students should be aware that all federally funded Title IV programs are administered according to specific program guidelines and regulations. A student’s eligibility for future federal financial aid can be
adversely affected by dropping classes and withdrawing from the University after financial aid funds have
been disbursed based upon a particular enrollment status. This is particularly true for the grant programs
which have limitations placed upon the number of semesters assistance can be received.
The completion of registration contractually obligates the student and his/her benefactors to pay all his/her
tuition and fees for the entire semester. However, the University has established a withdrawal and refund
policy so that the University and student may share the loss equitably when it is necessary for a student
to withdraw. In addition to using our institutional refund calculation, students receiving Title IV aid will
have a pro-rata or federal refund calculation completed. The calculation that gives the student the greatest refund will be used.
Institutional Refund Policy
1. Fees are non-refundable.
2. Meal refund will be pro-rated from the date of withdrawal for the unused amount.
3. Tuition and Room will be refunded according to the following schedule of adjustments:
PERCENTAGE CHARGE FOR TUITION
**Official Date
of Withdrawal
Before classes begin
During 1st week
During 2nd week
During 3rd week
During 4th week
Thereafter
Number of Weeks in Class Session
15
0
20
40
60
80
100
8
0
20
80
100
100
100
5
0
20
80
100
100
100
4
0
40
100
100
100
100
3
0
40
100
100
100
100
2
0%
80%
100%
100%
100%
100%
When a student has financial aid other than student employment and withdraws during the time that a
tuition refund is due, the student is eligible to keep the same percentage of aid that they are charged for
tuition. The remaining aid is refunded to the financial aid programs.
The pro-rata refund policy and federal refund policy guidelines can be found in Federal Student
Financial Aid Handbook located in the Office of Financial Aid.
**NOTE: The Official Date of Withdrawal is the last day of class attendance. It is Campbellsville
University policy that when a student withdraws he/she must complete an official withdrawal form and
return it to the Vice President for Academic Affairs. This MUST be done within seven calendar days of the
last day of class attendance. Failure to follow the official withdrawal policy results in a charge of $100 and
“F” grades in all courses. Exceptions will be granted only in cases of documented extenuating circumstances.
Dropped Class Policy
There will be no partial refunds for dropped classes. Students who drop individual classes before the
published “last day to register” will receive a full refund and no grade. Classes dropped after this date
will receive a grade and no refund. When a student drops all their classes they have withdrawn and the
withdrawal refund policy is applied. Adding a second eight-week course even after dropping a class
may result in additional tuition charges.
24
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
GENERAL POLICIES
Financial Aid at Campbellsville University is a cooperative investment in youth and focuses on the student as an individual. The programs are intended to remove the financial barrier from students who are
unable to pay, to ease the financial burden for those who are more able to pay, and to manifest a special
commitment to disadvantaged students.
At Campbellsville University, the actual amount of the financial aid award is determined primarily by the
student’s financial need. “Need” is defined as “Cost of Education” minus “Family Contribution.” The type
of assistance a student receives is determined by both need and qualification (i.e., academic achievement,
character, and future promise).
APPLICATION FOR FINANCIAL AID
1. Submit an APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION. Upon receipt of this application, the Office of
Admissions will send a package of financial aid information. Included in the package will be a
Campbellsville University Financial Aid Form and Free Application for Federal Student Aid
(FAFSA). Both of these forms must be completed and processed before your eligibility for financial
aid can be determined. The priority date for filing these forms is before April 1st. APPLICATIONS
RECEIVED AFTER THIS DATE WILL BE AWARDED FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE BASED ON
THE AVAILABILITY OF FUNDS.
2. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from their previously attended post high
school institution before funds can be disbursed.
3. Returning students are required to complete the Campbellsville University Financial Aid Form and
FAFSA for each academic year in which they wish to be considered.
4. Students may be required to provide supportive documentation such as Internal Revenue Service
report (1040, 1040A, or 1040EZ) for their parents and/or student depending upon dependency status. Untaxed income may also require verification by the Federal government.
5. Students are required to maintain measurable satisfactory academic progress to maintain financial
aid eligibility.
FEDERAL AND STATE PROGRAMS
College Access Program (CAP)
College Work Study Program (CWSP)
Kentucky Educational Excellence Scholarship (KEES)
Kentucky Tuition Grant (KTG)
KHEAA Teacher Scholarships
PELL Grant
Perkins Loan
PLUS Loan
Stafford Student Loan
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (SEOG)
Veterans Educational Benefits
Vocational Rehabilitation Grant
FEDERAL AND STATE POLICIES
Federal policy prohibits the University from over-awarding federal or state dollars. Therefore, the
University may adjust scholarship amounts if federal aid is involved in order to achieve the best possible
aid package.
CAMPBELLSVILLE UNIVERSITY SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS
ACADEMIC SCHOLARSHIPS (2001-2002)
Academic scholarships are based on ACT or SAT scores and grade-point average (GPA) and can be
renewed for four years with required GPA.
25
Presidential Scholarship
Two competitive scholarships open to students who have a minimum 34 ACT and 3.5 GPA
Renewable 4 years with required GPA of 3.5
Up to $14,470
Academic Distinction Scholarship
3.50 GPA & 34-36 ACT or 1500-1600 SAT Up to $9,800*
Renewable 4 years with required GPS of 3.5
Academic Honor Scholarship
Academic Recognition Scholarship
*If a student received combined scholarships equal to half-tuition or more, he or she may not be eligible
for additional institutional scholarships.
RALPH JOSEPH WALTERS VALEDICTORIAN AND SALUTATORIAN SCHOLARSHIPS
High school valedictorians and salutatorians may receive $500 and $300 scholarships, respectively.
Renewable annually.
DEAN’S LIST ACADEMIC SCHOLARSHIPS
Transfer students who graduated from accredited two-year colleges and were on their institution’s Dean’s
List for at least one of the last two semesters are eligible to receive up to a $2,000 scholarship. Renewable
annually with a 3.0 GPA.
BAND PERFORMANCE GRANTS
Band Performance Grants, renewable annually, are available to students who participate in the Tiger
Marching Band during the fall and in the Concert Band and basketball Pep Band during the spring, but
are not planning to major or minor in music. A grant application must be submitted to the Director of
Bands. No audition is required.
BAPTIST LEADERSHIPAWARDS
High school seniors who are officially nominated by their Baptist pastors will be evaluated on the basis
of outstanding Christian commitment, achievements, and leadership in community, school, and church.
Selection will be made by the Scholarship Committee of the University’s Church Relations Council.
Annual awards include two half-tuition, fifteen $1,000 scholarships, and forty-five $500 scholarships.
Renewable annually with a 2.0 GPA and participation in campus activities.
CHURCH-RELATED SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS
In addition to the Excellence in Action Scholarships, numerous other church-related scholarships and
grants are available, including Church Matching Scholarships, Christian Vocation Grants, Christian
Service Scholarships, High School Baptist Young Men Scholarships, Acteen Scholarships, Women’s
Missionary Union Scholarships, Baptist Youth Speaker’s Tournament Scholarships, and Missionary Kid’s
Scholarships. Many of these awards are renewable annually.
CHURCH MUSIC SCHOLARSHIP FUND
Church Music Majors may receive an annual scholarship (renewable for four years) of $500.
ART, DRAMA, JOURNALISM, MUSIC PERFORMANCE GRANTS AND COMPETITIVE
SCHOLARSHIP
Grant amounts vary based on knowledge and skills in art, drama, journalism, or music demonstrated during interviews and/or auditions. Competitive scholarships are available in art, vocal music, instrumental
music, and keyboard music. Some grants and scholarships are renewable annually.
26
ATHLETIC PERFORMANCE GRANTS
Grant amounts vary based on an assessment of each athlete’s demonstrated abilities, leadership, and
potential to excel in one or more of the following intercollegiate sports:
Women’s - basketball, softball, soccer, tennis, golf, cross country, and volleyball
Men’s - basketball, baseball, soccer, tennis, golf, cross country, and football.
KENTUCKY JUNIOR MISS
Each county/regional winner is eligible to receive up to a $2,000 scholarship. The first runner-up and
Scholastic Achievement winners are eligible to receive up to a $1,500 scholarship. Second runner-up is
eligible for up to a $1,000 scholarship. Scholarships are renewable annually.
OTHER SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS
Campbellsville University has other awards based on the student’s geographical location, academic interests, achievements, career plans, Christian commitment and service, and financial needs. As the Director
of Financial Aid puts together each student’s financial aid package, these items are taken into consideration. Scholarships listed on this page may be available.
ENDOWED NAMED SCHOLARSHIPS
Endowed Named Scholarships are endowed funds in which the donor specifies that the interest be used
for student scholarships.
Badgett-Cloyd Family
Sylvia Hubbard Beard Memorial
Billington-Shipley Family
Don and June Bishop Athletic
Joseph and Luretta Booher
Jeff and Gladys Cheatham Math
Church Music
Robert and Lillian Clark
H. E. Coker
Paul J. Coop Memorial
Dillingham-Graves Music
Flora E. Dodson Memorial
R. G. and Mary Dowell
Magdalene Dudgeon Ministerial
Ronald L. and Jane Ellis
Evergreen Farms
Charles and Mattie Cooksey Fair
Berdie Fox Nursing
Amelia Gardner
L. M. Hamilton
Howard Harmon Accounting
O. D. and Bessie Hawkins
E. Bruce and Betty Heilman
Bill Himes Memorial
Paul G. Horner
George W. and Myrtle Howell
Vernon Keister Ketchem Ministerial
Kibbons Family International Baptist Student
Everette Lee
William R. Lyon and Ivy Yates Lyon
W. R. Mann Pre-Med
Laura Anne Maxie Memorial
Cecile Conaway Meskimen Piano
Dr. Hobert and Juanita Miller
Cecil and Beatrice Mobley
Norman Padgett Health Careers
Sylphia B. Pelly
William Pennebaker Teacher Education
Hasal and Lura Quigley
L. D. and Joyce Rasdall
Rasdall Family Scholarship Endowment
Van H. Reneau Scholarship for Math
Vivian G. Reynolds
John Wesley and Mattie Martin Romine
O. G. Rowe
Shirley Strader Lawson Church Music
Roy and Ruth Touchstone
Lela Walker
Rev. Robert M. White Family
Margaret S. Wilson Ministerial
Fred R. Yoder Business and Economics
Wilma P. Yoder Sociology
RESTRICTED SCHOLARSHIPS
Restricted Scholarships are those in which the donor allows the University to select the recipient.
Maude Allison Fund, KBC
Coffey Young Baptist Men and Acteens
The Gheens Foundation
KU/LG&E Energy
Jack and Virginia Redman, KBF
Toyota Motor Manufacturing, Kentucky
Ashland Inc. Foundation
Bernice Miller Memorial
International Baptist Student Fund
Leight M. Wilson Foundation
E. O. Robinson Mountain Fund
United Parcel Service
27
DESIGNATED SCHOLARSHIPS
A committee of the institution holding the fund selects the recipients of Designated Scholarships from
established guidelines.
Guy Billington Memorial, KBF
Crescent Hill/Schnur, KBF
Kentucky Baptist Matching Fund
Francis and Ruth Moore, KBF
Bernie Tichenor, KBF
Church Matching
Harrodsburg Baptist Foundation
Margaret Fund, SBC
Opdyke, SBC
Woman’s Missionary Union, KBC
For information regarding available scholarships and other forms of financial aid, please contact the
Director of Financial Aid or the Director of Admissions.
At Campbellsville University, the Financial Aid Committee reserves the right to expand, reduce or
adjust financial aid programs and funds awarded when necessary to meet Federal, state, or institutional
regulation or budget changes. If a student receives a scholarship equal to half-tuition or more, he or she
may not be eligible for additional institutional assistance.
STANDARDS OF SATISFACTORY ACADEMIC PROGRESS TO MAINTAIN FINANCIAL AID
ELIGIBIITY
Specific grade point averages are required to renew scholarships and grants each year. To continue to be
eligible for all financial aid a student must be making measurable satisfactory progress. Campbellsville
University has defined “measurable satisfactory progress” for a student as follows:
Specific grade-point averages are required to renew scholarships and grants each year. To continue to be
eligible for all financial aid a student must be making measurable satisfactory progress. Campbellsville
University has defined “measurable satisfactory progress” for a student as follows:
The student must make the GPA needed for good standing as defined by the University catalog.
Students must complete their Bachelor’s degree within six academic years (an academic year equals two
semesters plus summer session for full-time study or 12 academic years of part-time study (enrollment for
23 credits or less in an academic year) according to the following schedule:
After this number of
academic years
1
2
3
4
5
6
A full-time student must
have earned at least this
number of credits
18
40
62
84
106
108
A part-time student must
have earned at least this
number of credits
9
20
31
42
53
64
7
8
9
10
75
86
97
108
119 128
The following will not be considered as credits successfully completed: “F” - failing grades; “I” incompletes; “W” – withdrawals, “WA” – Withdraw Absence.
If the student does not meet the requirements listed above, the student will be ineligible to continue
receiving financial aid. However, the student can be reinstated in the financial aid program at
Campbellsville University upon the completion of 12 additional hours in a regular semester or six in
summer school with a 2.0 GPA.
RIGHT TO APPEAL
Determination of non-satisfactory progress may be appealed to the Financial Aid Committee. Any appeals
must be written and submitted to the Chair of the Financial Aid Committee.
28
STUDENT SERVICES
The Office of Student Services is located at 101 University Drive, across the street from the main campus entrance. The staff consists of the Dean of Student Services, Director of Residence Life, six Residence
Hall Directors, three Campus Safety Officers, the Director of Student Activities, the Campus Nurse, and
the Secretary to the Dean of Student Services.
STUDENT SERVICES PHILOSOPHY
The Student Services Staff also attempts to facilitate the new student’s adjustment to the University environment. The responsibilities of developing the student begin once a student is admitted to Campbellsville
University. The registration/orientation sessions held in spring and summer, as well as at the beginning of
the semester, serve to acquaint new students with the campus and University life.
The Office of Student Services works hand-in-hand with the academic personnel to provide not only a
strong knowledge base, but opportunities for personal growth and development of our students. A major
part of the educational process is learning about self and how to relate to others.
With this philosophy, the Office of Student Services provides services to students to enhance the uniqueness of each individual in his/her developmental process.
STUDENT SERVICES
The Office of Student Services publishes the Student Handbook which contains detailed information
regarding University policies and procedures which apply to the students and the calendar of activities.
The Student Handbook is distributed to all students, faculty and staff at the beginning of the fall semester. Please refer to the Student Handbook for more information regarding the student services listed below:
Activities
Efforts are made to assist the student in becoming a fully developed, unique, whole person in Jesus Christ.
Students mature through all kinds of interpersonal activities and relationships as well as through academic endeavor. Therefore, a wide variety of activities are planned and coordinated through the Office of
Student Services. The Student Government Association plays a significant role in planning campus
events, such as Welcome Week, Freshmen Week, weekend movies, concerts, game nights, and dances.
The Baptist Student Union and other campus organizations provide a variety of activities. The Director of
Student Activities/Intramurals coordinates a full year program of recreation and sports for students as well
as coordinate other activities.
Residence Life
Another service provided is student housing. Residence Halls for our single students are managed by the
Director of Residence Life. Please refer to the following pages for “Residence Hall Guidelines.”
Health Services
A campus nurse is on duty four hours a day, Monday through Wednesday, 6:00 p.m.-10:00 p.m. and
Thursday, 9:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m. during each semester for consultation, treatment, and/or referral of students.
When the nurse is not available and the student feels that medical attention is needed, local physicians may
be contacted in their offices. In case of emergency, the student should be taken to the emergency room at
the local hospital. The Dean of Student Services or the Director of Residence Life must be notified imme diately. The Cam pus Nurse must also be informed within 24 hours for insurance claim purposes.
The following health services are provided:
A.
Health Counseling and Information
1. Diet/Nutrition/Weight Control
2. Mental Health
3. Community Agency Information and Referral
4. Community Doctors and Clinics
5. Insurance Claims
6. Wellness Educational Programs
7. Flu Shots given in the fall.
29
B.
Primary Health Care
1. Prevention Health Assessment
2. Treatment for specific problems as ordered by the doctor (i.e. dressings, allergy shots and
other personal medication, blood pressure checks, treatment for minor conditions such as
colds, sore throats, headaches, and first aid for injuries).
3. The loan of crutches and elastic bandages.
Student Health Insurance Coverage
All full-time students are required to provide documentation of health insurance coverage upon registration for
classes. If a student is covered by parents’ insurance, a copy of the insurance card, giving company name, address
and policy number is required. Students without insurance coverage will be automatically enrolled in student
insurance that is provided. ALL athletes must be covered by health/accident insurance. Brochures explaining
benefits and costs may be picked up from either the campus nurse’s office or the Office of Student Services.
Campus Calendar
The Master Calendar of campus activities is kept in the Office of Student Services. All activities and meetings sponsored by administration, faculty, staff, and University clubs and organizations, or off-campus
groups or individuals, must be placed on the calendar. Use of rooms and buildings on campus are reserved
through the Office of Student Services. An EVENT REGISTRATION FORM must be completed and
approved before activities can be placed on the campus Master Calendar or facilities reserved.
Identification Cards
All students must have an Identification Card to attend campus activities, to use the swimming pool and recreation room, to eat in the Dining Hall, and to attend open dorms in the Residence Halls. ID pictures are made
by the Office of Student Services. If a student loses his/her ID, another one can be purchased for $7.00. ID
cards are not transferable and will be confiscated if presented by anyone other than the person to whom issued.
Enforcement of University Policies and Regulations
The Office of Student Services is responsible for enforcing the policies and regulations for students on
campus. When these policies and regulations are broken, disciplinary action is taken. Details of this
process can be found in proceeding pages under Judicial Council Procedures.
Personal Advising
Pressures from classes, conflicts with family and friends, peer pressures, questions of self-identity and
homesickness are common among college students, as well as sometimes more deeply-rooted emotional
needs. The Office of Student Services staff offers confidential personal advising in a caring atmosphere to
assist students to deal with these innermost needs and develop into a more mature, confident individual.
Campus Safety and Security
Safety and Security officers are on campus to attempt to provide a safe and secure environment for our students. Whether it be locking/unlocking campus buildings, patrolling campus during the daytime and night
time hours, investigating suspicious acts, monitoring parking lots/issuing parking tickets, unlocking vehicles, etc., it is the goal of the department to keep our students and the campus community safe and secure.
The safety/security officers are also on hand to assist the residence hall directors or other staff in emergency situations. The Safety/Security Office is located upstairs of the Student Services Building.
CAMPUS PARKING REGULATIONS
Parking Decals
All administrative personnel, faculty, staff and students are issued parking decals at the beginning of each
Fall semester or at such time as they become a member of the University family. To park on University
property, this decal must be placed on the interior rear window, right side. This is vehicle registration for
cars, trucks, and motorcycles. Campers and camping trailers are not permitted on campus. Students are
permitted to park on campus during semesters. Abandoned vehicles, including those inoperable, may be
towed at the owner’s expense.
30
Parking Enforcement
Parking is monitored by Safety/Security Officers and student staff. “No Parking” zones, fire lanes, and
handicapped parking areas adjacent to streets are monitored and enforced by city police.
Parking Citation Fines
Parking tickets are issued for violations of campus parking regulations. In general, fines are to be paid in
the Office of Student Services within one week of issue. If the fine is not paid within the first week, a
reminder memo is sent out with a new payment deadline. If the fine is still not paid, a charge of $5.00 will
be added for processing and sent to the Office of Business Services for automatic billing.
FOOD SERVICE
The University contracts food service from Pioneer Food Service who provides three meals a day in the
University Dining Hall during regular semesters. The Director of Food Services works with the cooperation of the Office of Student Services in providing food service requests to the campus.
ALL students living in University residence halls are required to be on a 14-meal or 20-meal a week
University meal plan. A 10-meal per week plan exists for non-freshmen. In rare exceptional cases of medically-documented physical problems, or employment that prohibits participation in meals, exceptions
may be given for the semester requested. Students must contact the Office of Student Services to request
meal plan exemption. The request will go before a review committee for final approval at the beginning
of the Fall Semester, and must be requested before September 15.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES CENTER
This facility is for the use of Campbellsville University students, faculty, staff, and sponsored guests.
Guests should be accompanied by a member of the University family. The facility will be used to meet
the many needs and interests of the University in the following areas: recreation/intramurals, University
functions, academics, and special interest group functions.
The Student Activities Center will be open from 7:00 a.m.-11:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, during
regular semesters. The downstairs sitting area and upstairs Conference Room and balcony will be open
for student studying and/or fellowship.
The intramural program is designed to allow all students to participate in a variety of intramural sports.
The fall intramurals will include, but not limited to: flag football, volleyball, racketball tournament, billiards, ping pong, tennis and par 3 golf tournament. Spring intramurals will include: 5 on 5 basketball, 9
ball, badminton and foosball.
Other activities planned for students in the Student Activities Center will be movie nights, laser tag, concerts, dances, indoor volleyball, basketball pick up games, assorted board game nights, etc.
A snack bar is located downstairs in the Student Activities Center.
INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS
Efforts are made to integrate international students into the overall student population at Campbellsville
University. Additional services required by this unique segment are also provided. Matters related to prearrival, orientation, immigration, cultural adjustment, etc. are handled by the Office of Admissions with
the Office of Student Services.
RESIDENCE HALL GUIDELINES
All single students, except those living with immediate family, are required to live in University residence
halls. Approval to live off campus may be granted by the Dean of Student Services if a student meets ONE
of the following criteria:
1.
2.
3.
Is a veteran of military service;
Has been a full-time student living in the Residence Hall for 8 semesters;
Is 22 years old or has completed 87 semester hours with a minimum GPA of 2.0 before the
beginning of the term in question.
Students receiving institutional grants or scholarships must notify the Office of Financial Aid of their
plans to move off campus so appropriate changes can be made in financial need assessment.
31
An APPLICATION FOR PERMISSION TO LIVE OFF CAMPUS may be obtained from the Office of
Student Services.
Room Assignments
Room assignments are made by the Office of Student Services with some priority given to previous occupants and in order of receipt of room requests. The contractual statement of the application must be signed
and constitutes a binding agreement between the student and the University. Written request for specific
room and roommates are honored whenever possible. THE UNIVERSITY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO
ASSIGN ROOMS ACCORDING TO THE BEST INTEREST OF THE STUDENT AND THE UNIVERSITY. Requests for private rooms are honored when space is available. In most cases, the student
who has lived in the room for the longest period will have priority in assignment of that room.
Residents With Hearing Problems
Students who have a hearing problem are required by State law to have a notice on the outside of their
room stating “Student Hard of Hearing.”
Care of Room
Each student is responsible for the care and cleanliness of his/her room. S/he is responsible for keeping
wastebaskets emptied, beds made, and floors clean. There will be an announced weekly room check at
which time the Resident Assistant completes a FACILITIES CHECK LIST for each room. At the end of
the semester, rooms not left reasonably clean will be cleaned by the University and cost will be charged
to the occupants. A $25.00 minimum cleaning charge will be assessed. Furniture is NOT to be removed
from rooms, or bolted furniture removed from walls.
The following electrical appliances are not allowed in Residence Hall rooms due to fire and safety hazards as determined by the Fire Marshal: Electric skillets, hot plates, toaster/broilers, any electric indoor
grills, space heaters and live Christmas trees with strands of electrical lights. Neither burning candles or
incense are allowed in the residence halls.
Please do not use nails, tacks, colored plastic, screws, magic mounts or glue on doors or furniture.
Keeping in mind that we are a Christian University, sexually provocative pictures are not to hang in the
rooms or on the doors of the rooms. Decorative alcoholic beverage containers or posters/advertisements
are not allowed. The appropriateness of these items will be monitored by the Residence Hall Director.
The blinds or drapes in individual rooms are to be closed at dark. Only fireproof curtains/drapes are to be
used on the room windows according to Fire Marshal standards.
Damages
Each room is inspected before, during, and after occupancy and charges for damage (other than normal
wear) are assigned to the student. Failure to pay will result in a student’s being UNABLE TO MAKE A
ROOM RESERVATION FOR THE NEXT SEMESTER OR TO SECURE A TRANSFER OF CREDITS
TO GRADUATE. Damage caused by accident should be reported immediately to the Residence Hall
Director. Damages in the residence hall will be charged to the person or persons responsible. A floor will
be charged for damages resulting from group action or unidentified source. Each resident will be responsible for damages in his/her room unless another responsible party is identified within 24 hours. (Damages
in any parts of the Residence Halls will be charged to the occupants of that area if the responsible party
is not identified.) A cost sheet will be provided to each student upon checking into his/her room.
Keys
A Residence Hall room key is given to each resident student. That key is not to be duplicated and is to be
turned in to the Residence Hall Director whenever the student moves out or leaves at the end of the semester.
A lost key or failure to turn in a key at the end of the semester will result in a $50.00 charge to replace it.
Room Changes
To make a room change, a ROOM CHANGE REQUEST FORM should be obtained from the Residence
Hall Director, completed and returned. The Director will bring the form to the Office of Student Services.
Upon approval by the Office of Student Services, the Residence Hall Director will be notified and, in turn,
will tell the residents of the decision.
32
Security for Residence Halls
Back doors of all Residence Halls are locked for security reasons from 9:00 p.m. until 7:00 a.m. daily. Front
doors of all Residence Halls are locked for security purposes from 1:00 a.m. until 7:00 a.m. daily. The Safety
Officer must open the door for late returnees after 1:00 a.m. Residence Halls equipped with automatic door
locks with entry swipe cards record the time of student entry through a magnetic code. These entry systems
allow only students to enter the Residence H all without the assistance of a safety/security officer.
When leaving the campus for an overnight stay or longer, students are to leave an address and phone number with the Residence Hall Director where they may be reached in case of an emergency.
Security of Personal Property
In order to assure the safekeeping of personal property, student rooms must be locked at all times. The
University cannot be responsible for loss of money or personal belongings within Residence Hall rooms.
Efforts will be made to find items and/or investigate possible break-ins and thefts. Any missing personal
items should be reported immediately to the Residence Hall Director and/or the Office of Student Services
for office files or police report if necessary. It is suggested that students bring a locked security box to
store small valuables, and write initials on labels of clothing.
The University does not assume responsibility for automobiles or personal property, and encourages students to purchase their own personal insurance coverage. Information on this coverage can be obtained in
the Office of Student Services. Please file a STOLEN ITEMS REPORT immediately with the Residence
Hall Director and the Office of Student Services to report any loss of property. Police will be called for
larger, more expensive theft items.
The University recognizes that a search is an intrusive action. However, the University reserves the right
to conduct a search on campus at any time. This search includes the right to search vehicles on campus.
The University staff seeks not to be arbitrary in performing a search; it is typically triggered out of concern about the behavior choices of an individual or group. The University recognizes a search risks creating a sense of disruption and distrust. A search may be conducted to dispel suspicion.
Firearms, weapons, bows/arrows, hunting knives, etc. are NOT ALLOWED ANYWHERE on campus,
including in parked vehicles on campus.
Lost and Found
Any article found in the Residence Hall should be turned in to the Director. Found articles may be claimed
upon presentation of proper identification of the article and evidence of ownership. Lost articles found on
campus should be turned in to the Office of Student Services.
Laundry Facilities
Washers and dryers are located in each Residence Hall for residents use. Coin operated machines are supplied
and serviced by a national service to colleges and universities. The facilities are to be used by the respective
residence hall students only! Washing clothes for people other than persons who live in the Residence Hall is
not allowed. Cleaning and care of the facilities will be the responsibility of students using the machines. Abuse
and/or break-downs should be reported immediately to the Residence Hall Director. Do not leave wash unattended. Clothes found in or on top of washers/dryers over a 24-hour period will be discarded.
Pets
No pets or experimental animals are allowed in the Residence Halls. Aquariums with fish only are
allowed with the permission of the Residence Hall Director. Aquariums must contain fresh water and be
kept clean. Violators will have 24 hours to remove animal from the premises or student will be brought
before the Residence Hall Council.
Bicycles
Students are allowed to have bicycles on campus. To leave bicycles parked inside the residence hall, the
student must obtain an ID tag from the residence hall director to place on the bicycle. Untagged bicycles
will be removed from the residence hall. The residence hall director of each residence hall will inform
students where bicycles can be placed. Bicycles NOT removed in 1 week after the spring semester will
be donated to a needy child in the community.
33
Guests
Guests must register with the Residence Hall Director when they arrive. Failure to register visitors with
the Director or having a visitor more than three nights will result in a $10.00 fine plus the $6.00 overnight
charge. Guests are expected to observe Residence Hall regulations. The resident student is responsible for
the guests while they are visiting on campus.
Co-ed Visitation
Students may visit in the main lounges of opposite-gender residence halls from 10:00 a.m. to 12:00 midnight. Special co-ed visitation periods provide opportunities for students to visit in opposite-gender residence hall rooms as follows: 8:00 p.m. - 11:00 p.m., Sunday and Tuesday evenings in female residence
halls; 8:00 p.m. - 11:00 p.m., Monday and Thursday evenings in male residence halls. These co-ed visitation privileges are for specific and limited hours; they do not apply during opening weeks of the semesters,
during exam weeks, holiday periods, or during January and May interim periods and summer sessions.
An RA must be on duty in the residence hall office and on the floor during all co-ed visitation. This special privilege may be suspended on nights of major all-university special events, such as dances, residence
hall meetings, concerts, dramas, etc. Notice of cancellation of co-ed visitation will be posted throughout
the residence hall 24 hours in advance of date canceled.
Quiet Hours
In order to insure adequate academic development for the students, each Residence Hall will set appropriate quiet hours for study. Reasonable quietness is to be observed at all times inside the Residence Hall,
on porches, at entrances and near windows.
Smoking and Use of Tobacco Products
Campbellsville University realizes the health risks involved in smoking and use of tobacco products. All
residence halls are smoke-free. Violators will be subject to residence hall/judicial sanctions.
Fire Protection Equipment
Planned fire drills will be conducted periodically for the safety of the residents. Fire equipment is located in Residence halls for emergency use only. Any person who tampers with or handles any part of the
fire alarm or fire fighting equipment other than for legitimate fire protection will be fined $250.00. All
members of a group will be charged for damages resulting from group action. Charges will be made to
the occupants of that area if the responsible party is not identified.
To report a fire, call 911 and give exact directions to the building.
The Fire Department requires that all fire alarms be turned into the local fire station. When an alarm is
called in, fire officials will come on campus, evacuate the building, and search for possible fire.
In addition to the University’s policy regarding false fire alarms, a full investigation may be performed by
the Fire Department officials as they deem necessary. This act (false fire alarm) is covered by the
Kentucky Revised Statutes 508.080 which is a Class D Misdemeanor.
Residence Hall Citations
Citations are given for minor offenses that occur in the residence halls to discourage inappropriate behavior. The citations may be given by Residence Assistants (RAs) and/or the residence hall director. With the
first offense a verbal warning will be given; after two citations, a fine of $10.00 will be issued; a third
citation within the same semester, will result in a $25.00 fine. With a fourth citation, the student will
appear before the residence hall council, with a possible $50.00 fine could be sanctioned.
Offenses for which citations may be given include:
1. Disrespect for residence hall director and/or RAs; refusing to obey requests; talking back; harassment, etc.
2. Use of lewd, profane, foul language or cursing.
3. Failure to pass room check.
4. Missed floor or residence hall meeting.
5. Inappropriate dress or behavior; short shorts/strapless tops; no shirt; etc.
Major offenses are subject to immediate action by the Office of Student Services as outlined in the
Philosophy of Discipline.
34
Residence Halls Closed Between Semesters
Students will not be allowed to stay in the residence halls during Christmas break (between fall and spring
semesters) or between summer school and the fall semester (end of July to the third week of August). Special
permission must be obtained from the Dean of Student Services to remain in residence halls during these times.
All belongings must be removed from residence hall rooms after the spring semester and summer sessions to
allow for adequate cleaning and use by other groups. Storage facilities are not provided during these break periods. The Dining Hall will be closed and students will be responsible for their meals during these interims.
Athletes needing to stay additional days past the end of semesters or return early before residence halls
officially open, must have their coach send written requests to the Office of Student Services prior to the
end of the semester.
Unauthorized Solicitation and Selling
Any form of unauthorized selling or solicitation or door-to-door distribution of materials, including survey, questionnaires, etc., is not allowed. Student organizations must obtain permission from the Office of
Student Services to sponsor a fund raiser. The Vice President for Development’s approval is needed for
fund raising activities in the community.
Television Service
Cable TV hook-ups are in each room of the residence halls and campus student housing. Each resident
student has accessibility to the 40 basic cable channels through ComCast Systems. Listings of the available cable channels and weekly programming is printed in Monday’s edition of the local newspaper, “The
Central Kentucky News-Journal.”
Included in the cable channels is Channel 12, WO4BP/TV 4, which is a low-power broadcast TV station
owned by the University and operated by the Office of Broadcast Services. It provides a variety of campus programming.
A campus bulletin board/radio station is broadcast on channel 19, the University/Community Channel. It features information pertaining to daily campus and community events; snow days; canceled classes; sports
scores, etc. Facilities for this service are located in the Office of Broadcast Services with operation under the
same supervision as TV-4. Radio programming will be provided by student crew members/volunteers.
Telephone Service
The University provides telephone hook-ups in all Residence Hall rooms. No application, deposit, or
action is required by Residence Hall students to have local service. Each resident is responsible for the
telephone in his/her room.
Phones must be push button tone phones. Most answering machines will work with the phone system.
Prior to purchasing an answering machine, it would be advisable to insure that the machine can be
returned for a full refund if it is incompatible.
Students may receive calls directly to their room or make calls directly from his/her room without having to go
through the switchboard. A student cannot receive collect calls in his/her room or make calls from any phone
and have the call billed to a room number. Any misuse of phone services will be subject to disciplinary actions
including fines and restitution. All long distance calls must be made collect or by using a calling card.
SUBSTANCE ABUSE: PREVENTION AND INTERVENTION
Policy Statement
As a Christian institution of higher education, Campbellsville University complies with the Federal regulations regarding the Drug-Free Workplace Requirements and, therefore, prohibits the unlawful manufacture,
distribution, dispensing, possession or use of a controlled substance on its campus and with University-sponsored classes, events and activities. Because the use of alcohol, narcotic drugs, and other mind-altering drugs
can be detrimental to the health of individual members of the University community, such use is in direct violation of the standards of the University. This policy applies to students, faculty, staff, and administration.
35
POLICY ON AIDS
Statement
Because there is no specific therapy for Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome (AIDS) or AIDS-related conditions (ARC), an objective of this institution is to increase awareness and to provide education to
prevent further spread of this disease. The Campbellsville University AIDS education program is an activity of importance. This program addresses both resident and commuter students.
The University seeks to protect its student body and staff from the transmission of AIDS. Since the current medical information indicates that no actual safety risks are created in a normal academic or employment setting, the administration of effective AIDS education and training programs provides a means for
institutions to render enrollment or employment safe and healthful.
SEXUAL HARASSMENT
Statement
Campbellsville University is committed to providing its students, faculty and staff with an environment
free from implicit and explicit coercive behavior used to control, influence or affect the well-being of any
member of the University community. Sexual harassment can include physical conduct or verbal innuendo of a sexual nature which creates an intimidating, hostile or offensive environment. Sexual harassment
of any person is inappropriate and unacceptable, and is grounds for disciplinary action including expulsion. It may also be illegal.
PHILOSOPHY OF BEHAVIOR
Campbellsville University was founded with the goal of providing a quality education along with
Christian values. Learning, we believe, best takes place where student, faculty, and staff are guided by
Christ-like concern and behavior. Moral and ethical integrity are essential to the environment we seek to
uphold. All who work, study, and learn at Campbellsville University have the responsibility to affirm the
value of and work toward the maintenance of a peaceful and purposeful community.
The University strongly affirms its affiliation with the Kentucky Baptist Convention, yet we are a nonsectarian institution that is committed to integrating Christian faith and learning. Many religious denominations and faiths are represented on campus. However, it is the responsibility of the entire community
to be sympathetic to the stated mission, core values, and behavioral expectations of the University.
Student Behavioral Expectations
A student attends Campbellsville University voluntarily and is expected for the sake of the community to
conduct himself or herself with a high standard of personal behavior. While we realize that it is impossible to create an academic community whose behavioral norms will be acceptable to every person, we
believe that it is important to identify the ways in which individual and community concerns can be harmoniously balanced. Personal and communal values must be formed by specific behavioral expectations
(rules and regulations). Campbellsville University has defined the values, behavioral expectations, rights
and responsibilities that we feel will create an environment in which students can grow spiritually, morally, and intellectually. Of course, a student whose conduct violates stated behavioral expectations faces
specific disciplinary sanctions.
Behavioral expectations are clustered around the following individual and community values: worth of
the individual, self-discipline, academic integrity, property and the environment, and respect for authority.
Worth of the Individual
Each person in our community intrinsically is a person of worth. We value behavior that appreciates the cultural backgrounds of fellow students and respects the right of persons to hold differing attitudes and opinions. The
value of the worth of individual can be violated by behaviors such as harassment and indecent and lewd conduct.
Self-Discipline
Each person has the God-given capacity for developing one’s self to the fullest extent individually possible. We value behavior that leads to the physical, intellectual, spiritual, social, and emotional well-being
of the individual. Indecent and lewd conduct; gambling; disorderly conduct; manufacturing, possessing,
consuming, or distributing alcohol; intoxication; and manufacturing, possessing, using, and distributing
controlled substances are examples of behaviors which violate the value of self-discipline.
36
Academic Integrity
Each person has the privilege and responsibility to develop one’s learning abilities, knowledge base, and
practical skills. We value behavior that leads a student to take credit for one’s own academic accomplishments and to give credit to other’s contributions to one’s course work. These values can be violated by
academic dishonesty and fraud.
Property and the Environment
Each person has the duty to treat with care and respect one’s own property, the property of others, and
University property. We value behavior that recognizes the rights and privileges of owning and using personal and institutional property. Stealing and being in possession of stolen or lost property, vandalism, setting a fire and arson, tampering with fire and safety equipment, possessing firearms or weapons on campus, possessing or using fireworks on campus and unauthorized entry are examples of behaviors which
violate the value of property and the environment.
Respect for Community Authority
Each person recognizes that codes of conduct are necessary for prosperous and peaceful community life.
We value behavior that abides by and shows respect for the authorities that administer the rules, regulations, and laws of the campus, city, state, and nation. We value our privileges and responsibilities as members of the University community and as citizens of the community beyond our campus. The value of
respect for community authority is violated by possessing, consuming, and/or distributing alcoholic beverages; intoxication; possessing, using, and/or distributing alcoholic beverages; intoxication; possessing,
using, and/or distributing illegal drugs; sexual misconduct; aiding, abetting or conspiring to engage in
value violations; violating residence hall visitation guidelines; reckless behavior; lewd and indecent conduct; insubordination; unauthorized and/or unruly demonstrations; driving while impaired; habitually
offending motor vehicle rules and regulations; creating a nuisance by talking, yelling, singing, playing a
musical instrument, electronic device, etc., loudly enough to disturb members of the University community; and committing a city, state, or federal crime.
THE JUDICIAL BODIES
The Residence Hall Council
A Residence Hall Council shall consist of the elected officers for the particular residence hall, the resident
assistants and the floor representatives who are chosen by the resident assistants. When involved in the
judicial process, the Residence Hall Council will act as an impartial hearing body with the power to hand
down sanctions and to see that those sanctions are implemented. The Residence Hall Councils have the
right and responsibility to choose not to hear a case and to direct that case to the Judicial Council.
The Judicial Council
The Judicial Council shall be a nine-member impartial body consisting of one Chief Justice and eight
Associate Justices. The nine shall be comprised of four members of the faculty or staff, which will be
appointed by the President of Campbellsville University, and five members of the student body, which
will be appointed by the Student Government Association of Campbellsville University and approved by
the Dean of Student Services and the President of Campbellsville University. The five students must either
be juniors or seniors and the four faculty/staff members may serve no more than two years consecutively
on the Judicial Council. The Chief Justice shall be one of the four faculty/staff members of the Council,
and this position will be appointed by the President of Campbellsville University. The Dean of Student
Services acts as consultant to the committee.
The ruling of the Judicial Council shall be determined by a simple majority of the nine justices. The
Council may meet and hear a case with only a quorum (five members) present, but a judgment still
requires a majority vote of the nine justices. If a clear majority is unreachable, then the case must be dismissed and all charges against the student must be dropped.
Sanctions for Value Violations
Appropriate councils have the authority to impose any one or a combination of more than one of the following sanctions against a student who engages in inappropriate behavior.
A. Reprimand—An informal verbal warning that continuation or repetition of inappropriate behav-
37
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
M.
N.
ior may result in a more severe sanction.
Disciplinary Warning—An official written statement of the regulation violated with a warning
that continuation or repetition of inappropriate behavior may result in a more severe sanction.
Referral for Counseling—Students may be referred for counseling, either on campus or to an
appropriate professional agency. Updated progress reports are to be provided by the counselor to
the Dean of Student Services.
Curfew—Students may be placed on a curfew for a specific period of time. The curfew hour is
usually 10:00 p.m. depending on the infraction and the time of the year.
Fines—The student will be required to pay a reasonable sum of money as a sanction. The fine may
be paid or worked off.
Community Service—Students are required to perform a designated number of hours of specified
service to the University and/or the community.
Loss of Privilege (formerly Social Probation)—This sanction prohibits the student from participation in extracurricular activities for a specified period of time.
Restitution—Reimbursement or compensation for damage or abuse of property resulting from a
student’s misconduct.
Probation—Formal written warning that the student’s behavior has placed his or her status as a
student in jeopardy. Continued student enrollment is dependent on the maintenance of satisfactory behavior during the probation period.
Residence Hall Suspension—Prohibition from living in resident halls for a given time period.
Suspension—Termination of student status at the University for either an indefinite or specified
period of time.
Privilege of Withdrawal—The student is permitted to withdraw from the University without evidence of judicial action.
Selective Readmission—Campbellsville University reserves the right to operate under a policy of
selective readmission. A student who fails to meet acceptable social standards is allowed to complete the current semester under social restrictions, but he or she will not be allowed to return the
following semester.
Expulsion—Permanent termination of student status at the University.
STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS AND ACTIVITIES
There are a variety of clubs and organizations on campus. Many activities involve students, faculty, and
staff in sharing togetherness that is unique to small Christian campuses. Following are the names and
descriptions of the active clubs and organizations on campus.
Student Government Association (SGA)
The Student Government Association serves as a communication channel among students, administration,
and faculty member under by laws approved by the administration, faculty, and Board of Trustees. The
Student Government Association Senate includes a president, vice president, secretary/treasurer, activities
director and senators chosen from significant divisions of the student body: resident students, commuting
students, married students, and non-traditional students.
The SGA Senate voices concerns of students to administration via resolutions. In previous years, SGA has
been instrumental in: extending co-ed visitation hours; developing Freshman Friends; identifying campus
areas needing extra lighting; purchasing benches for the Courtyard; planning Welcome Week and
Homecoming Week activities; sponsoring the Spring Formal Dance; printing of Student Directories; raising SGA budget for student activities/concerns.
CAMPUS MINISTRIES
Since the University is committed to the spiritual as well as the academic and social development of individuals, a strong emphasis upon religious life and activities will be evident. The religious organizations include:
Baptist Student Union (BSU)
This organization coordinates numerous activities on campus, fosters church affiliations, emphasizes
maximum Christian living and encourages participation in and support of Summer Missions. The Baptist
Student Union strives to contribute to individual spiritual growth through worship, fellowship, Bible
study, and ministry opportunities. Any student may be a member regardless of denomination.
38
Campus Women on Mission (CWM)
This is a Christian organization for all women students which provides an on-going emphasis on missions
through the shared involvement of University students committed to discover and meet the needs of others.
Fellowship for Christian Ministries (FCM)
Membership in the club is open to anyone interested in a field of Christian ministry such as Church
Recreation, Missionary, Minister of Music, Pastor, Religious Educator, Social Worker or Youth Minister.
Members are encouraged to actively involve themselves in preparation for Christian ministries through
fellowship, education, and community service.
Fellowship of Christian Athletes (FCA)
The purpose of the Fellowship of Christian Athletes is to present to athletes and coaches, and all whom
they influence, the challenge and adventure of receiving Jesus Christ as Savior and Lord, serving Him in
their relationships and in the fellowship of the church. Participants for the University Fellowship are to be
past or present members of recognized school athletic teams.
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES
Church Life
Campbellsville is just the right size community to have a number of fine churches readily available to students and faculty alike. The churches are active and energetic and enthusiastically welcome those who
come to the University. The program of both University and community is sufficiently relaxed so regular
participation is possible. The University provides an atmosphere that encourages a growing church relationship in the church of the individual’s choice.
Other Religious Activities
The University places a strong emphasis on providing a special atmosphere for worship and spiritual
growth. A number of opportunities for this growth are available through creative worship, Bible studies,
fellowships, ministry teams, mission projects, and retreats. The Baptist Student Union, Campus Women
on Mission, Fellowship of Christian Athletes, and Fellowship for Christian Ministries are campus organizations which provide students opportunities for involvement and leadership in Christian activities.
Opportunities for spiritual growth also come about by the daily experiences of living together.
ACADEMIC ORGANIZATIONS
Academic Team
All students who enjoy the challenge of quick-recall are invited to participate in Academic Team practices
and competitions. The team travels to eight or more tournaments each year.
Alpha Rho Tau
Students and others who have a special interest in art have formed this club. The purpose is to create an
interest in art and the enjoyment of art.
Harlequins
This is a dramatic club whose membership aims at promoting interest in and appreciation of drama.
Health, Physical Education and Recreation
Membership in this organization is limited to those students who are either majoring or minoring in
Physical Education area.
Honors Student Association
This organization is comprised of all students who are members of the H onors Program. It provides for a
variety of extra-curricular activities designed to confirm and enhance the classroom experience. These
include activities such as viewing important films, sponsoring programs on campus, going on hikes and picnics, having regular meetings, and making trips to plays, museums, lectures, political debates, and concerts.
The University is a member of the Kentucky Honors Roundtable, the Southern Regional Honors Council,
and the National Collegiate Honors Council. HSA members are encouraged to take advantage of the spe-
39
cial programs, regional seminar, and annual meetings of these organizations.
Society of Scribblers
The Society of Scribblers is an organization of Campbellsville University students interested in English,
literature, language, and communications which lend support to English majors and minors.
Social Workers in Touch Can Help (S.W.I.T.C.H.)
This club is for students interested in social work to support student leadership in community projects and
give hands on experience with social welfare issues and social policy.
PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATIONS
Church Music Conference (CMC)
Church Music Conference is an organization for any student interested in church music. Programs, field
trips, clinics, workshops and other activities are provided throughout the year.
Collegiate Music Educators National Conference (CMENC)
The purposes of this organization are to make available professional development opportunities, to
acquaint students with the music education profession and to provide opportunities to become acquainted with leaders in the music education profession.
National Education Association-Student Program (NEASP)
The membership of the NEA-SP is composed of students who are interested in education and the educational system and progress of the nation and the world. This organization encourages endeavors and promotes the profession of teaching.
Phi Beta Lambda
Membership is granted to any present student or alumnus of Campbellsville University who is taking or has
taken concentration in the business or economics area, or has a special interest in business or economics.
Psychology Club
This organization is open to psychology majors and minors is designed to provide additional learning and
experience in the field of psychology and to provide service to the University and community.
Sigma Tau Delta
The organization Upsilon Kappa Chapter of Sigma Tau Delta International English Honor Society, Inc. is
open to all English majors/minors. The purpose shall be literary, educational, and charitable.
Sigma Zeta
Sigma Zeta is an honorary society whose membership is open to students in all areas of the natural sciences, including biology, chemistry and mathematics. There are two classes of membership—full members and associate members. Both must have a 2.75 overall standing and 3.00 point standing in the major
of mathematics, biology or chemistry. Juniors and seniors are considered full members, sophomores are
considered associate members.
Society for Professional Journalists
This Campbellsville University chapter is open to students in journalism, both print and broadcast. SPJ
promotes education, ethical standards, and standards of professionalism. Through membership a nationwide job service is provided.
INTEREST GROUP
Students in Free Enterprise (SIFE)
This new organization’s purpose is to establish partnerships between higher education and business. SIFE
student teams teach others an understanding of how market economics and business operate and help them
to use this knowledge to better themselves.
Campbellsville University Chess Club
This is a new club organized to provide fellowship and friendly competition between chess players at
40
University Democrat Club
This group is for students interested in promoting candidates for elections and/or causes of political platforms.
InterClub Council
The InterClub Council is made up of the presidents of all the clubs and organizations on campus. The
Director of Student Activities and/or Dean of Student Services serves in an advisory role for the Council.
They plan and coordinate all campus-type activities and serve as a response board for campus activities.
Residence Hall Councils
Each of the Residence Halls have a council made up of the Residence Hall officers, RAs, and floor representatives. This body governs the residents and makes recommendations to the Office of Student Services.
University Republican Club
This group is for students interested in promoting candidates for elections and/or causes of political platforms.
Student Ambassadors
These select students will assist the Office of Admissions in the recruitment of prospective students, by
being official tour guides on campus; assist in telemarketing; and assisting with summer early orientation/registration. They will also be available to the Office of the President to serve as host/hostess at special events. These students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average.
Student Foundation
Student Foundation plays a meaningful role in the overall development operations of the University. Those
selected for service to the Foundation experience a rewarding opportunity to actively participate in a wide range
of development and alumni activities including: a unique chance to forward the mission and purpose of the
University, the opportunity to help other students through the creation and awarding of Student Foundation
Scholarships, and the opportunity to form rewarding friendships with alumni and friends of the school enabling
a resourceful network of contacts that will prove invaluable upon graduation from Campbellsville.
World Community Club
This club is open to any registered student of Campbellsville University who is interested in effectively
coordinating programs and activities for International students and for those students interested in international affairs, cultures, and traditions.
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
Campbellsville University Singers
This small ensemble of students represents the University with its musical ministry by touring in several
states throughout the year presenting their program in churches, youth camps, associational meetings etc.
Auditions will be held during the Spring semester.
Chamber Choir
A small choral group is selected from the membership of the University Chorale for the Chamber Choir.
Concert Chorus
This choral group is open to all students without audition. Large choral works are performed at an annual concert.
Opera Workshop
Opera Workshop presents a fully staged opera or a selection of opera scenes in the fall. Open to all students by audition.
University Chorale
This choral group is the touring mixed choir that represents the University locally and on extensive tours.
Audition is the basis for membership. The group sings to many civic groups, churches and schools
throughout the year.
41
Vocal Jazz Ensemble
The Vocal Jazz Ensemble is a small auditioned group open to all students. Performance style is jazz and
pop music.
Handbell Choir
This performing group of students represents the University primarily in churches and church-related
meetings. Students must audition for membership. The Beginner Handbell Choir is for inexperienced students who wish to learn to play the handbells and cannot travel for performances.
Chamber Ensembles – Brass, Percussion, String and Woodwind
These groups provide students the opportunity to participate on a regular basis in a performance-oriented
ensemble other than the traditional bands.
Concert Band
The Concert Band is open to all students interested in band membership. The band performs at least one
major concert each semester on campus and provides a pep band for basketball games.
Jazz Ensemble
The Jazz Ensemble is an instrumental performing group designed to provide instruction and experience
in jazz and popular music. Jazz style and improvisation will be stressed.
Tiger Marching Band
The Tiger Marching Band is comprised of traditional brass, woodwind and marching percussion instruments, as well as a color guard. Performances include home football games, parades and other special
events. Membership is open to all students regardless of academic major.
University Flute Ensemble
Flute ensemble expands the student’s performance ability and knowledge of flute ensemble repertoire, as
well as the student’s growth as a musician. It’s open to all students.
University Orchestra
This ensemble focuses on the rehearsal and performance of literature for full orchestra including strings.
Membership is open to students and non-students by permission of the director.
Wind Ensemble
Wind Ensemble offers the opportunity to study sophisticated literature in an advanced and mature ensemble setting. Membership is open to students and non-students by audition. Spring only.
ATHLETICS
Cheerleaders
Cheerleaders are comprised of men and women students who are selected in Fall tryouts to form a cheerleading squad whose purpose is to lead fans in support of Tigers and Lady Tigers basketball and football
teams. Cheerleaders are expected to be exemplary representatives of Campbellsville University.
Intercollegiate Athletics
The University is a member of the NAIA Mid-South Conference. The men’s teams include: Basketball,
Football, Golf, Tennis, Cross Country, Baseball, and Soccer. Women’s sports include: Basketball,
Softball, Tennis, Cross Country, Volleyball, Golf, and Soccer.
Student Activities/Intramurals
Various extracurricular events are planned throughout the school year for the students, staff, and faculty.
It is the intent for these functions to promote good fellowship and positive social interaction in a variety
of ways. The Student Activities Center will offer badminton, basketball, and volleyball upstairs, and airhockey, foosball, table tennis, billiards, and video games downstairs. Some of the intramural events will
be co-ed, while others will be divided into men’s and women’s divisions. Probable intramural activities
will be whiffle ball, baseball, tennis, basketball, flag football, softball, volleyball, and badminton along
42
with other table game tournaments.
TRADITIONAL EVENTS ON CAMPUS
Welcome Week
This is a week of activities scheduled the opening week of Fall semesters to welcome new and returning
students to campus.
Freshman Week
The first full week of school is scheduled as Freshman Week. The Senior Class coordinates a period of
activities designed to facilitate the adjustment of Freshmen to University life. Freshmen are expected to
attend all scheduled events.
Heritage Day
This traditional activity gives us time to pause and remember the heritage which has laid the foundation
for this institution and to renew our dedication to the University, its mission and goals. University and
community come together for this formal event.
Homecoming
Homecoming will be held in early Fall and will be centered around a home football game. The week prior
to Homecoming day, coordinated by the Office of Development, includes division receptions, alumni
luncheons, a football game and concerts, and is climaxed by the crowning of the Homecoming Queen at
half-time of the football game.
Homecoming Dance
Fall Homecoming Day is concluded with an informal Homecoming Dance for students, alumni, faculty,
and staff. The SGA sponsors the dance which is held on campus in the Powell Athletic Center.
Family Weekend
Family Weekend is an annual event in the Fall which is sponsored by the Parents Council. Family
Weekend celebrates the student and his/her family and involves a picnic, family photographs, entertainment and a home football game.
Christmas Celebration
The annual Christmas Celebration has become a tradition in bringing the entire University family together for dinner and special entertainment.
Snowflake Ball
A Christmas theme dance sponsored by the SGA is held on the weekend following the Christmas
Celebration.
Alumni Weekend
Each spring semester the Office of Development and the Athletics area, co-sponsor a weekend of alumni
activities centered around basketball competition of former and current Tiger and Lady Tiger basketball
team members and cheerleaders.
Valentine Pageant
In February, the Student Government A ssociation sponsors a Valentine Banquet and Pageant. This formal
event is centered around the selection of the Valentine Queen who represents the University in the Mountain
Laurel Festival in Pineville each May. The contestants are elected by the campus clubs and organizations.
The Queen and her court are selected by judges based on talent, scholastics, and personality.
Spring Formal
Each spring semester the SGA sponsors a Spring Formal Dance for students, faculty, and staff. The event
is held in the Student Activities Center usually in April. The Women’s Alliance of Campbellsville
University assists with this event by providing the refreshments.
Senior Picnic
The Senior Picnic is an annual event sponsored by the University President and the Campbellsville
43
University Alumni Association. Each graduating senior is a guest of the President and is invited to bring
a designated number of guests. Tickets for guests are sold in the Office of Development at the University.
This is an informal event for seniors and their families as the class gathers one last time.
UNIVERSITY PUBLICATIONS
CampusScene
The Office of Communications and Marketing publishes this faculty/staff newsletter every two weeks
which lists news items, activities, announcements, and concerns.
Campus Times
This monthly student newspaper is written and edited by students. Any student interested in or having
experience in journalism is encouraged to assist in the production of the paper.
Connections
Students submit prose and/or poems to the Society of Scribblers for judging. Prizes are given to top entries
and a publication of the entries is printed in the spring semester.
Maple Trail
Students work together to produce the University yearbook which presents a permanent pictorial and statistical record of the highlights of the school year.
The Campbellsvillian
The Campbellsvillian is a magazine for alumni and friends of Campbellsville University and is published
three times a year by the Office of Communications and Marketing.
The Covenant
The Covenant is published twice a year for donors to Campbellsville University. The newsletter features
The Covenant Society which is a cumulative recognition society for those who make Campbellsville
University a part of their estate plan by including the university in their wills, making the university a beneficiary of insurance policies of which ownership has been assigned to the university, or by participating
in any of the various life income plans Campbellsville University has available.
The Student Handbook and Activities Calendar
This invaluable handbook and calendar is published once a year by the Office of Student Services. It is
distributed to all students at the beginning of the fall semester. The publication contains policies/procedures for academic/business/financial aid and student life on campus. A calendar of events and activities
is included as well as the faculty/staff directory.
Student Directory
The Student Directory is published by the Office of Student Services at the beginning of each semester,
listing all students enrolled on the main campus, their campus address, phone number and home address
and phone number. Students wishing not to have this information in the directory may sign a form to that
effect at registration.
44
ACADEMIC PROGRAM
The administration and faculty of Campbellsville University believe that the educational and other programs of the university described in this catalog are effective and valuable. However, the ultimate results
of programs offered in terms of achievement, employment, professional licensing, or other measure, are
dependent on factors outside the programs, such as the personality and energy of the student, governmental or institutional regulations and market conditions. Therefore, except as specifically stated in the
catalog, Campbellsville University makes no representation or contract that following a particular course
or curriculum will result in specific achievements, employment or qualifications for employment, admission to degree programs, or licensing for particular professions or occupations.
ACADEMIC DEGREES
Upon satisfactory completion of requirements, Campbellsville University grants degrees as follows:
Associate of Arts (A.A.)
Associate of Science (A.S.)
Bachelor of Arts (B.A.)
Bachelor of Music (B.M.)
Bachelor of Science (B.S.)
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration (B.S.B.A.)
Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology (B.S. Med. Tech.)
Bachelor of Science in Social Work (B.S.W.)
Master of Arts in Education (M.A.E.)
Master of Arts in Music (M.A.M.)
Master of Arts in Social Sciences (M.A.S.S.)
Master of Business Administration (M.B.A.)
Master of Music in Church Music (M.M.C.M.)
Master of Music in Music Education (M.M.M.E.)
Master of Theology (M.Th.)
Associate and Bachelor of Arts
These degrees are conferred by the University upon candidates who meet the foreign language
requirements, discipline requirements, and all other requirements for graduation.
Associate and Bachelor of Science
These degrees are conferred by the University upon candidates who meet all the graduation requirements without foreign language.
Dual Degrees
Any student who desires to earn two different degrees at Campbellsville University must complete
requirements for an additional major and minor or the equivalence thereof.
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Refer to appropriate academic discipline for information on specific programs.
AREAS OF CONCENTRATION
Accounting....................................................................................School of Business and Economics
Art ........................................................................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Biblical Studies ....................................................................................................School of Theology
Business Administration ..............................................................School of Business and Economics
Christian Social Ministries ....................................................................................School of Theology
Church Music ............................................................................................................School of Music
Educational Ministries ..........................................................................................School of Theology
English ....................................................................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Exercise Science/Sports Medicine ........................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Health Education ....................................................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Music ..........................................................................................................................School of Music
45
Music Education ........................................................................................................School of Music
Leisure Studies ......................................................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Pastoral Ministries ................................................................................................School of Theology
Science ....................................................................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Social Studies ........................................................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Social Work ..........................................................................................Carver School of Social Work
MAJOR PROGRAMS
Accounting .................................................................................. School of Business and Economics
Administrative Technology ..........................................................School of Business and Economics
Art............................................................................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Biblical Studies ......................................................................................................School of Theology
Biology ....................................................................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Business Administration................................................................School of Business and Economics
Chemistry ................................................................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Communications .................................................................................... College of Arts and Sciences
Computer Information Systems ............................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Criminal Justice Administration..............................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Early Elementary Education P-5 ........................................................................School of Education
Educational Ministries .......................................................................................... School of Theology
Economics ....................................................................................School of Business and Economics
English.................................................................................................... College of Arts and Sciences
Exercise Science/Sports Medicine ........................................................College of Arts and Sciences
History ....................................................................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Leisure Studies ........................................................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Marketing/Management ................................................................School of Business and Economics
Mathematics ............................................................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Medical Technology................................................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Middle Grades Education 5-9 ..............................................................................School of Education
Physical Education ..................................................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Political Science ......................................................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Psychology ..............................................................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Sociology ................................................................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Sports Ministry ......................................................................................................School of Theology
MINOR PROGRAMS
Accounting ....................................................................................School of Business and Economics
Art............................................................................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Athletic Coaching....................................................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Aquatics Management ............................................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Biblical Studies ......................................................................................................School of Theology
Biology ....................................................................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Chemistry ................................................................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Church Music ..............................................................................................................School of Music
Communications......................................................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Computer Information Systems ..............................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Criminal Justice Administration..............................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Economics ....................................................................................School of Business and Economics
Educational Ministries ..........................................................................................School of Theology
English ....................................................................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Environmental Science............................................................................College of Arts and Sciences
History ....................................................................................................College of Arts and Sciences
46
Journalism ..............................................................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Interdisciplinary Studies..............................................................................................Honors Program
Leisure Studies ........................................................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Mathematics ............................................................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Music ..........................................................................................................................School of Music
Philosophy..............................................................................................................School of Theology
Physical Education ..................................................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Physics ....................................................................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Political Science ......................................................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Psychology ..............................................................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Secondary Education ............................................................................................School of Education
Sociology ................................................................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Sports Ministry........................................................................................College of Arts and Sciences
ASSOCIATE DEGREES
Accounting ....................................................................................School of Business and Economics
Christian Studies ....................................................................................................School of Theology
Criminal Justice ......................................................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Early Childhood Education ..................................................................................School of Education
General Studies ......................................................................................College of Arts and Sciences
Social Science ........................................................................................College of Arts and Sciences
CERTIFICATES
Christian Ministry ..................................................................................................School of Theology
Medical Secretary Procedure ......................................................School of Business and Economics
Service Playing............................................................................................................School of Music
Word Processing............................................................................School of Business and Economics
CAREER SERVICES AND COUNSELING CENTER
The Career Services and Counseling Center provides help for the student in choosing a vocation, as
well as preparing for and securing employment through guidance from the staff or via Internet access in
the student Career Lab.
The Center offers opportunities in recognizing gifts and abilities for a career choice and seminars on how
to choose a career. The Career Resource Lab offers use of brochures, catalogs, books, and computer
access to Internet search. The Center maintains current full-time job vacancies and posts part-time vacancies in the local area. The Office acts as a referral service establishing credentials for each graduate who
requests a placement file to be established in his/her name. Seminars and The Senior Year Experience
classes will be offered for seniors in the spring semester. Students will have the opportunity to attend
career/job fairs both on campus and off campus sites throughout the school year.
Personal Counseling
Pressures from classes, conflicts with family and friends, peer pressures, questions of self-identity, spiritual struggles, and homesickness are common among college students. Often there are more deeply-rooted emotional needs to deal with before a student can achieve academic success. Career Services and
Counseling Center will offer a full-time center to provide confidential personal counseling in a caring
atmosphere to assist students in dealing with the innermost needs. By providing assessments, individual
and group counseling, students will have opportunity to develop into more confident, mature individuals.
Referrals are made to professional counselors when necessary.
Cornerstone Counseling Center
A partnership between Kentucky Baptist Homes for Children, Taylor County Baptist Association, and
47
Campbellsville University has established the Campbellsville Cornerstone Counseling Center. Available
to students and community, the Center offers professional counseling by Christian counselors for individuals, couples, and families.
CENTER FOR EDUCATIONAL ENHANCEMENT
Many students enter college without a declared major/minor, needing assistance in some course work, or having a need to improve reading, math or study skills. The Center for Educational Enhancement provides assessment, major/minor advising, tutoring, and instruction in reading, math, and study skills for those students.
The University provides this service for the purpose of assisting students to successfully pursue a college degree.
By providing this service, however, the University does not assume responsibility for the student's success.
CHURCH-RELATED VOCATIONS
Students with interest in church-related vocations will do well to develop foundational scholarship of
Biblical Studies and/or Pastoral Ministries during undergraduate years. Especially recommended are courses in Biblical and theological studies, Pastoral Ministry, or in Educational Ministries and church leadership.
Personal spiritual growth and practical learning in courses such as pastoral care and counseling, social work
foundations, and internship experiences in churches or church and community agencies are encouraged. A
broad understanding of both rural and urban life within American society is recommended.
Biblical Studies
Students choosing an area major or minor in Biblical Studies will discover an emphasis in the study of the
Bible and Biblical languages, Christian theology, history of the Christian Church, Pastoral Ministries,
Educational Ministries, and Christian Social Ministries. These are designed to prepare students for
advanced university or seminary degree opportunities as well as to be foundational for all ministry vocations. A wide range of practical courses in proclamation and preaching, worship, pastoral care and counseling, church leadership, missions, evangelism and ministry ethics are offered each year. Enrichment
courses in history, English literature, sociology, psychology, marriage and family studies, social work,
church music, and philosophy are encouraged.
Christian Social Ministries
Students interested in the specialized ministry vocation of social work practice in a church or agency of the
church should consider enrolling in courses in social work concurrently with their School of Theology major
choices. Students with a desire to serve in Christian Social Ministries as a beginning field of practice as a ministry of the church may want to consider selecting a minor in Biblical Studies to support their Social Work degree.
Sports Ministry
Campbellsville University is one of the first institutions to offer an emphasis (major and minor) in Sports
Ministry. Sports is the tool that w ill allow Christians access for Christ into every country in the world, every
city in the nation. Sports Ministry, a unique blend of athletics and missions, equips students to lead in mission
efforts of local churches or other church-related institutions using sports evangelism. The academic program
is a blend of Christian studies (Biblical studies, ministerial and educational studies, and philosophy/theology),
leisure studies, and health and physical education. Internships are available, among other avenues, through
Sports Reach, an international sports evangelism program, housed on the University campus.
In-service Guidance Program for Ministerial Students
Formal internship work in ministry vocations is supported by a well developed In-Service Guidance
Program. This program is designed to make use of support from the churches in the general area of the
University as well as their state-wide and national denominational groups. Field work activity in the
churches is combined with careful support and supervision by experienced ministers so the student may
both serve in a ministry position and learn about that ministry in a competent educational framework.
Several introductory courses in the curriculum support students who choose to participate in this program
as a practical enrichment for their Biblical studies and Pastoral Ministries studies.
Religious Education
Studies in Educational Ministries related to the church involve courses to support students interested in
serving as ministers of education, ministry with youth or other age groups, religious journalism, sports
48
ministry, and recreational ministry. A curriculum core of Biblical Studies and Educational Ministries
courses are required, and may be supplemented with enrichment courses in educational theory and practice found throughout the University’s curriculum. Elective courses related to student’s particular interests
may be added, and field-education courses are also available for vocational practice.
CLASSES BY APPOINTMENT/INDEPENDENT STUDY
A student desiring to enroll in courses listed in the Catalog as Independent Study shall have a minimum overall academic standing of 2.50 and a 2.80 standing in the major or minor field to which the course is relevant.
CONVOCATION PROGRAM
The convocation program is designed to provide opportunities for corporate worship and exposure to a
variety of informative speakers and presentations. Convocation speakers and performers are guests of the
University community. Convocations are held each Wednesday of the semester with the exception of the
first week and last week of a semester and during mid-term week. Emergencies or special circumstances
might necessitate changes in this schedule at the discretion of the Convocation Committee.
Attendance is required of all members of the University family including faculty, staff and students.
Attendance requirements for students are governed by the following:
One full-time semester ................................8 convocations required
Two full-time semesters ..............................8 convocations required
Three full-time semesters ..........................16 convocations required
Four full-time semesters............................24 convocations required
Five full-time semesters ............................32 convocations required
Six full-time semesters ..............................40 convocations required
Seven or more full-time semesters............48 convocations required
The number of full-time semesters refers to the full-time semesters remaining in the student’s degree program at the time of first enrollment at Campbellsville University (that is, the minimum full-time semesters needed to complete degree requirements). Two part-time semesters are considered the equivalent of
one full-time semester.
Convocation attendance is cumulative. The student receives credit for every convocation attended above
the required 8 in a given semester. “Surplus” convocation credit is applied to the total number of convocations required of the student. It is to the student’s advantage to attend more than the minimum number
each semester, so that he or she could meet the minimum requirement even when examinations, weather,
illness, or cancellation of convocation prevents attendance.
The total number of convocations for which the student has received credit to date and the total required
for graduation are printed on the end-of-semester grade report. In addition, the student’s current total can
be checked at any time by going to the Office of Academic Affairs.
Convocation from past semesters can be made up by attending extra convocations in the current semester. The student may also make a written appeal to the Convocation Committee regarding options for
make-up of convocation credit.
CORRESPONDENCE CREDIT
Not more than 32 hours may be transferred as credit from correspondence and/or extension courses. The
basic requirements for graduation may not include these courses without special permission from the
Director of Student Records. Correspondence courses shall not be taken to raise grades in courses already
pursued. No correspondence grade less than a “C” will be accepted.
Credit for the following courses, earned by correspondence, will not be accepted on the issuance or renewal of teaching certificates:
Teaching of Reading
Literature for Children
Public School Art - courses required for certification
Public School Music - courses required for certification
Courses in Library Science
Human Development and Learning Theory - courses required for certification
49
Courses in administration supervision
Laboratory courses in subject fields
Professional courses requiring observation, participation and/or teaching when offered for residence credit
LEGISLATIVE INTERN PROGRAM
This program offers University undergraduates the opportunity to participate actively in the state legislative session while receiving full academic credit for one semester. The Legislative Program, held during
years when the General Assembly convenes for regular session, begins in late December and runs through
the third week in May. For further information on this program, please turn to the Social Sciences section.
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM
Requirements for Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology
1. Student must complete the following academic requirements:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Complete the required course of Campbellsville with a minimum 2.50 grade point average.
Must fulfill all general education requirements for baccalaureate graduation.
Must complete the science and math courses outlined in course sequence.
Successfully complete the course requirements at an approved medical technology school (The
University has official affiliation with Mercy Hospital in Owensboro, KY and Methodist Hospital
in Pikeville, KY.)
After completion of the above requirements the student will be granted a B.S. in Med. Tech. degree from
Campbellsville University after proper application has been made.
The time limit between the end of the academic work at Campbellsville University and application for the
B.S. degree is four years.
PRE-PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS
Since professional schools vary considerably in their admission requirements, the student is advised to
select the professional school s/he wishes to attend later, and then choose pre-professional courses accordingly. The Campbellsville University faculty will advise the student at the time of registration in the selection of courses which will meet the requirements of the professional school of his/her choice. Students
who transfer to professional schools to complete their degrees are dependent upon good records for this
privilege. Campbellsville students who plan to pursue a professional course of study in another college or
university are, therefore, encouraged to make a good record here.
ENGINEERING
The student should follow closely the recommendations of the school of engineering he/she plans to
attend. Campbellsville University has a memorandum of understanding with the College of Engineering
of the University of Kentucky concerning the selection of appropriate courses.
LAW
No specific courses are designated for admission to law schools. The program of studies for each student
will be planned so as to conform to the curricular suggestions made by the graduate institution which the
student expects to attend. After meeting the requirements set out in this catalog for a degree, the student
should elect as many courses as possible in the fields of accounting, business administration, economics,
English, history, philosophy, political science, and psychology if he/she wishes to pursue a law career.
PRE-MEDICAL PROGRAMS
Students who have a career interest in medicine, dentistry, optometry, pharmacy, physical therapy, and veterinary medicine may meet the general admissions requirements of respective schools by selecting course
work leading to a Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Arts degree in either Biology or Chemistry. Exceptional
students may choose to enter their professional school after three years at Campbellsville University. After a
successful year at the professional school, the student may transfer credits back to Campbellsville University
and receive either a Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Arts degree in Biology or Chemistry.
TEACHER EDUCATION
The teacher education program is built upon the resources of the total faculty, student body, and community.
50
Working together on a faculty-wide basis is the approach to the development of the program.
The U. S. government Title II Report for 2000 shows that Campbellsville University students in the 19992000 “cohort” of Teacher Education graduates and program completers had a 100 percent pass rate on the
PRAXIS II exam which measures content knowledge mastery. Ten or more students constitute a “cohort.”
That is, 10 or more students in any one content certification area make up a cohort. The only “cohort” of students included in the report for Campbellsville University was the cohort of students in elementary education
content certification area. There were 25 students in elementary education. All passed the required scores on
the PRAXIS II exam and will receive initial certification as elementary teachers. There were less than 10 students in each of the other content certification areas (science, math, social studies, language arts, music, art,
and physical education) in middle school and high school. However, of the 52 total Campbellsville University
students who took the PRAXIS II exam in the other various content areas, 51 passed their tests, resulting in a
98 percent pass rate on the PRAXIS II exam for all teacher education students. The one student who did not
pass the PRAXIS II exam in one area retook the test, passing it on the second time.
Besides succeeding on the PRAXIS II exam, teacher education students are also required to demonstrate
success on other competency measures as well: a minimum of 21 on the ACT or comparable PPST exam,
a minimum 2.5 GPA on all course work, successful entrance and exit interviews, 150 hours of field and
clinical practice, and three letters of recommendation.
ACADEMIC POLICIES
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION
A candidate for a degree must meet the following requirements for graduation:
1. All candidates for a degree must be of good moral character.
2. All candidates must complete a minimum of 128 semester hours of academic work with a minimum
standing of 2.10 in the area of concentration, or in majors and minors, and a minimum overall average of 2.0. “D” grades are not acceptable in English 111 or 112. No “D” grade is accepted on major
and minor programs unless approved by the Division Chair.
3. All candidates must have completed all general education requirements.
4. All candidates must have completed at least a single major option, or one major and one minor or
an area as specified by the Division applicable in each case. In combination, a major and minor must
total 51 hours, exclusive of courses in methods.
5. All candidates must complete a minimum of 42 semester hours of credit in courses numbered 300
or above, and also, complete a minimum of 25 percent of the requirements for graduation at
6. All candidates must file an APPLICATION FOR GRADUATION in accordance with a schedule distributed by the Director of Student Records at the beginning of the fall semester of the school year
in which the degree work is to be completed.
7. At least one-third of the course requirements in the major and in the minor or area of concentration
must be completed at Campbellsville University with an average of “C” or better.
8. All candidates for a degree must complete the last 30 hours of credit in residence.
9. No more than 32 hours of correspondence and/or extension work will be accepted for credit toward
the degree. No student may enroll for correspondence or extension while doing resident work without permission of the Director of Student Records. Correspondence work in major or minor field
must be approved also by the Chair of the Divisions concerned.
10. The student must, in all cases, be responsible for meeting the requirements for graduation.
11. The student must have paid all fees due the University before the degree is conferred.
12. All graduates are required to take an exit exam. The PRAXIS II (former NTE) is required of all
teacher certification students. All other graduates will be required the Graduate Record Examination
(GRE) general test or approved exit exam. The graduate will need to take the Subject examination
if the student’s major Division requires it.
13. All candidates for degrees with teacher certification rights must have at least a 2.50 cumulative grade
point average on all coursework, in all professional education courses, and in one’s content/cognate/emphasis areas. For purposes of calculation of this GPA, the following courses may be included by faculties as indicated when applicable to area(s) of concentration: ART 330, 403; HE 321; PE
51
302, 311, 400; MUS 241, 242, 243, 244, 340, 341, 342, 347, and 444. (For all requirements for
admission to the Teacher Education Program, see School of Education section.)
14. All Teacher Education candidates must file their placement credentials with the Education Faculty.
All candidates who are not in Teacher Education must file their credentials with the Division in
which they have majored.
15. All candidates must fulfill Convocation Program credit requirements.
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS FOR BACHELOR’S DEGREES
1. AREA OF PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT
a.
Physical Education
PE 103
Introduction of Physical Activity and Health Promotion
A selected Physical Education Basic Instruction Course
b.
c.
Literature and Christian Studies
Three hours selected from the following
ENG 170 Introduction to Literature
ENG 221 World Literature I
ENG 222 World Literature II
Six hours selected from the following
CHS 111
Introduction to Old Testament
CHS 121
Introduction to New Testament
CHS 130
Religion in Life
PHI 241
Introduction to Philosophy
Art, Drama and Music
Minimum of two hours from two of the following sections:
ART 110
Understanding Art
ART 310
Art History I
ART 311
Art History II
and
MUS 121 Music Literature I
MUS 122 Music Literature II
MUS 125 Understanding Music
and
TH 231
Theater Arts I
TH 232
Theater Arts II
2. AREAS OF SYMBOLICS OF INFORMATION
a.
English Composition
ENG 111
Freshman Composition I
ENG 112 Freshman Composition II
b.
c.
d.
2
1
9
3
3
3
3
6
3
3
3
3
4
2
3
3
2
2
2
3
3
15
6
3
3
Communications
TH 120
Fundamentals of Speech (required for Teacher Education)
COM/JOU 140 Introduction to Communications
3
3
Mathematics
MTH 110 College Mathematics
MTH 111 College Algebra
MTH 112 Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry
MTH 123 Elementary Calculus and Its Applications
MTH 130 Elementary Statistics
MTH 210 Calculus I
3
3
3
3
3
4
Computer Information Systems
CIS 100
Computer Concepts & Applications
(credit by examination possible)
CIS 160
CIS I
3. AREA OF SCIENCE AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
a.
Biological Science
(one hour lab required for K-4 certification)
BIO 103
Environment and Man
BIO 110
Biology
BIO 200
Biological Concepts
52
16
3
3
3-4
3-4
3
4
21
3-5
3
3
3
BIO 201
BIO 202
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
Zoology
Botany
4
4
Physical Science
(one hour lab required for K-4 certification)
CHE 100
Introduction to Chemistry
CHE 111
General Chemistry I
CHE 113
General Chemistry I Lab
GEO 211
Physical Geology
GEO 212 Earth Science
PHY 131
Conceptual Physics
PHY 132
Introduction to Astronomy
PHY 141
General College Physics I (without lab)
3-5
3
3
1
3
3
3
3
4
Psychology
PSY 111
General Psychology
3
Sociology/Culture
SOC 110
Introduction to Sociology
SOC 210
Cultural Anthropology
FRE 101
French Culture and Language
GER 101
German Culture and Language
RUS 101
Russian Culture and Language
SPA 101
Spanish Culture and Language
3
3
3
3
3
3
History
HST 110
HST 120
HST 131
HST 142
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
United States to 1877
United States Since 1877
World Civilization to 1650
World Civilization Since 1650
Political Science
POL 110
American Government
3
Economics
ECO 110
Introduction to Economics (Non-Business Students)
ECO 221
Macroeconomics
ECO 222
Microeconomics
3
3
3
TOTAL GENERAL EDUCATION HOURS
3
3
52 minimum hours
53
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS FOR ASSOCIATE DEGREES
1. AREA OF PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT
PE 103
Introduction to Physical Activity and Health Promotion
PE
A selected Physical Education Basic Instruction Course
One of:
ENG 170 Introduction to Literature
ENG 221 World Literature I
ENG 222 World Literature II
One of:
CHS 111
CHS 121
CHS 130
Religion in Life
PHI 241
Minimum of two hours from the following:
ART 110
Understanding Art
ART 310
Art History I
ART 311
Art History II
MUS 121 Music Literature I
MUS 122 Music Literature II
MUS 125 Understanding Music
TH 231
Theater Arts I
TH 232
Theater Arts II
2. AREAS OF SYMBOLICS OF INFORMATION
ENG 111
ENG 112 Freshman Composition II
One of:
TH 120
Fundamentals of Speech
COM/JOU 140 Introduction to Communications
One of:
MTH 110 College Mathematics
MTH 111 College Algebra
MTH 112 Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry
MTH 130 Elementary Statistics
MTH 210 Calculus I
One of:
CIS 100
Computer Concepts and Applications
(credit by examination possible)
CIS 160
CIS I
3. AREA OF SCIENCE AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
One of:
BIO 103
Environment and Man
BIO 110
Biology
BIO 201
Zoology
BIO 202
Botany
CHE 100
CHE 111
General Chemistry I
GEO 211
Physical Geology
GEO 212 Earth Science
PHY 131
Conceptual Physics
PHY 132
PHY 141
General College Physics I (without lab)
One of:
PSY 111
General Psychology
SOC 110
54
11
2
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
15
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
3
4
9
3
3
4
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
3
3
FRE 101
GER 101
RUS 101
SPA 101
One of:
HST 110
HST 120
HST 131
HST 142
POL 110
ECO 221
ECO 222
3
3
3
3
United States since 1877
American Government
Macroeconomics
Microeconomics
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
TOTAL GENERAL EDUCATION HOURS FOR AN ASSOCIATE DEGREE
35
ACADEMIC ADVISING OF STUDENTS
Upon admission to Campbellsville University, students will begin a process whereby career planners and
faculty advisors assist them in selecting academic courses of study appropriate to their education/career
goals and to achieve suitable placement upon completion of their studies.
Academic advising is considered to be one of the two most important tasks of the faculty—teaching being
first. Each student will meet with an academic advisor on an individual basis in order to select courses for
each semester. The advisor is also available to help each student learn how to use the resources at
Campbellsville University and to find solutions to problems which the student might have.
Basic procedures for academic advising are as follows:
1. The Office of Admissions prepares an Admission folder for each student.
2. The Director of Student Records evaluates transcripts of transfer students as to the transferability of
academic credit.
3. The Director of the Center for Educational Enhancement (CEE) assigns student to an Academic
Advisor based upon his/her academic needs and interests. The Director of the CEE works with students who have not made a career or professional choice.
4. After the successful completion of 30 semester hours (including English 111 and 112) the student
shall transfer to a Major Advisor.
5. The Major Advisor prepares an academic record for each student in cooperation with other advisors.
6. Upon completion of 75 semester hours the student will apply for graduation in the Office of Student
Records.
FRESHMEN YEAR EXPERIENCE
Required of entering freshmen:
OR 100 or ED 101 Freshmen Year Experience (1 credit hour); University Success Skills (3 credit hours)
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
GRADE POINT AVERAGE (GPA)
A minimum grade-point average of 2.00 is required for a student to graduate from Campbellsville
University. A student must have a minimum grade point average of 2.10 in areas of concentration, majors,
minors, and fields of specialization for all degrees granted. Students interested in being teachers must have
a 2.5 GPA to be admitted to the Teacher Education program and must graduate with a 2.50 GPA overall
in one’s content area or major in order to be certified to teach (see School of Education section for complete requirements). The student must meet a minimum scholastic requirement of 2.50 before s/he may
qualify for enrollment in the student teaching semester.
55
DEVELOPMENTAL STUDIES
A limited number of students are admitted who have deficiencies in one or more areas of study. Those students are required to take developmental courses and must complete the courses with a “C” or better before
they continue other academic courses. Developmental courses include but are not limited to ENG 110, ED
101, ED 110, MTH 099, and MTH 100. With an ACT English score of 18 or below, the student will enroll
in ENG 110. With an ACT Math score of 16 or below, the student will enroll in MTH 099 or MTH 100.
ENGLISH COMPOSITION
A “C” or better grade in English 111 and English 112 is required for graduation from Campbellsville
University. A student must enroll in Freshman Composition successive semesters until s/he has made at
least a “C” grade. English 111 must be completed satisfactorily before the student enrolls in courses in
English beyond the 100 level. The same standard shall apply to transfer students whose transcripts are
evaluated for credit toward graduation from Campbellsville University.
ACADEMIC BANKRUPTCY
Academic bankruptcy is designed to give a student with poor academic record an opportunity to start over.
Like financial bankruptcy, it is a drastic measure and involves severe penalties. In applying for academic
bankruptcy, the student agrees to the conditions which it entails, such as loss of credits earned, and accepts
the special restrictions, including strict standards for future academic performance. A student may apply
to declare academic bankruptcy for at most two (2) adjacent semesters of academic work and begin his/her
academic career anew at Campbellsville University with the following provisions:
A.Academic bankruptcy may be declared only once in a student’s academic career.
B. The student must not have been enrolled in any university study during the preceding semester.
C. The student desiring to declare academic bankruptcy will petition the Academic Council at the time
of his/her application for admission or readmission. The letter of petition should include a brief narrative explaining any extenuating circumstances that may have caused the academic deficiency.
D.If the application is approved, the course work declared bankrupt will remain on the student’s academic record, with the notation of academic bankruptcy clearly indicated. This work will not be considered subsequently in counting hours earned or for calculating cumulative grade point averages.
E. Failure to maintain a subsequent cumulative GPA of 2.0 will result in permanent dismissal from the
University.
F. The student who has been allowed to declare academic bankruptcy must fulfill all requirements for
his/her degree program, including retaking course work passed during the bankrupt semester.
G.Once declared, academic bankruptcy cannot be revoked.
H.The student who has declared academic bankruptcy will not be eligible to graduate as an honor student.
I. Should the student transfer from Campbellsville University after taking academic bankruptcy,
Campbellsville University will not guarantee other institutions will honor the bankruptcy agreement.
ACADEMIC PROBATION
Students are expected to meet the following scholastic standards required at Campbellsville University.
Satisfactory standing is:
After one semester - a standing of 1.60 or above
After two semesters - a standing of 1.80 or above
After three semesters - a standing of 2.00 or above
A student may be asked to withdraw from the University for one semester if after one semester s/he fails
all his/her academic courses or it is apparent that the student has little chance of meeting the standard for
retention at the end of the next semester.
A statement governing the extent of involvement in on-campus and off-campus activities and classes by
the student on academic probation is printed in the Student Handbook.
56
PROBATIONARY LOAD
A student failing to meet the standing required for his/her classification is placed on academic probation
for the following semester. The student’s load will be limited to a maximum of 13 hours. The student must
include in the course load the courses which s/he needs to repeat to improve academic standing.
SUSPENSION
The student placed on academic probation must make at least the standing required for his/her classification on hours pursued the first probationary semester and must have the overall standing required for
his/her classification the second probationary semester. This suspension does not apply to summer school.
During the summer school the student will be given a chance to reach the academic standing. The student
may appeal to the Academic Council to review his/her case, and if s/he can present acceptable reasons
why s/he should be permitted to continue an additional semester, the student may be allowed to do so.
A student who has been suspended for a semester must be approved for reinstatement by the Admissions
Committee.
REINSTATEMENT AFTER SUSPENSION
A student readmitted after academic suspension will have probationary status and must carry the limited
load of a probationary student. The student will be given two semesters to meet the required standard
unless it is apparent after one semester that s/he cannot meet the required standard at the end of the next
semester. If s/he fails to meet the required standard, s/he may be asked to withdraw permanently from the
University. Before the final decision is made, the student will be given an opportunity to appeal his/her
case before the Academic Council.
STUDENT COURSE LOAD
A normal load for a full-time student is 12-16 hours per semester. First-semester freshmen entering the
University for the first time will be permitted to enroll for no more than 16 hours plus one hour in physical education or ensemble. Sophomores, Juniors, and Seniors with a 3.0 GPA or better standing may
enroll for 18 semester hours plus one hour in physical education or ensemble without the permission of
the Vice President for Academic Affairs, but the permission of the student’s advisor and the Vice President
for Academic Affairs must be obtained to take more hours.
SUMMER SCHOOL LOAD
Six to nine hours is considered a normal load for an eight-week term of summer school. Students who
have a standing of 3.0 GPA or better may enroll for more than nine semester hours with the permission of
their advisor and the Vice President for Academic Affairs.
CLASS ATTENDANCE POLICY
The official class attendance policy is printed in the Student Handbook.
GRADE APPEAL PROCESS
A student may appeal the fairness of a course grade to the Academic Council following consultation with
his/her advisor, the professor, and the appropriate department chair and/or the dean. Such an appeal must
be submitted in writing to the Vice President for Academic Affairs within one academic semester from the
time the course is completed. The Academic Council will then determine whether a hearing is necessary.
If a hearing is necessary, the Academic Council with the inclusion of the SGA president or the designee
of the SGA president will hear the appeal. The decision of the Academic Council is final.
FACULTY TARDINESS
Students are to remain in the classroom for 15 minutes if the faculty member is late. After this time, and
after signing an attendance sheet, students may leave. A representative of the class is to take the attendance sheet to the Office of the Vice President for Academic Affairs.
SCHEDULE CHANGES BY THE UNIVERSITY
The University reserves the right at all times to cancel a course when the enrollment is not sufficient to
justify its continuance, to divide classes when the enrollment is too large for efficient instruction, to
change instructors, and to make any adjustment in the school program that seem necessary.
57
GRADING SYSTEM—SEMESTER CREDIT SYSTEM
The University operates on the semester system. A one semester hour of credit consists of one 50-minute
period of recitation or two 50-minute periods of laboratory each week for about 16 weeks.
COURSE AUDITS
The same registration procedure is followed as for courses bearing credit. Auditors will not be expected to
take quizzes or examinations. Courses audited cannot be counted toward meeting graduation requirements.
REPEATED COURSES
When a course is repeated, both grades remain on the record but only the last grade earned in a completed course is used in the GPA computation.
QUALITY POINT SYSTEM
In addition to the 128 hours required for a degree, each student must have a cumulative 2.0 GPA. Quality
points are counted as follows:
A - four quality points for each semester hour
B - three quality points for each semester hour
C - two quality points for each semester hour
D - one quality point for each semester hour
FORMULA TO COMPUTE GRADE POINT AVERAGE (GPA)
Quality Points/GPA hours attempted* (GPA ATT) = Cumulative GPA
*GPA Hours Attempted are those in which the grade is an A, B, C, D, F, or WA.
TRANSFER CREDITS
Students must earn an average of 2.0 or above on all University work attempted to be eligible for a degree.
Transfer students must have this average on courses taken at Campbellsville.
CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS
Freshman:
A student is classified as a freshman who has 26 semester hours’ credit or less.
Sophomore:
A student is classified as a sophomore who has 27 to 56 semester hours’ credit with
at least 52 quality points.
Junior:
A student is classified as a junior who has 57 to 86 semester hours’ credit with at
least 114 quality points and who has been admitted to Upper Division.
Senior:
A student is classified as a senior who has 87 or more semester hours’ credit with at
least 174 quality points.
WITHDRAWAL PROCEDURE
A student who leaves unofficially, that is without permission from the Vice President for Academic Affairs
and the completion of the withdrawal forms, forfeits all rights to any reduction of his account, and
receives “F” grades in all courses.
In order for a student to withdraw from a class, s/he must initiate the process by obtaining a WITHDRAWAL
FORM from the Office of Academic Affairs. The Withdrawal Form must be signed by the student’s advisor
and submitted to the Vice President for Academic Affairs by the student withdrawing. After the initial registration period through the twelfth (12th) week of the semester, a “W” will be placed on his/her permanent
record. After the twelfth (12th) week, the student may not withdraw from the class and must receive a grade.
Any claims for refunds and honorable dismissal will be based on the date the withdrawal form is presented
to and approved by the Vice President for Academic Affairs.
DEFINITION OF GRADES
The grading system in effect at Campbellsville University is as follows:
A
Excellent
4 quality points per semester hour
B
Good
C
Average
D
Lowest Passing Grade
F
Failure
I
Incomplete
58
S
U
W
WA
X
Satisfactory
Unsatisfactory
Withdraw
Withdraw Absence
Final Exam Missed
Grade “A” represents a work of definitely superior quality. It is distinctly the honor mark.
Grade “B” indicates a higher level of performance than is the satisfactory performance required for a “C”
grade. It indicates effective capacity and initiative on the part of the student to do work over and above
acceptable course requirements.
Grade “C” represents a satisfactory level of performance on the part of the student. This level of performance can be expected from any student of normal ability who devotes an average amount of time,
effort and attention to the work of the course.
Grade “D” indicates below standard performance. It indicates work which in one or more aspects falls
below the minimum accepted standard, but which is of sufficient quality to be counted toward meeting
graduation requirements provided it is balanced by superior work in other courses.
Grade “F” indicates an unacceptable level of performance. It indicates work in which several aspects fall
below the minimum acceptable standard, work which is not of sufficient quality or quantity to be counted toward meeting graduation requirements. This grade is also given when a student drops a course after
s/he has received a mid-term unsatisfactory progress report and/or discontinues attending a class for
which s/he is registered without officially dropping the course according to prescribed procedures.
Grade “I” is assigned to a student when the course requirements are not completed due to illness, accident, death in the immediate family, or other verifiable, extenuating circumstances. The course requirements to change the “I” grade must be completed within 12 months from the time it was awarded. It is
the student’s responsibility to complete requirements within the twelve month period. It is the Professor’s
responsibility to change the grade by filling out the proper forms in the Office of Student Records.
Grade “S” indicates satisfactory work, but no quality credits are recorded.
Grade “U” indicates unsatisfactory work and no quality credits are recorded.
Grade “W” indicates official withdrawal from the course or University through the twelfth (12th) week.
Grade “WA” indicates official withdrawal due to excessive absence.
Grade “X” indicates that the student was absent from examinations. The grade of “X” may be changed by
special examination within one month after the student re-enters the University, provided the Vice
President for Academic Affairs and the instructor concerned give permission for the examination; otherwise, it becomes a failing grade and is so recorded.
The overall grade-point average (GPA) of a student at Campbellsville University is calculated only on the
basis of grades of A, B, C, D, F, and WA. Plus/minus grades do not add or subtract to the value of the standard grade for quality points. Grades I, S, U, and X are not considered in the calculation of the overall
grade point average, although those grades are considered as hours attempted.
RECORDING OF GRADES
All grades are recorded in the Office of Student Records as reported by the instructor in charge of the various
courses. No grade filed in the Office of Student Records may be changed except upon a written statement from
the instructor and approved by the Vice President for Academic Affairs, certifying that an error had been made.
REPORTING GRADES
Final grades of students are mailed to their home addresses. Mid-term deficiencies are sent to campus post
office boxes.
TRANSCRIPT OF RECORDS
A student who graduates, or for any reason withdraws from the University in good standing, is entitled to
one transcript of his record issued without charge. Official transcripts are made only at the written request
of the student concerned. No transcript will be issued for anyone who has failed to meet all financial obligations to the University.
59
PRIVACY RIGHTS OF STUDENTS
Campbellsville University is subject to the provisions of the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act
(FERPA). This federal law affords students rights of access to education records and imposes regulations
on the University in the release and disclosure of education records to third parties.
In order to comply with this law, Campbellsville University has formulated and adopted institutional policies and procedures to be followed by the University and by those interested in gaining access to education records. These policies and procedures allow students: the right to inspect substantially all of his/her
education records; the right to prevent disclosures of education records to third parties; and the right to
request amendment or correction of education records believed to be inaccurate or misleading. These policies are available for inspection and review in the Office of Student Records.
It is the policy of the University to allow students to inspect and review their education records unless
those records contain any of the following:
A. Information on more than one student;
B. Financial information on his/her parents; or
C. Confidential letters and statements of recommendation if the student has waived his/her right to
inspect the letters and the letters are related to the student’s admission to the University, application for employment or receipt of honorary recognition.
According to the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, institutions may release without
written consent those records identified as public or Directory Information for students, past and present. Directory Information is defined as follows:
Directory Information includes the following student information: student’s name, address, telephone
number, date and place of birth, major fields of study, participation in officially recognized activities and
sports, weight and height of athletic team members, dates of attendance, degrees and awards received, and
most recent educational institution attended.
Under no circumstances shall a member of the faculty disclose an education record which is in his/her possession or control to any person other than the student to whom they pertain. All requests to inspect and review
records not within the faculty member’s possession or control and all requests by third parties (including the
student’s parents) to inspect and review records shall be referred to the Vice President for Academic Affairs.
ACADEMIC HONORS
ACADEMIC DISTINCTION
Students who have a 3.85 or above average will receive the distinction summa cum laude; 3.70 - 3.84 average, magna cum laude; 3.50 - 3.69 average, cum laude. Honor students will be recognized at Commencement.
The grade-point average (GPA) of a transfer student must meet the above criteria in each of two ways:
A. The average of his/her combined academic work at all institutions, including Campbellsville
University, must meet the criteria.
B. The average of his/her academic work at Campbellsville University alone must meet the criteria.
This does not apply to direct-transfer students. Students, however, must earn a minimum of 55
semester hours in residence at Campbellsville University (without any Incomplete, “I” grade).
ACADEMIC HONORS’ LISTS
Students achieving a grade point average (GPA) of 4.0 for any semester on a course load of at least 12
hours are honored by being placed on the President’s Honors List for that semester. No student with an
“I” grade will be placed on the President’s Honors List.
Students achieving a grade point average (GPA) of 3.50 or above for any semester on a course load of at
least 12 hours are honored by being placed on the Dean’s Honors List for that semester. No student with
an “I” grade will be placed on the Dean’s Honors List.
Honor rolls are prepared each term and hometown newspaper releases are mailed by the Office of
Communications and Marketing.
60
THE INSTRUCTIONAL PROGRAM
I.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
A. Carver School of Social Work
Social Work
B. Department of Art
C. Division of Humanities
Communications
English
Modern Foreign Languages
D. Department of Health Promotion, Human Performance and Leisure Studies
Athletic Coaching
Exercise Science/Sports Medicine
Health Education
Leisure Studies
Physical Education
E. Division of Science
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
F. Division of Social Science
Criminal Justice Administration
Geography
History
Political Science
Psychology
Sociology
G. Honors Program
II.
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS
Accounting
Administrative Technology
Business Administration
Economics
Management
Marketing
62
62
62
64
68
71
68
73
75
79
75
77
76
78
81
81
84
85
87
88
90
90
92
92
93
94
95
80
99
102
103
99
104
105
105
III. SCHOOL OF EDUCATION
Early Childhood Education
Early Elementary Certification (P-5)
Middle Grades Certification (5-9)
Secondary Certification (8-12)
109
116
112
114
115
IV. SCHOOL OF MUSIC
Music
117
117
V. SCHOOL OF THEOLOGY
Biblical Studies
Christian Social Ministries
Educational Ministries
Pastoral Ministries
Sports Ministries
128
129
134
132
131
134
61
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
Dr. Mary Wilgus, Dean
CARVER SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK
Baccalaureate Social Work
Ms. Darlene Eastridge, Director of BSW Program
Mrs. Debra W. Carter
Campbellsville University’s Bachelor of Social Work Program is accredited by the Council on Social
Work Education.
PURPOSE
The Baccalaureate Program of Social Work stresses academic excellence and personal growth within a
nurturing, Christian environment. The program expands the University’s mission in advancing students
toward continued learning in all aspects of life with specialized emphasis on the professional application
of generalist social work practice. Scholarship, leadership and Christian services are practiced as a part of
the baccalaureate program with encouragement and emphasis placed on the continuation of learning
throughout life. As facilitators of progressive change the social work program strives to teach service
within diverse communities, organizations, groups, families, and individuals, all in the context of
Christian service.
SOCIAL WORK AREA
The Social Work Area is designed to educate students to perform generalist social work practice in a variety of social service settings. This curriculum will prepare students to practice social work with individuals, families, groups, communities and organizations at all levels (micro, mezzo, macro) of practice using
a problem solving process of assessment, planning, intervention, monitoring/evaluating and termination/follow-up.
Social work students are required to complete 40 hours of designated social work courses and 9 hours
of social work electives and/or approved social science cognate courses. Students may also pursue a
minor but it is not required. Students electing to major in Social Work must meet requirements as specified in the BSW Student Handbook before gaining acceptance into the program. Prerequisite courses for
the Social Work Area: SOC 110, Introduction to Sociology; BIO 110, Biology; PSY 111, General
Psychology; and POL 110, American Government. There is no credit for life experiences or previous
work experience given to social work students as substitutions for curriculum for field requirements.
SOCIAL WORK AREA
Minimum Hours required 49
Core Requirements for Social Work Area
40
SWK 210
Introduction to Social Work
3
SWK 220
Introduction to Field Work
3
SWK 310
Social Policy and Planning
3
SWK 311
Human Behavior & the Social Environment I
3
SWK 312
Human Behavior & the Social Environment II
3
SWK 340
Social Work Process
3
SWK 342
Human Diversity
3
SWK 361
Social Statistics
3
SWK 362
Methods of Research
3
SWK 450
Group Process
3
SWK 410/411
Field Instruction I and II
5 each
Electives and Approved Cognates for Social Work Area
Electives:
SWK 315
Crisis Intervention
SWK 330
Social Work Administration
SWK 350
Values and Ethics in Social Work Practice..
SWK 414
Introduction to Counseling
62
9
3
3
3
3
SWK 425
SWK 440
SWK 444
SWK 480
SWK 490
Death, Dying, and Bereavement
Child Welfare
Practice with Families
Special Topics Seminar in Social Work
Independent Study in Social Work
3
3
3
3
3
AREA OF PRACTICE EMPHASIS
Students wishing to gain greater knowledge in a particular area of practice such as church, child welfare, family, corrections, etc., should meet with their social work faculty advisor to discuss electives or
minor options. Listed below are some examples of how courses may be combined to develop an area of
practice emphasis. (Courses are normally 3 credit hours unless indicated differently).
Child Welfare
CJ 332
Juvenile Delinquency
SWK 440 Child Welfare
SOC 415 Family Violence
Family
SOC 331
SWK 444
SOC 415
Corrections
CJ 332
CJ 235
Introduction to Criminal Justice
CJ 426
Probation and Parole
Psychopathology
PSY 311
Learning and Behavior
PSY 363
Experimental Psychology
PSY 412
Abnormal Psychology
PSY 420
Behavior Neuroscience
Case Management
SOC 230 Social Problems
SWK 414 Introduction to Counseling
Church
CHS 151
CHS 172
CHS 173
CHS 352
LS 360
SWK 350
Marriage and Family
Family Violence
Orientation to Christian Ministries
Studies in Christian Missions
Studies in Baptist Missions
Pastoral Ministries
The Role of Recreation in Children’s
Youth Ministry
Values and Ethics in Social Work Practice
The above examples illustrate how the student and faculty advisor can design areas of emphasis to meet
student needs. Many other combinations are possible if you are interested in a generalist practice
emphasis and a particular minor such as Christian Studies. The student, faculty advisor, and BSW Field
Practicum Director may be able to locate a field instruction site to complement the emphasis area.
63
DEPARTMENT OF ART
Ms. Linda J. Cundiff, Chair
Mr. Tommy R. Clark
PURPOSE
The Art Department of Campbellsville University provides visual learners in a Christian liberal arts context with an undergraduate program composed of an Area of Art (48 hours), a Major in Art (36 hours), or
a Minor in Art (24 hours). The program prepares the student for careers in art production, art education,
and graduate school for further studies such as studio art, art therapy, arts administration, art history, arts
education, museum studies among others. To assist the University mission of informing students and
interacting with the larger world, a survey course is provided for all undergraduates in visual art which
strives to teach understanding of arts language, art from different periods and diverse cultures. Still another goal of the department is to produce visually literate individuals. This is accomplished through close
interaction and instruction from a small department composed of two full-time professors, Tommy Ray
Clark and Linda J. Cundiff, who are assisted by several adjunct professors.
All students who choose to minor, major or study an area of art must present a portfolio of artwork from
their studies in high school, from private instruction, or done on their own for videotaping early in their
first semester of study. Thereafter, artwork from Art 101, Art 120, Art 202, and Art 221 will be videotaped
to document progress or lack of progress for accreditation, assessment and evaluation purposes.
If a student at Campbellsville University has already mastered the material in a regular lower division
course in the catalog, the student may request in writing that full credit be granted for the course. The student may then be called upon for tests, demonstrations, portfolio pieces, exhibits and/or interviews to
prove his/her proficiency and knowledge. A committee of the Art Faculty (including the instructor of the
course considered) shall participate in all phases of the examination. The charge for the test is 20 percent
of the cost of the course.
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
Transfer students must submit to the Art Faculty samples and portfolios of artwork from courses taken elsewhere. If these do not show adequate proficiency in art, some coursework may have to be repeated. Students
who can show proficiency in art to the art faculty will be permitted to begin with more advanced courses.
All students who major or minor in art will leave a signed work of art to Campbellsville University during their last semester of attendance.
ART MAJOR OR AREA WITH TEACHER CERTIFICATION
Students pursuing Teacher Certification must take ART 330, Elementary School Art (P-5) and ART 431,
Secondary School Arts and Crafts in addition to the 48 hours of Art required for an art area and the 36
hours of art required for a major.
64
I.
General Education courses
II.
Art courses (Required courses)
ART 101
Drawing I
ART 120
Elements of Design
ART 202
Drawing II
ART 214
Painting I
ART 215
Ceramics I
ART 221
3-D Design
ART 222
Sculpture I
ART 310
Art History I
ART 311
Art History II
ART 314
Painting II
ART 321
Pictorial Composition
ART 410
20th Century Art History
ART 432 or 433
Studio Problems I/II
ART 470
Senior Exhibit
52
39-40
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2-3
1
Art Electives (selected from following)
ART 233
Jewelry Design I
ART 300
Stagecraft II
ART 302
Drawing II
ART 315
Ceramics II
ART 320
Photography
ART 322
Sculpture II
ART 333
Jewelry Design II
ART 335
Printmaking I
ART 350
Watercolor I
ART 390
Special Studies in Art History I
ART 411
World Art
ART 414
Painting III
ART 421
Digital Graphics I
ART 422
Digital Graphics II
ART 435
Printmaking II
ART 442/443
Studio Problems II
ART 450
Watercolor Painting II
ART 460
Supervised Field Experience in Art
ART 490
Special Studies in Art History II
III.
IV.
Art Education Courses
ART 330
ART 431
9
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1-3
3
3
3
3
3
2-3
3
1-4
1-3
6
Elementary School Art, P-5
Secondary School Arts & Crafts
3
3
Professional Education Courses
ED 102
Introduction to Education
ED 210
Basic Concepts and Philosophy of Education
ED 320
Human Development and Learning Theory
ED 325
The Exceptional Child
ED 330
Learning Cognition/Instructional Technology
ED 390
Instructional Strategies
ED 410, 411 or 415
Foundations of Secondary Education;
P-5 Classroom Management; Middle
Grades (5-9) Curriculum and Methodology
ED 456
Student Teaching Grades P-12 Art, Music, PE
32
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
12
(1) Entrance to Teacher Education Program:
Successful completion of ED 102
Basic Literary Skills Test (ACT or PRAXIS II-PPST) as required by the Education
Professional Standards Board (EPSB) (ACT 21 or over, OR SAT with 900 , or relevant
passing scores on the PPST Reading, Writing, and Math examination scores). For complete
details, see School of Education section.
(2) Entrance to Art Education Program
A. Videotape of 6-15 high school art pieces
B. Written Pre-test
C. Videotape of 3-5 pieces from ART 101, 120, 202, 221.
(3) Videotape of Senior Exhibit
(4) Written post-test
(5) PRAXIS II (Art Content Knowledge 10133) and (Art Making 20131)
Total Hours
ART AREA (without Teacher Certification)
Required courses for Art Area
ART 101
Drawing I
ART 120
Elements of Design
138-139
Minimum hours required 48
39-40
3
3
65
ART
ART
ART
ART
ART
ART
ART
ART
ART
ART
ART
202
214
221
222
310
311
314
321
410
432 or ART 442
470
Drawing II
Painting I
Three-Dimensional Design
Sculpture I
Art History I
Art History II
Painting II
Twentieth Century Art History
Studio Problems I; Studio Problems II
Senior Exhibit
Electives for Art Area selected from the following list
(See Electives for Art Area, P-12)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2-3
1
9
ART MAJOR P-12, 36 HOURS (with Teacher Certification)
I. General Education courses
II.
III.
66
52
Art Courses (Required courses)
ART 101
Drawing I
ART 120
Elements of Design
ART 202
Drawing II
ART 214
Painting I
ART 221
Three Dimensional Design
ART 310
Art History I
ART 311
Art History II
ART 410
ART 432 or 433
Studio Problems I/II
ART 470
Senior Exhibit
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2-3
1
Art Electives (selected from following)
ART 215
Ceramics I
ART 222
Sculpture I
ART 233
Jewelry Design I
ART 300
Stagecraft II
ART 302
Drawing II
ART 315
Ceramics II
ART 320
Photography
ART 321
ART 322
Sculpture II
ART 333
Jewelry Design II
ART 335
Printmaking I
ART 350
Watercolor Painting I
ART 390
Special Studies in Art History
ART 411
World Art
ART 414
Painting III
ART 421
Digital Graphics I
ART 422
Digital Graphics II
ART 435
Printmaking II
ART 442/443
Studio Problems II
ART 450
ART 460
Supervised Field Experience in Art
ART 490
Special Studies in Art History II
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1-4
1-3
Professional Education Courses
ED 102
ED 210
ED 320
ED 325
27-28
9
32
3
3
3
3
ED 330
ED 390
ED 410, 411 or 415
ED 456
IV.
P-5 Classroom Management; Middle
Grades (5-9) Curriculum and Methodology
Art Education Courses
ART 330 Elementary School Art, P-5
ART 431 Secondary School Arts & Crafts
3
2
3
12
6
3
3
V.
General Electives
(1)
Entrance to Teacher Education Program:
Successful completion of ED 102
Basic Literary Skills Test (ACT or PRAXIS I – PPST) as required by the Education
Professional Standards Board (EPSB) (ACT 21 or over, OR SAT 990, or relevant passing
scores on the PPST Reading, Writing, and Math examination scores). For all details, see
School of Education section.
2-3
(2) Entrance to Art Education Program:
A. Videotape of 6-15 high school art pieces
B. Written Pre-test
C. Videotape of 3-5 pieces from ART 101, 120, 202, 221.
(3) Videotape of Senior Exhibit
(4) Written post-test
(5) PRAXIS II (Art Content Knowledge 10133) and (Art Making 20131)
Total hours
130
ART MAJOR (without Teacher Certification)
Required courses for Art Major
27-28
ART 101
Drawing I
3
ART 120
Elements of Design
3
ART 202
Drawing II
3
ART 214
Painting I
3
ART 221
3
ART 310
Art History I
3
ART 311
Art History II
3
ART 410
3
ART 432 or ART 442 Studio Problems I/II
2-3
ART 470
Senior Exhibit
1
Electives for Art Major selected from the following list
(See Elective for Art Major, P-12)
ART MINOR (without Teacher Certification)
Required courses for Art Minor
ART 101
Drawing I
3
ART 120
Elements of Design
3
ART 202
Drawing II
3
ART 214
Painting I
3
ART 221
3
ART 310
Art History I
3
ART 311
Art History II
3
9
21
Electives for Art Minor
3
(Selected from the Electives listed for Art Major, P-12 or ART 410 – Twentieth Century Art
History)
67
DIVISION OF HUMANITIES
Dr. William Neal, Chair
English
Dr. Mary Jane Chaffee
Dr. Robert L. Doty
Mrs. Beth Kemper Graham
Mrs. Clara Metzmeier
Dr. William Neal
Ms. Sarah Stafford
Communications
Dr. Reginald Ecarma
Mr. Stan McKinney
Mr. Russell G. Mobley
Modern Foreign Languages
Ms. Donna Pirouz
PURPOSE
The Division of Humanities offers interrelated programs in English, modern foreign languages and cultures, and communications (electronic media, journalism, and theater). Each of the programs is designed
to help the Campbellsville University community of learners succeed in academic, public relations, and
vocational pursuits and prepare for life-long service to God and to humankind.
ENGLISH PROGRAMS
The English programs provide a major, a minor, an area of concentration, a middle-grades teaching field,
and an elementary-grades teaching emphasis. The English curriculum also includes components of the
General Education Program and a basic developmental course.
ENGLISH MAJOR
(A minor in another discipline is required for graduation).
The major in English can serve as the main component of an overall program leading to the Bachelor of
Arts degree. The major is appropriate for students not seeking teacher certification who intend to pursue
graduate studies in English or related fields (higher education administration, institutional research and
development, law, philosophy, theology, etc.). The English major is also appropriate for students who
intend to enter non-teaching careers requiring highly developed skills in analysis, interpretation, and communication (such as advertising, editing, investigation, management, sales, technical writing, etc).
The English major consists of the following components:
68
Survey Courses (five of the six listed below)
ENG 221
World Literature I
ENG 222
World Literature II
ENG 331
British Literature I
ENG 332
British Literature II
ENG 341
American Literature I
ENG 342
American Literature II
3
3
3
3
3
3
15
Additional Required Course
ENG 491
Shakespeare
3
Electives (at least one 400-level course)
ENG 320
World Mythology
ENG 351
Seventeenth-Century British Literature
ENG 352
Eighteenth-Century British Literature
ENG 361
Linguistics: Modern English Grammar
ENG 364
Middle Grades Literature
ENG 373
Creative Writing
ENG 375
Contemporary Drama
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
12
ENG 380/480
ENG 381
ENG 386
ENG 390/490
ENG 442
ENG 452
ENG 453
ENG 471
ENG 481
ENG 482
ENG 484
ENG 485
Special Topics
Kentucky Writers
American Women in Literature and History
Independent Study
Contemporary American Literature
Victorian Prose and Poetry
The Romantic Period
The English Novel
Chaucer
The Age of Realism
The American Short Story
Southern Literature
3
3
3
1-3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Any survey course not taken as a requirement may be taken as an elective. Seniors with at least a B average may take a graduate course in English for undergraduate credit.
Students pursuing the major in English must earn at least 12 semester hours of credit in modern foreign
language courses to qualify for the B.A. degree. Four three-hour courses in one language or two threehour courses in each of two languages will fulfill the requirement. Students may be exempted from the
requirement on the basis of proficiency certified by both oral and written tests administered by the modern foreign language faculty, and students whose native language is not English will be exempted. To fulfill the foreign language requirement, students may choose four or more of the following courses:
FRE 111
FRE 112
FRE 211
FRE 212
GER 111
GER 112
GER 211
GER 212
RUS 111
RUS 112
RUS 211
RUS 212
SPA 111
SPA 112
SPA 211
SPA 212
Elementary French I
Elementary French II
Intermediate French I
Intermediate French II
Elementary German I
Elementary German II
Intermediate German I
Intermediate German II
Elementary Russian I
Elementary Russian II
Intermediate Russian I
Intermediate Russian II
Elementary Spanish I
Elementary Spanish II
Intermediate Spanish I
Intermediate Spanish II
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
ENGLISH MINOR
Appropriate for students interested in literature and writing who pursue majors in disciplines other than
English, the English minor consists of the following components:
Survey Courses
9
ENG 221 or ENG 222
3
ENG 331 or ENG 332
3
ENG 341 or ENG 342
3
Electives
6
Any two three-hour English courses numbered above
200 except the survey courses taken as requirements.
AREA OF CONCENTRATION IN ENGLISH FOR SECONDARY TEACHER CERTIFICATION
(A minor is not required).
The area of concentration in English helps students prepare to teach English in high schools and to meet the
New Teacher Standards for Preparation and Certification adopted June 1993 and revised November 1994 by
the Kentucky Education Professional Standards Board. However, students in English not seeking teacher certification may elect to pursue the area instead of a major. The area consists of the following components:
69
Survey Courses (five of the six listed below)
ENG 221
World Literature I
ENG 222
World Literature II
ENG 331
British Literature I
ENG 332
British Literature II
ENG 341
American Literature I
ENG 342
American Literature II
3
3
3
3
3
3
Dramatic Literature
ENG 375
ENG 491
Contemporary Drama
Shakespeare
3
3
Linguistics
ENG 361
Modern English Grammar
3
Electives
15
6
3
6
(At least one must be a 400-level course.)
ENG 320
World Mythology
3
ENG 351
3
ENG 352
3
ENG 364
3
ENG 373
Creative Writing
3
ENG 380/480
Special Topics
3
ENG 381
Kentucky Writers
3
ENG 386
3
ENG 390/490
Independent Study
1-3
ENG 442
3
ENG 452
3
ENG 453
The Romantic Period
3
ENG 471
The English Novel
3
ENG 481
Chaucer
3
ENG 482
The Age of Realism
3
ENG 484
3
ENG 485
Southern Literature
3
Any survey course not taken as a requirement may be taken as an elective.
Seniors with at least a B average may take a graduate course for undergraduate credit.
Theater/Drama
TH 200
TH 231
TH 333 or 234
Journalism
JOU 240
JOU 245
JOU 440 or 463
9
Stagecraft I
Theater Arts I
Acting; Directing
3
3
3
Reporting and Newswriting
Copywriting
Advanced Communications Writing; Graphics
of Communications
3
3
9
3
To meet the Education Professional Standards Board (EPSB) requirements for high-school teacher certification in English, students pursuing the concentration in English must also complete a methods course in the
teaching of reading. The English faculty recommends ENG 363, Teaching Reading in the Secondary School.
To fulfill Teacher Education Program requirements, students seeking high school certification in English
must take ENG 465, Teaching English in the Secondary School.
Students pursuing the concentration in English must earn at least twelve semester hours of credit in modern foreign language courses. Four three-hour courses in one language or two three-hour courses in each
of two languages will fulfill the requirement. Students may be exempted from the requirement on the basis
of proficiency certified by both oral and written tests administered by the modern foreign language faculty, and students whose native language is not English will be exempted.
70
COMMUNICATIONS PROGRAMS
The communications programs provide a major with an emphasis in electronic media (EM), journalism
(JOU), public relations (PR), or theater (TH) and a minor in each of those disciplines. Students in communications may pursue either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Science degrees.
COMMUNICATIONS CORE
Core requirements for a major or a minor
COM 150
Mass Communications
JOU 240
TH 231
Theater Arts I
9
3
3
3
The major in communications consists of nine hours in the core courses and a concentration of additional hours in one of four emphases (electronic media, journalism, public relations, or theater). If a BA degree
is sought, 12 hours of foreign language are required. To count toward the major, every communications
course must be passed with a grade of C or a higher grade.
COMMUNICATIONS MAJOR
(Electronic Media Emphasis)
Core requirements (listed above)
9
Requirements for the electronic media emphasis
COM 340
Mass Media Law
3
COM 350
Contemporary Issues
3
COM 415 or 420
Communications Theory; Mass Communication Theory 3
JOU 450
Practicum
1-3
EM 155
Audio Production
3
EM 160
Video Production
3
18
Electives for the electronic media emphasis
COM 385
Communications Internship
COM 390
Independent Study
COM 405
Mass Media Ethics
COM 414
Television and Film Criticism
COM 425
Communications Seminar
EM 170
Writing for the Mass Media
EM 260
Electronic Field Production
EM 450
Practicum
EM 460
Advanced Video Production
12
COMMUNICATIONS MINOR
(Electronic Media Emphasis)
1-6
3
3
3
3
3
3
1-3
3
9
Requirements for the electronic media emphasis
COM 340
Mass Media Law
COM 350
Contemporary Issues
COM 415 or 420
Communications Theory; Mass Communications Theory
EM 155
Audio Production
EM 160
Video Production
COMMUNICATIONS MAJOR (Journalism Emphasis)
Requirements for journalism emphasis
COM 340
Mass Media Law
COM 350
Contemporary Issues
JOU 245
Copywriting
(cross-reference with PR 245)
JOU 420
Photojournalism
JOU 462
Desktop Publishing for Media
15
3
3
3
3
3
9
18
3
3
3
3
3
71
JOU 463 or 464
Graphics of Communication;
Media Advertising (cross-reference with PR 464)
Electives for the journalism emphasis
COM 380
Special Topics
COM 385
COM 390
Independent Study
COM 405
Mass Media Ethics
COM 414
Television and Film Criticism
EM 260
JOU 350
Journalism Lab
JOU 370
Electronic News Gathering
JOU 440
Advanced Communications Writing
JOU 450
Practicum
*JOU 463
Graphics of Communication
(if not taken as a requirement)
*JOU 464
Media Advertising (if not taken as a requirement)
PR 360
Public Relations
(cross-reference with JOU 360)
PR 371
Writing for Public Relations
PR 460
Advanced Public Relations
COMMUNICATIONS MINOR (Journalism Emphasis)
Requirements for public relations emphasis
COM 340
Mass Media Law
COM 350
Contemporary Issues
PR 360
Public Relations
PR 371
PR 460
PR 464
Media Advertising
Electives for the public relations emphasis
PR 245
Copywriting
PR 350
Public Relations Lab
PR 385
72
9
3
1-6
3
3
3
3
1
3
3
1-3
3
3
3
3
3
9
Requirements for the journalism emphasis
COM 340
Mass Media Law
COM 350
Contemporary Issues
JOU 245
Copy Writing
JOU 420
Photojournalism
JOU 463 or 464
Graphics of Communication;
Media Advertising (cross-reference with PR 464)
COMMUNICATIONS MAJOR (Public Relations Emphasis)
3
15
3
3
3
3
3
9
18
3
3
3
3
3
3
9
3
1
1-6
PR 450
COM 380
COM 390
EM 260
JOU 370
JOU 420
JOU 440
JOU 462
JOU 463
BA 301
BA 402
(cross-reference with COM 385)
Practicum
Special Topics
Independent Study
Photojournalism
Advanced Communications Writing
Desktop Publishing
Graphics of Communications
Marketing I
Promotion Management
COMMUNICATIONS MINOR (Public Relations Emphasis)
Core Requirements (listed above)
9
Requirements for public relations emphasis
COM 340
Mass Media Law
COM 350 or 405
Contemporary Issues; Mass Media Ethics
PR 360
Public Relations
PR 371
PR 460
JOU 420 or 464
Photojournalism; Media Advertising
COMMUNICATIONS MAJOR (Theater Emphasis)
1-3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
18
3
3
3
3
3
3
Electives for the theater emphasis
TH 200
Stagecraft
TH 230
Theater Arts Field Study
TH 231
Theater Arts I
TH 232
Theater Arts II
TH 300
Stagecraft II
TH 333
Acting
TH 334
Directing
TH 335
Children’s Theater
TH 336
Religious Theater
TH 341
Advanced Speech
TH 350
Performing for Video Production
TH 371
Contemporary Drama
COMMUNICATIONS MINOR (Theater Emphasis)
Electives for the theater emphasis
(See the list of elective courses in theater above).
9
21
3
1-3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
9
12
MODERN FOREIGN LANGUAGES
The faculty in modern foreign languages teach culture and language courses in French, German, Russian,
and Spanish. Students may earn up to 12 hours of credit in any of the four languages. All courses beyond
the intermediate level are now inactive. However, they may be reactivated in response to student needs.
Students desiring to pursue a minor in a modern foreign language should consult the Chair of the Division
of Humanities.
73
ADVANCED PLACEMENT IN FOREIGN LANGUAGES
Students with high school foreign language credit should consult the modern foreign languages faculty
to seek advanced placement. Students may receive credit in one or more modern foreign languages on
the basis of demonstrated proficiency.
FOREIGN LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE
To qualify for a Bachelor of Arts degree, students must complete at least 12 hours in modern foreign
language courses. Four three-hour courses in one language or two three-hour courses in each of two
languages will fulfill the requirement. The foreign culture courses numbered 101 do not count toward
this requirement.
WAIVER OF THE FOREIGN LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT
The foreign language requirement will be waived for students whose native language is not English.
DETERMINATION OF PROFICIENCY AND ELIGIBILITY FOR WAIVER
The foreign language faculty will use tests to determine whether a student has attained proficiency in a
foreign language and whether a student is eligible for waiver of or exemption from the foreign language
requirement.
74
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH PROMOTION, HUMAN
PERFORMANCE AND LEISURE STUDIES
Dr. John Mark Carter, Chair
Dr. Glenda Guilliams
Mr. Tim D. Morgan
Mrs. Donna H. Wise
PURPOSE
The department of HP, HP, and LS seeks to prepare professionally students majoring in exercise science/sports medicine, health education, physical education, and leisure studies. Students also may minor
in aquatics management, athletic coaching, and recreation. The department also provides a wide variety
of physical activity courses which meet the general education requirement. The department sponsors the
CU wellness center and other programs for the benefit of the CU family and community to encourage lifelong participation in sports and physical activity.
The department offers three areas, Exercise Science/Sports Medicine, Health Education (without teacher
certification), and Leisure Studies with various emphases; two majors: Health Education (with and without teacher certification) and Physical Education (with and without teacher certification), and five minors:
Aquatics Management, Athletic Coaching, Health Education, Physical Education, and Recreation.
General Education courses
52
I.
AREAS:
EXERCISE SCIENCE/SPORTS MEDICINE
Required Courses in Content
43
BIO 310
Nutrition
3
HPR 150, 250, 350 Studies in the Profession of HPERD (1 hour each)
3
HE 200
Healthful Living
3
HE 305
Community Living
3
HPE 230
Anatomical and Physiological Basis of Physical Activity and Sports 4
HPE 232
Emergency Response
3
HPE 302
Tests and Measurements in Health and Physical Education
3
HPE 420
Evaluation of Health Related Fitness/Wellness
3
HPE 450
Physical Activity and Aging
3
PE 390
Kinesiology/Biomechanics
3
PE 391
Adapted Land and Water-Based Physical Education
3
PE 400
Physiology of Exercise
3
PE 466
Water Fitness Instructor
3
PE 475
Conditioning and Rehabilitation in Sports and Physical Activity
3
Required Courses in Performance
PE 104/105
Beginning or Intermediate Weight Training
PE 109/110
Beginning or Intermediate Aerobic Exercise
PE 115
Walk/Jog for Health and Fitness
PE 118/466
Water Aerobics for Health Fitness or Water Fitness Instructor
PE 121
Intermediate Swimming
PE 490
Independent Study (supervised internship off-campus fitness/
Wellness facility)
Electives
BA 100
BA 301
BA 311
BA 314
PE 247
PE 340
PE 430
PSY 321/333
PSY 420/460
6
1
1
1
1-3
1
1
9
Introduction to Business
Marketing I
Principles of Management
Human Resources Management
Professional Rescuer CPR
Water Safety Instructor/Lifeguard Instructor
Psychology and Sociology of Sport and Physical Activity
Lifespan Development or Group Dynamics
Physiological Psychology or Aging
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
75
HEALTH EDUCATION AREA (without Teacher Certification)
The Health Education Area is designed to prepare students for employment in health care agencies as
health educators and graduate programs in public health or health education.
Required Courses*
BIO 310
HE 200
HE 305
HE 315
HE 320
HE 405
HE 410
HE 415
HPE 230
HPE 316
HPR 150, 250, 350
Nutrition
Healthful Living
Community and Consumer Health
Women’s Health
Education for Sexuality, HIV, and AIDS
Health Teaching for At-Risk Populations
Introduction to Public Health and Disease Prevention
Health Care Policy and Delivery
Anatomical and Physiological Basis of Physical Activity and Sport
Utilizing Research in Health and Human Performance
Studies in the Professions of HPERD
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
3
3
34
Electives
HE 480
HE 485
HE 490
HPE 232
HPE 302
HPE 420
HPE 450
SOC 224
SOC 342
SOC 361
SWK 310
Special Topics in Health Education
Internship
Research in Health Education
Emergency Response
Tests and Measurements
Evaluation of Health Related Fitness
Physical Activity and Aging
Social Study of the Community
Racial and Ethnic Relations
Social Statistics
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
24
*BIO 103 Environment and Man or BIO 110 Biology must be taken in General Education.
LEISURE STUDIES AREA WITH EMPHASES
The department offers Leisure Studies with four emphases: Church Recreation, Fitness/Wellness,
Sports/Children’s/Youth Ministry, and Parks and Recreation. This degree will prepare a student for
employment by parks, municipalities, industries, churches, and other agencies or groups seeking a director of recreation. The area will prepare students interested in graduate studies.
Required Courses for all Emphases
HPE 230
Anatomical and Physiological Basis of Physical Activity and Sport
HPE 232
Emergency Response
HPR 150, 250, 350 Studies in the Profession of HPERD (1 hour each)
LS 247
Professional Rescuer CPR Instructor
LS/PE 340
Water Safety Instructor/Lifeguard Training Instructor
LS 391
LS 402
Community Recreation
LS/PE 466
PE 121
26
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
Church Recreation Emphasis
LS 220
Camping and Camp Counseling
3
LS 330
Church Recreation
3
LS 350
Introduction to Sports Ministry
3
LS 360
The Role of Recreation in Children’s Youth Ministry
3
LS 370
Recreation Facilities Management
3
LS 485
Internship
1-6
LS 490
Independent Investigation in Leisure Studies
3
LS 495
Philosophical Foundations of Sport, Recreation, and Leisure
3
Fitness/Wellness Emphasis
HPE 420
76
3
HPE 450
LS 485
LS 490
LS 495
Physical Activity and Aging Process
Internship
Philosophical Foundations of Sport, Recreation, and Leisure
Electives
3
1-6
3
3
5-10
Parks and Recreation Emphasis
LS 220
3
LS 490
3
HPE 420
Evaluation of Health Related Physical Fitness/Wellness
3
HPE 450
3
PE 411
Teaching Physical Activity Education P-12
3
Electives
8
Sports/Children’s/Youth Ministry Emphasis
(See Church Recreation Emphasis)
Electives for Leisure Studies Area
HPE 321
Health and Physical Education P-53
LS 125
Fundamentals of Canoeing and Kayaking
LS 246
Instructor Candidate Training
LS 320
Aquatic Facilities Management
LS 322
Safety Training for Swim Coaches
LS 325
Sport Safety Training
LS 370
MTH 130
Elementary Statistics
PE 115
Walk/Jog for Fitness
PE 120
Beginning Swimming
PE 121
PE ——
Any Coaching Theory Course
3
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
1
1
1
2
II. MAJORS AND MINORS
HEALTH EDUCATION MAJOR
*Minimum hours required 37
(with and without Teacher Certification)
Required Courses*
31
BIO 310
Nutrition
3
HE 200
Healthful Living
3
HE 230
Anatomical and Physiological Basis of Physical Activity and Sport 4
HE 305
3
HE 320
Education for Sexuality, HIV, and AIDS
3
HE 330
Teaching Health Education P-12
3
HPE 201
History and Philosophies of Health and PE
3
HPE 321
School HPE P-5
3
HPE 420
3
HPR 150, 250, 350 Studies in the Professions of HPERD (1 hour each)
3
Electives
HE 315
HE 405
HE 480
HE 485
HE 490
HPE 232
HPE 320
HPE 450
HPE 475
PSY 321
PSY 333
PSY 420
SOC 331
6
Women’s Health
Health Teaching for At-Risk Population
Special topics in Health Education
Internship
Emergency Response
Conditioning and Rehabilitation in Sport and Physical Activity
Lifespan Development
Group Dynamics
Behavior Neuroscience
Marriage and Family
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
77
*BIO 103 Environment and Man or BIO 110 Biology must be taken in General Education for the
major and minor.
*If Health Education is also a PE Major, duplicate courses and courses must be elected from either
area or both for a total minimum of 37 hours in Health Education and minimum of 36 hours in
Physical Education.
Professional Education Course Requirements for P-12
ED 102
ED 210
ED 320
ED 325
ED 330
ED 390
ED 410
Fundamentals of Secondary Education
ED 456
32
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
12
Health Education Minor*
Required courses are: BIO 310, HE 200, HE 305, HE 320 and HPR 150, 250, 350 and electives approved
by the academic advisor.*
PHYSICAL EDUCATION*
Students majoring in Physical Education have a number of career options. Students electing a teaching certificate may teach in public schools, pursue a master’s degree after graduating or work in a private setting.
Students pursuing the non-teaching option should support the major with an appropriate minor. Positions
such as sport, land aerobics or w ater fitness instructions, and fitness specialists in private organizations are
available to a person with a physical education background. Advanced study in exercise science, sports
management, aquatics management minor, sports management and sport sociology is also possible.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR
(with or without teacher certification)
Content Courses (Select 24 hours from the following)
24
HPE 201
History and Philosophies of Health and Physical Education
3
HPE 230
Anatomical and Physiological Basis of Physical Activity and Sport 4
HPE 232
Emergency Response
3
HPE 302
3
HPER 150, 250, 350 Studies in the Profession of HPERD
3
PE 390
3
PE 391
3
PE 400
3
PE 411
Teaching Physical Education, P-12
3
PE 430
3
PE 442
Organization and Administration of Physical Education
3
Performance Area Courses
PE 103
PE 111
PE 112/114
PE 340/121
12
Introduction to Physical Activity
Beginning Gymnastics
Folk/Square Dancing or Line Dancing
or Intermediate Swimming
2
1
1
1-3
Five Basic Instruction courses
PE___
Elective
PE___
Elective
PE___
Elective
PE___
Elective
PE___
Elective
PE___
Select a two hour coaching course from PE 312, 322, 342, 345, 410
1
1
1
1
1
2
Professional Education Course Requirements for P-12
ED 102
ED 210
ED 320
3
3
3
78
32
ED 325
ED 330
ED 390
ED 410
ED 456
Fundamentals of Secondary Education
3
3
3
3
12
*If Physical Education major is also a Health Education major, HPE 201, 230 302 are duplicate courses;
courses must be elected from either area or both for a total of 36 hours in Physical Education and 37 hours
in Health Education.
Physical Education Minor
Required content courses for the minor are: HPE 201, HPE 302, PE 391, PE 430, and a three-hour content course elective. Required performance courses are: five one-hour Basic Instruction courses and one
two-hour coaching course from PE 312, 322, 342, 345, 410.
III. MINORS
Aquatics Management Minor
Required Content Courses
19
HPE 232
Emergency Response
3
LS/PE 246
1
LS/PE/ATR 247
3
LS/PE 340
3
LS/PE 391
Adapted Land and Water Based Physical Education
3
LS/PE 466
3
LS 485
Internship
3
Electives
LS 485
LS/PE 120
LS/PE 121
LS/PE 125
Internship
Beginner Swimming
Athletic Coaching Minor
Required Content Courses
HE 230
HPE 232
PE 390
PE 400
PE 430
PE 370
19
Anatomical and Physiological Basis of Physical Activity and Sports 4
Emergency Response
3
3
3
3
3
Electives:
PE 312
PE 322
PE 342
PE 345
PE 410
Coaching Theory of Baseball
Coaching Theory of Basketball
Coaching Theory of Football
Coaching Theory of Softball
Coaching Theory of Volleyball and Tennis
Recreation Minor
Content Courses
LS 220
LS 370
LS 402
HPR 150, 250, 350
Performance Courses
PE 115
PE 121
PE 340
3
1-3
1
1
1
6
3
2
2
2
2
15
3
3
3
Studies in the Profession of HPERD (1 hour each)
3
Any content course elective
3
6
Walk/Jog for Health
Intermediate Swimming (or above)
Any Basic Instructor Course
Any Coaching Course
1
1-3
3
2
2
79
HONORS INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAM
PURPOSE
The purpose of the Honors Program is to offer special curricular opportunities in general education courses for those exceptional students who want to be academically challenged and Honors graduates.
Campbellsville University recognizes that each student must be given the opportunity to reach his or her
full intellectual potential. Part of this mission includes reaching out to the most talented students with the
Honors Program to provide them a more challenging general education experience. Each student who
completes the program’s 26 hours requirements will be recognized as an Honors Graduate at commencement ceremonies and will receive an Honors Diploma.
The Honors Program is open to all students who may benefit from the honors designated courses. To graduate with an Honors Diploma, students must complete the requirements described below.
Requirements:
1. Complete 26 hours of the
52 general education core
requirements in Honors
designated courses;
2. Maintain a 3.0 overall grade
point average and have no
more than one “C” on transcript in any course;
3. Successfully complete a 1hour “Honors Seminar”
course during each of any
three semesters while
attending the university for
a total of 3 hours;
4. Complete 12 hours of
Honors designated general
education courses before
taking an Honors Seminar
class.
80
DIVISION OF SCIENCE
Mr. Harlie White, Chair
Biological Science
Mr. Glenn McQuaide
Dr. Milton A. Rogers
Dr. Brent Summers
Dr. Gordon K. Weddle
Chemistry
Dr. Anthony K. Grafton
Dr. Tom Jeffries
Ms. E. Kay Sutton
Dr. Frank D Cheatham
Dr. Robert A. Street, Jr.
Dr. Harlie White
Mathematics
Dr. Frank D Cheatham
Mrs. Marlow McCullough
Dr. Janet L. Miller
Mr. Harlie White
Physics
Mr. Don Olive
PURPOSE
The Division of Science includes the disciplines of Biology, Chemistry, Geology, Mathematics, Physics,
and Computer Information Systems. The course offerings in these disciplines are designed to develop in
all students a better understanding of the principles of CIS, Mathematics, and Science; to better equip
them to meet the needs of a technological society; and to provide the student with the professional competence necessary to successfully pursue a career in one of these disciplines. The Science faculty encourages cooperation with other disciplines in the total education of the student.
A student may pursue a B.A. or B.S. degree with a major or minor in Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics,
or CIS. Teacher Certification is available with a major in Biology or Mathematics.
Pre-Dental, Pre-Engineering, Pre-Medical, Pre-Medical Technology, Pre-Nursing, Pre-Optometry, PrePharmacy, and Pre-Veterinarian students are advised by members of the Science Faculty.
BIOLOGY
A student may pursue a Bachelor of Arts or a Bachelor of Science degree with either a major or minor
in Biology. Teacher certification with a major in biology is available with either degree program.
BIOLOGY MAJOR (without Teacher Certification)
Required courses
BIO 201
Zoology
BIO 202
Botany
BIO 315
Research Methods
BIO 480
Seminar or BIO 490 Research
Elective courses
BIO 300
BIO 317
BIO 320
BIO 321
BIO 324
BIO 332
BIO 341
14
4
4
2
1
22
Paleontology
Plant Taxonomy
Introduction to Immunology
Microbiology
Histotechnique
Entomology
Ecology
3
3
3
5
3
3
4
81
BIO 342
BIO 344
BIO 348
BIO 362
BIO 371
BIO 372
BIO 400
BIO 410
BIO 422
BIO 441
BIO 480
BIO 390/490
Additional Requirements
CHE 111
CHE 112
CHE 113
CHE 114
MTH 111
MTH 112 or 210
PHY 141
PHY 142
Field Study in Biology
Genetics
Medical Terminology
Comparative Vertebrate Analysis
Ornithology
Ichthyology
Special Topics
Cell Biology
Animal Physiology
Principles of Biological Conservation
Seminar
Research
1-3
3
3
5
4
4
3
3
4
3
1-3
1-3
23-25
General Chemistry I
General Chemistry II
General Chemistry II Lab
College Algebra and
Trigonometry and Analytical Geometry; Calculus I
General College Physics I with Lab
General College Physics II with Lab
3
3
1
2
4-6
5
5
Required Minor
21
BIOLOGY MAJOR (with Teacher Certification)
According to current state guidelines, there is only one pathway to teacher certification in Biology. That
pathway requires the completion of a major in biology with specified courses. Additionally, a student in
this program must complete the teacher education program specified elsewhere in this catalog. Also, a
prospective teacher must take BIO 450 Methods of Science Teaching; this course does not count on a biology major or minor.
At the present time, a minor in biology is not certifiable in Kentucky. A student who wants to teach biology at the secondary level should pursue a major in biology.
A program for middle school science certification with an emphasis in science is also available.
82
Required courses
BIO 200
BIO 201
BIO 202
BIO 315
BIO 321
BIO 221
BIO 422
BIO 480 or 490
Biological Concepts
Zoology (with Lab)
Botany (with Lab)
Research Methods
Microbiology
Anatomy and Physiology I (with Lab) or
Animal Physiology
Seminar; Research
23
Elective courses
BIO 300
BIO 317
BIO 320
BIO 324
BIO 332
BIO 341
BIO 342
BIO 344
BIO 348
BIO 362
BIO 371
BIO 372
Paleontology
Plant Taxonomy
Histotechnique
Entomology
Ecology
Field Studies in Biology
Genetics
Medical Terminology
Ornithology
Ichthyology
3
4
4
2
5
4
3
1
13-14
3
3
3
3
3
4
1-3
3
3
5
4
4
BIO 400
BIO 410
BIO 441
BIO 480
BIO 490
Special Topics
Cell Biology
Seminar
Research
Supplemental Science and Mathematics Requirements
Additional Requirements
CHE 111
General Chemistry I
CHE 112
CHE 113
CHE 114
General Chemistry II Lab
GEO 211 or PHY 132 Physical Geology; Introduction to Astronomy
PHY 141
General College Physics I (with lab)
MTH 111
College Algebra and
MTH 112
Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry or
MTH 210
Calculus I
BIO 450
Methods of Science Teaching
MINOR IN BIOLOGY
Required courses
BIO 201
BIO 202
Elective courses
BIO 315
BIO 317
BIO 320
BIO 321
BIO 332
BIO 341
BIO 344
BIO 348
BIO 362
BIO 371
BIO 372
BIO 400
BIO 410
BIO 422
BIO 441
BIO 480
BIO 490
Zoology (with lab)
Botany (with lab)
3
3
3
1-2
1-2
21-23
3
3
1
2
3
5
4-6
3
8
4
4
13
Research Methods
Plant Taxonomy
Microbiology
Entomology
Ecology
Genetics
Medical Terminology
Ornithology
Ichthyology
Special Topics
Cell Biology
Animal Physiology
Seminar (3 hours maximum)
Research (3 hours maximum)
2
3
3
5
3
4
3
3
5
4
4
1-4
3
4
3
1-3
1-3
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES MINOR
Applied Environmental Sciences Emphasis
17
BIO 302
Environmental Biology
3
BIO 415
Special Topics: Aquatic Biology
4
ENV 310
Environmental Ethics
3
ENV 355
Environmental Chemistry
4
GEO 211 or 212
Physical Geology; Earth Science
3
Electives from the list which follows:
8
The Applied Environmental Sciences emphasis is intended for Biology and Chemistry majors.
Environmental Studies Emphasis
BIO 103 or 302
Environment and Man; Environmental Biology
BIO 200
Biological Concepts
CHE 100 and CHE 103 Introduction to Chemistry and Lab
ENV 310
16
3
3
4
3
83
GEO 211 or 212
Physical Geology; Earth Science
3
Electives from the list which follows
9
Electives for Environmental Sciences Minor selected from the following:
8 hours minimum, at least 3 from BIO
BIO 201
Zoology
3
BIO 202
Botany
4
BIO 321
Microbiology
5
BIO 332
Entomology
3
BIO 341
Ecology
3
BIO 371
Ornithology
4
BIO 372
Ichthyology
4
BIO 415
Aquatic Biology
3
CHE 221
Analytical Chemistry
3
CHE 223
Analytical Chemistry Laboratory
1
CHE 341
Organic Chemistry I
3
CHE 343
Organic Chemistry I Laboratory
1
CHE 342
Organic Chemistry II
3
CHE 460
Biochemistry
3
ENV 355
4
ENV 390
Research
1-4
GEO 211
Physical Geology
3
GEO 212
Earth Science
3
NOTE: Courses may count either toward the student’s major or minor, but not both.
CHEMISTRY
CHEMISTRY MAJOR
Requirements for Major in Chemistry
32
CHE 111
General Chemistry I
3
CHE 113
General Chemistry I Laboratory
1
CHE 112
3
CHE 114
General Chemistry II Laboratory
2
CHE 221
Analytical Chemistry I
3
CHE 223
Analytical Chemistry I Laboratory
1
CHE 315
Research Methods
2
CHE 341
Organic Chemistry I
3
CHE 343
1
CHE 342
3
CHE 344
Organic Chemistry II Laboratory
2
CHE 451
Physical Chemistry I
3
CHE 453
Physical Chemistry I Laboratory
1
CHE 452
Physical Chemistry II
3
CHE 454
Physical Chemistry II Laboratory
1
Electives for Chemistry Major selected from the following list
To be selected from the following:
CHE 350
Instrumental Analysis
CHE 390
Junior Research
CHE 400
Special Topics
CHE 460
Biochemistry
CHE 480
Senior Seminar
CHE 490
Senior Research
Additional Requirements for Chemistry Major
PHY 241
General University Physics I With Lab
PHY 242
General University Physics II With Lab
MTH 210
Calculus I
MTH 211
Calculus II
MTH 310
Calculus III
84
4
3
1-3
1-3
3
1
1-3
22
5
5
4
4
4
CHEMISTRY MINOR
Pre-requisite for Chemistry Minor
MTH 111
College Algebra
3
3
Requirements for Minor in Chemistry
CHE 111
General Chemistry I
CHE 113
CHE 112
CHE 114
CHE 221
Analytical Chemistry I
CHE 223
Analytical Chemistry I Laboratory
CHE 341
Organic Chemistry I
CHE 343
CHE 342
3
1
3
2
3
1
3
1
3
20
Electives for Chemistry Minor selected from the following list
CHE 315
Research Methods
CHE 344
Organic Chemistry Lab II
CHE 350
CHE 390
Junior Research
CHE 400
Special Topics
CHE 451
CHE 453
Physical Chemistry I Laboratory
CHE 452
CHE 454
Physical Chemistry II Laboratory
CHE 460
Biochemistry
CHE 475
Introduction to Chemical Literature
CHE 480
Senior Seminar
CHE 490
Senior Research
2
2
4
1-3
1-3
3
1
3
1
3
1
1
1-3
4
COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS
COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS MAJOR
Requirements for Major in CIS
29
CIS 160
CIS I
4
CIS 161
CIS II
4
CIS 250
COBOL
3
CIS 301
File Management
3
CIS 310
Computer Architecture
3
CIS 320
Systems Analysis
3
CIS 380
Structured Systems Analysis & Design
3
CIS 420
Database Program Development
3
CIS 450 or 481
Software Engineering; Internship
3
Electives for Major in CIS
(No more than 6 may be programming languages)
CIS 150
BASIC Programming
CIS 300
FORTRAN Programming
CIS 330
Selected Topics
CIS 341
Networking I
CIS 342
Networking and Routers
CIS 350
Visual Basic
CIS 370
Data Structures
CIS 390
Independent Study
CIS 400
Selected Topics
CIS 421
Computational Methods in Science
CIS 481
Internship
CIS 490
Independent Study
9
3
3
3
4
4
3
3
1-6
1-3
2
1-3
1-6
85
Supporting Courses:
Choose one of the following options:
(1) Math minor or major including MTH 350.
(2) Any major or minor other than math will require MTH 200 or MTH 210.
COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS MINOR
Requirements for Minor in CIS
20
CIS 160
CIS I
4
CIS 161
CIS II
4
CIS 250
COBOL
3
CIS 301
File Management
3
CIS 320
Systems Analysis
3
CIS 380 OR 420
Structured Systems Analysis and Design;
3
Electives for Minor in CIS
CIS 150
CIS 300
CIS 310
CIS 330
CIS 341
CIS 342
CIS 350
CIS 370
CIS 380
CIS 400
CIS 420
CIS 421
CIS 481
3
BASIC Programming
FORTRAN Programming
Selected Topics
Networking I
Visual Basic
Data Structures
Structured Systems Analysis & Design
Selected Topics
Internship
3
3
3
3
4
4
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
COMPUTER SCIENCE ENDORSEMENT FOR TEACHERS
A student receiving teacher certification may obtain an endorsement in Computer Science by completing the following requirements:
Endorsement Requirements
MTH 111
MTH 130 or 331
CIS 100
College Algebra
Elementary Statistics; Probability and Statistics
3
3
3
18
Nine hours from the following:
CIS 150
CIS 160
CIS 161
CIS 250
CIS 300
CIS 350
BASIC Programming
CIS I
CIS II
COBOL
FORTRAN Programming
Visual Basic
3
4
4
3
3
3
ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE
General Education Requirements
(Must include MTH 130)
Computer Information Systems Course Offerings
Free Electives
Total
86
35
27
3
65
CERTIFICATE PROGRAM
Core Courses
12-14
CIS 100
3
CIS 250 or 160
COBOL; CIS I
3-4
CIS 301 or 161
File Management
3-4
CIS 320
Systems Analysis
3
Cognate Courses
ENG 111
BA 100
General Education Elective
Economics Elective
12
3
3
3
3
MATHEMATICS
MATHEMATICS MAJOR (with Teacher Certification)
Requirements for Major in Mathematics
30
MTH 111
College Algebra
3
MTH 112
Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry
3
MTH 210
Calculus I
4
MTH 211
Calculus II
4
MTH 310
Calculus III
4
MTH 331
Probability and Statistics
3
MTH 402
Modern Geometry
3
Two courses from the following three:
MTH 305
Number Theory
MTH 350
Introduction to Linear Algebra
MTH 401
Modern Algebra
3
3
3
Select three hours from the following
MTH 305
Number Theory
MTH 311
Differential Equations
MTH 350
MTH 390
Independent Study
MTH 400
Special Topics
MTH 401
Modern Algebra
MTH 430
Foundations of Analysis
MTH 440
Topology
MTH 490
Independent Study
3
3
3
1-3
1-3
3
3
3
1-3
Related courses required
CIS 100
CIS 150 or 160
or 300
Other Requirements
MTH 450
3
6
Basic Programming (VB); CIS I;
FORTRAN Programming
3
3-4
3
Methods and Materials of Teaching Mathematics
3
With special reference to the teacher education program in mathematics, there are requirements for
assessment and retention for continuing in the teacher education program with a mathematics major.
Check with your advisor for the details.
MATHEMATICS MAJOR (without Teacher Certification)
Requirements for Major in Mathematics
MTH 210
Calculus I
MTH 211
Calculus II
18
4
4
87
MTH 310
Calculus III
MTH 331 or 430
Probability and Statistics; Foundations of Analysis
MTH 350 or 401
Introduction to Linear Algebra; Modern Algebra
Electives for Major in Mathematics
MTH 112
MTH 305
Number Theory
MTH 311
MTH 331
MTH 350
MTH 390
Independent Study
MTH 400
Special Topics
MTH 401
Modern Algebra
MTH 402
Modern Geometry
MTH 421
MTH 430
MTH 440
Topology
MTH 480
Senior Seminar
MTH 490
Independent Study
Additional Requirements (Non-Teaching Major)
PHY 241
General University Physics I (with Lab) (required)
PHY 242
General University Physics II (with Lab)
(recommended)
MATHEMATICS MINOR
Requirements for Minor in Mathematics
MTH 210
Calculus I
MTH 211
Calculus II
MTH 310
Calculus III
4
3
3
12
3
3
3
3
3
1-3
1-3
3
3
2
3
3
1-3
1-3
5
5
5
12
4
4
4
Electives for Minor in Mathematics
MTH 112
MTH 305
Number Theory
MTH 311
MTH 331
MTH 350
Linear Algebra
MTH 390
Independent Study
MTH 400
Special Topics
MTH 401
Modern Algebra
MTH 402
Modern Geometry
MTH 421
MTH 430
MTH 440
Topology
MTH 490
Independent Study
9
3
3
3
3
3
1-3
1-3
3
3
2
3
3
1-3
PHYSICS
PHYSICS MINOR
Requirements for Physics Minor
10
PHY 241
General University Physics I (with lab)
5
PHY 242
General University Physics II (with lab)
5
Electives for Minor in Physics selected from the following list
PHY 121
Musical Acoustics
PHY 132
PHY 231
Health Physics
PHY 232
Introduction to Civil Engineering
PHY 331
Mechanics
PHY 332
Engineering Statics
PHY 333
Electronic Circuits
88
12
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
PHY 338
PHY 339
PHY 421
PHY 438
PHY 451
PHY 490
Modern Physics I
Modern Physics II
Introduction to Electromagnetism
Thermodynamics
Senior Research
3
3
2
3
3
1-3
89
DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCE
Dr. Elaine David, Chair
Dr. Patrick Bamwine
Dr. William E. Bennett
Dr. Damon Eubank
Dr. Susan Howell
Mrs. Jeanette Parker
Dr. Clarence Rohrbaugh
Mrs. Jacquelyn Sandifer
Dr. Mary Wilgus
Mr. Max Wise
PURPOSE
The Division of Social Science incorporates traditional major and minor programs that seek to promote
intellectual development and a better understanding of society; its history, political systems, psychology,
social structures, and human interaction not only as personal as the individual but international in scope.
The division offers these academic disciplines within a liberal arts framework of Christian higher education as outlined in Campbellsville University’s stated goals.
To meet the university’s goals the division provides majors and minors in criminal justice, history, political science, psychology, sociology, and social science areas (with or without teaching certification) leading to a Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Arts degree. An Associate of Science degree is available in
certain disciplines. These programs of study are solidly grounded in the liberal arts tradition and promote
intellectual inquiry, critical thinking, reading, writing and research skills to prepare students for graduate
studies, various professional schools, teacher certification, and careers outside academe.
GRADUATE STUDY
A master’s degree is available in social science. See the graduate catalog for information.
CRIMINAL JUSTICE
The criminal justice curriculum is designed to provide the student with a thorough understanding of crime
and the criminal justice system. Areas of study include law enforcement, the courts, corrections, criminology, juvenile delinquency, and victimology. The criminal justice major and minor stress professional
ethics, human values, critical thinking, and analytical skills that prepare students for careers in various
criminal justice agencies. The undergraduate degree also provides students with the foundation required
for entrance into graduate school.
CRIMINAL JUSTICE ADMINISTRATION MAJOR
Core Requirements
24
CJ 101
Introduction to the Criminal Justice System
3
CJ 235
Criminology
3
CJ 310 or 320
Police Administration and Management;
Police Operations and Programs
3
CJ 361 or 362
Social Statistics; Methods of Research
3
CJ 421
Corrections
3
CJ 440
Court Processes and Procedures
3
Electives (selected from the following list)
CJ 215
Criminal Investigation
CJ 332
CJ 334
Introduction to Criminal Law
CJ 410
Senior Seminar
CJ 426
CJ 428
Internship
CJ 431
Civil Liberties
CJ 450
Victimology
CJ 380/480
Selected Topics
CJ 390/490
Independent Study
90
12
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
CRIMINAL JUSTICE ADMINISTRATION MINOR
Core Requirements
9
CJ 101
3
CJ 235
Criminology
3
CJ 361 or 362
3
Electives for Criminal Justice Minor (See Above)
ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE
(Must include POL 110 and PSY 111)
12
35
Core requirements
SOC 110
CJ 101
CJ 235
CJ 310 or 320
Introduction to Criminal Justice System
Criminology
Police Administration and Management;
Police Operations and Procedures
CJ 421
Corrections
CJ 440
Electives (Select at least 4 credit hours from the following:)
CJ 215
CJ 332
CJ 334
CJ 426
CJ 428
Internship
CJ 431
Civil Liberties
CJ 450
Victimology
CJ380/480
Special Topics
Psychology Electives (Select 6 credit hours from the following:)
PSY 215
Human Interaction
PSY 311
PSY 411
Abnormal Psychology
PSY 414
18
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
3
3
3
3
1-3
3
3
3
6
3
3
3
3
91
Sociology Electives (Select 3 credit hours from the following:)
SOC 230
Social Problems
SOC 341
Social Psychology
3
3
3
GEOGRAPHY
Courses in Geography are designed to provide a background for students with majors or minors in the
Division of Social Science and to meet the requirements of other divisions.
GEG 315
GEG 332
GEG 415
GEG 442
GEG 480
World Geography
Economic Geography
Human Geography
Political Geography
Selected Topics
3
3
3
3
3
HISTORY
The History curriculum contains survey courses in American History and World Civilization which provide the student with a background for study in this subject. Offerings in American, European, and eastern history provide the opportunity to specialize on one or more of these geographic and cultural areas.
Core Requirements for a History major or Minor
HST 110
HST 120
HST 131
HST 142
HISTORY MAJOR
Core Requirements for History Major (see above)
12
3
3
3
3
12
Electives for History Major selected from the following list
HST 321
Economic History of the United States
HST 331
Renaissance and Reformation
HST 332
The Age of Reason and Enlightenment
HST 336
Modern Presidency
HST 341
Nineteenth-Century Europe
HST 342
English History
HST 343
Twentieth-Century Europe
HST 351
American Diplomacy
HST 362
Kentucky History
HST 366
Colonial American and Independence to 1789
HST 371
History of the South
HST 372
History of the West
HST 382
American Constitutional Development
HST 385
Social and Intellectual History of the U.S.
HST 386
HST 390
Independent Study
HST 466
HST 471
Church History
HST 472
Modern Russia
HST 473
Latin American History
HST 475
Civil War and Reconstruction
HST 476
African-American History and Religion
HST 480
Special Topics
HST 481/581
Middle East
HST 482
East Asia
HST 490
Independent Study
HST 491
History Practicum
92
18
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
HISTORY MINOR REQUIREMENTS
Core Requirements for History Minor (see above)
12
Electives for History Minor
(selected from list under Electives for History Major, see above)
9
POLITICAL SCIENCE
The major and minor curriculum patterns are drawn from contemporary fields of political science and allow
for a wide range of course selection. The student w ill be provided with as much exposure to the areas of
Political Science as possible w ithin the framework of the student’s interest and career objectives.
Core Requirements for Political Science Major and Minor
12
POL 110
American Government
3
POL 122
State and Kentucky Government
3
POL 341 or 352
Comparative Government; International Relations
3
POL 361 or 362
3
POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR
Core Requirements for Political Science Major (see above)
12
Electives for Political Science Major selected from the following list
POL 231
Municipal Government
POL 332
Political Parties
POL 334
POL 336
Modern Presidency
POL 351
American Diplomacy
POL 371
Public Opinion
POL 382
POL 415
Human Geography
POL 421
Correctional Systems
POL 431
Civil Liberties
POL 432
Public Administration
POL 442
Political Geography
POL 472
Government and Industry
POL 480
Selected Topics
POL 482
Western Political Philosophy
POL 485
Special Studies in Political Science
POLITICAL SCIENCE MINOR
Core Requirements for Political Science Minor
Electives for Political Minor
(selected from list of courses under Political Science Major)
21
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
12
9
LEGISLATIVE INTERN PROGRAM
This program offers university undergraduates the opportunity to participate actively in the state legislative session while receiving full academic credit for one semester. The Legislative Program, held during
years when the General Assembly convenes for regular session, begins in late December and runs through
the third week in May.
The Legislative Program content consists of two coordinated parts—the first involving work with legislators during the session, and the second consisting of intensive seminars relative to state government and
the legislative process.
Interns register on their home campuses and have the status of full-time students. Each participating college or university works out the mechanics of course registration and the number of credit hours to be
assigned for the semester’s work, although 15 credits are usually granted.
Common current and former interns include their strong interest in working to help people and their ability to accomplish that through exceptional communications skills. Work as a Campbellsville University
legislative intern has provided an excellent opportunity to:
• Learn the workings of state government
93
•
•
•
Understand the legislative process and its subtleties
Provide assistance to legislators and their constituents
Explore careers in public service.
Duties: Interns will be assigned to legislative leadership offices and committees and will be expected to
devote fulltime to their legislative duties during the term of their appointments, adapting to the legislative
schedule. Duties will vary from office to office, but will include bill analysis, constituent work, research
and general office work.
Other Requirements: Interns will be expected to attend all meetings and classes. They will keep a daily
journal and complete a written report on their experiences. A 15-30 minute oral presentation is required
upon the completion of the internship. The director of the legislative intern program will assign the final
grade based on the following criteria: (1) immediate supervisor’s impression of the intern’s work (50%);
(2) the written journal (25%); (3) the written report (15%); and (4) the oral presentation to select social
science faculty (10%).
PSYCHOLOGY
Psychology is one of the most popular undergraduate majors and minors at Campbellsville University.
Undergraduate training in psychology prepares students for a number of diverse careers including the
mental health field, government, various areas of business, and many others. The undergraduate degree
also provides students with the foundation required for entrance into graduate school.
Core requirements for Psychology Major
19
PSY 111
General Psychology
3
PSY 323
Theories of Psychology
3
PSY 361
Social Statistics
3
PSY 363
4
Category A:
PSY 311
PSY 312 or 420
3
Human Cognitive Processes; Behavior Neuroscience 3
3
Category B:
PSY 412 or 321
Abnormal Psychology; Lifespan Development
3
3
Students may use no more than one of the following courses as part of their psychology major or minor:
PSY 215, PSY 222, PSY 333.
PSYCHOLOGY MAJOR
Core requirements for Psychology Major
19
Electives for Psychology Major selected from the following list
PSY 215
Human Interaction
PSY 222
Psychology of Adjustment
PSY 311
PSY 312
Human Cognitive Processes
PSY 321
PSY 333
Group Dynamics
PSY 341
Social Psychology
PSY 343
Women, Men and Society
PSY 351
Industrial/Organizational Psychology
PSY 390
Independent Study
PSY 401
History and Systems of Psychology
PSY 412
Abnormal Psychology
PSY 414
PSY 420
Physiological Psychology
PSY 452
Psychology of Religious Experience
PSY 460
Aging
PSY 475
Practicum
PSY 480
Selected Topics
PSY 490
Independent Study
94
18
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1-3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1-4
1-3
1-3
PSYCHOLOGY MINOR
Core Requirements for Psychology Minor
PSY 111
PSY 361
PSY 363
PSY 323
13
General Psychology
Social Statistics
Theories of Personality
3
3
4
3
*Note - Psychology Minors are not required to choose courses from categories A and B as listed under the
Psychology Major.
Electives for Psychology Minor selected from following list
PSY 215
Human Interaction
PSY 222
PSY 311
PSY 312
PSY 321
PSY 333
Group Dynamics
PSY 341
Social Psychology
PSY 351
PSY 390
Independent Study
PSY 401
PSY 414
PSY 420
PSY 452
PSY 460
Aging
PSY 475
Practicum
PSY 480
Special Topics
PSY 490
Independent Study
9
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1-3
3
3
3
3
3
1-4
1-3
1-3
SOCIOLOGY
Sociology is the study of human groups, social interaction, and the causes and effects of social relationships. The Sociology curriculum prepares students for careers which require an understanding of and participation in groups. Students anticipating careers in areas such as professional ministry, business, government, teaching, and criminal justice can particularly benefit from courses in sociology. The curriculum
also prepares students for graduate work in sociology.
Areas of study include community, family, criminology, race and ethnic relations, sociological research,
social stratification and mobility, and social theory.
Core Requirements for Sociology Major and Minor
SOC 110
SOC 361
Social Statistics
SOC 362
Methods of Research
SOC 473
Social Theory
SOCIOLOGY MAJOR
Core Requirements for Sociology Major (see above)
Electives for Sociology Major selected from the following list:
Fifteen Hours must be Upper Division courses.
SOC 210
SOC 215
Human Interaction
SOC 224
SOC 225
Social Stratification and Mobility
SOC 230
Social Problems
SOC 235
Introduction to Criminology
SOC 312
Organizational Behavior
SOC 331
Marriage and Family
SOC 332
12
3
3
3
3
12
21
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
95
SOC 333
SOC 341
SOC 342
SOC 343
SOC 345
SOC 371
SOC 375
SOC 380
SOC 390
SOC 413
SOC 415
SOC 425
SOC 431
SOC 460
SOC 480
SOC 490
Group Dynamics
Social Psychology
Race and Ethnic Relations
Women, Men, and Society
Sociology of Work
Public Opinion
Practicum
Selected Topics
Independent Study
Deviant Behavior
Family Violence
Civil Liberties
Aging
Selected Topics
Independent Study
SOCIOLOGY MINOR
Core Requirements for Sociology Minor (see above)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
3
12
Electives for Sociology Minor (selected from list under Sociology Major, see above) 12
Nine hours must be Upper Division courses.
SOCIAL STUDIES AREA
The Social Studies Area requires a selection of courses in Anthropology, Economics, Geography, History,
Political Science, Psychology and Sociology. Based in liberal arts, the social studies program offers both
a traditional track and teacher certification.
All students wishing to teach are required to take SSE 444 (3 hrs), “Teaching Social Studies in Secondary
Schools” (in addition to the required 72 hours).
SOCIAL STUDIES AREA
Economics (6 hours plus 3 hours General Education)
3 hours in ECO 110 or 221 or 222
6 hours economics electives listed in the major
9
Geography
3 hours required course includes GEG 315
6 hours upper division electives listed in geography
9
History (15 hours plus 3 hours General Education)
12 hours required courses include HST 110, 120, 131, 142
6 hours electives from history courses listed in the major
18
Political Science (12 hours plus 3 hours General Education)
3 hours in POL 110
12 hours electives from political science courses listed in the major
15
Psychology (6 hours plus 3 hours General Education)
3 hours in PSY 111
6 hours electives from the psychology courses listed in the major
9
Sociology (6 hours plus 3 hours General Education)
3 hours in SOC 110
6 hours electives from the sociology courses listed in the major
9
Anthropology (SOC 210 required)
3
GENERAL STUDIES
This program of study contains courses that expands the students’ knowledge in the areas of personal
and cultural development, English, Mathematics, Science, and Social Science.
ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN GENERAL STUDIES
96
Personal and Cultural Development
ENG 170
Introduction to Literature
PE 103
Introduction to Physical Education
PE —
Activity
Three hours selected from the following courses:
CHS 111
CHS 121
CHS 130
Religion in Life
PHI 241
Two or three hours selected from the following courses:
ART 110
Understanding Art
ART 310
Art History I
ART 311
Art History II
Two hours selected from the following courses:
MUS 121
Music Literature I
MUS 122
Music Literature II
MUS 125
Understanding Music
Three hours selected from the following courses:
COM 140
Introduction to Communications
COM 240
JOU 150
Mass Communications
TH 120
TH 231
Theater Arts I
TH 232
Theater Arts II
Symbolics of Information
ENG 111
ENG 112
Freshman Composition II
Three hours of Math selected from the following courses:
MTH 110
College Math
MTH 111
College Algebra
MTH 112
MTH 130
Science and Social Science
GEG 315
World Geography
POL 110
American Government
PSY 111
General Psychology
Three or four hours of Biology selected from the following courses
BIO 103
Environment and Man
BIO 110
Biology
BIO 201
Zoology
BIO 202
Botany
Three or five hours selected from the following courses
CHE 100
CHE 101
Chemistry for Health Sciences I
CHE 111
General Chemistry I
PHY 131
Conceptual Physics
PHY 141
Introduction to Physics I (L)
Three hours selected from the following courses
SOC 110
SOC 210
HST 110
U.S. History to 1877
HST 120
U.S. History Since 1877
HST 131
HST 142
16
3
2
1
3
3
3
3
3
2-3
2
3
3
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
9
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
24
3
3
3
3-4
3
3
4
4
3-5
3
3
3
3
5
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
97
ECO 110
ECO 221
ECO 222
Introduction to Economics
Macroeconomics
Microeconomics
3
3
3
Electives
15
ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE (Social Science Emphasis)
(Must include POL 110 and PSY 111)
35
Content Courses
World Geography
U. S. History to 1877
U. S. History Since 1877
3
3
3
3
3
Two of the following:
SOC 110
SOC 210
SOC 230
Social Problems
3
3
3
One of the following:
PSY 215
PSY 222
Human Interaction
3
3
One of the following not taken in General Education:
ECO 110
ECO 221
Macroeconomics
ECO 222
Microeconomics
3
3
3
Free Electives
98
27
Required Courses:
GEG 315
HIS 110
HIS 120
HIS 131
HIS 142
15
6
3
3
3
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS
Dr. Patricia H. Cowherd, Dean
Dr. Vernon E. Roddy
Mr. Joseph D. Foster
Mr. Roger D. Foster
Dr. Barry Griffin
Mr. Carl Hogsed, Jr.
Mrs. Jill C. Roberts
PURPOSE
The objective of the Faculty of Business and Economics is to present collegiate programs in Business
disciplines, based upon a strong liberal arts foundation delivered in a Christian environment. The School
offers a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration with areas of emphasis in Administrative
Technology, Business Administration, Accounting, Economics, Management, and Marketing, which satisfies the graduation requirements without a minor. Majors are available in Administrative Technology,
Business Administration, Accounting, Economics, Management, and Marketing that require a minor.
Minors are also offered in Accounting, Administrative Technology, Business Administration, and
Economics. Associate degree programs are offered in Accounting, Administrative Technology, and
Business Administration. Certificate Programs are available in Word Processing and Medical Secretary
Procedures. These programs are offered in a strong liberal art general education curriculum to provide a
broad based business education grounded in sound Christian general values.
GRADUATE STUDY
A master’s degree is available in Business Administration. See the graduate catalog for information.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Courses listed as core requirements are to be coupled with an emphasis or majors in one of the functional areas outlined on the following pages.
CORE REQUIREMENTS FOR BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AREA
ACC 223
Principles of Accounting I
ACC 224
Principles of Accounting II
AT 320
Microcomputer Applications
BA 301
Marketing I
BA 303
Business Law I
BA 311
BA 322
Introduction to Finance and Investment
BA 498
Business Strategy and Policy
ECO 222
Microeconomics
ECO 361
Social Statistics
Total Hours 32
4
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AREA
(Emphasis in Administrative Technology)
AT 140
Intermediate Keyboarding, or
AT 270
Advanced Keyboarding
3
AT 321
Administrative Management
3
AT 222
Business Presentation Application
2
AT 223
Database Application
2
AT 340
Business Communication
3
AT 350
Information Resource Management
3
AT 385
Office Internship
3
BA 314
Human Resource Management
3
Select 7 credit hours from the following:
AT 270
Advanced Keyboarding (if not above)
AT 325
Medical Office Procedures
AT 485
Office Internship
7
3
3
1-3
99
AT 490
BA 312
BA 384
ENG 311
Independent Study
Business Ethics
Effective Business Writing
3
3
3
3
Core Requirements
General Education Requirements and Electives
ECO 221
Macroeconomics
MTH 111
College Algebra
TH 120
Other General Education Requirements
Electives
Total graduation requirement
(Emphasis in Business Administration)
ACC 360
Managerial Accounting
ACC 410
Federal Taxation I
AT 340
BA 302
Marketing II
BA 304
Business Law II
BA 314
BA 384
Business Ethics
BA 422
Managerial Finance
ECO 342
Labor Problems
ECO 352
Money and Banking
ECO 370
Managerial Economics
ECO 461
International Trade
Core Requirements
Free general electives
General Education requirements
Must include ECO 221 and MTH 111
32
67
3
3
3
43
15
128
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
32
8
52
128
(Emphasis in Economics)
Selected from the following list:
ECO 321
Economic History of United States
3
ECO 332
Economic Geography
3
ECO 342
Labor Problems
3
ECO 343
Consumer Economics/Personal Finance
3
ECO 352
Money and Banking
3
ECO 370
3
ECO 451
Public Finance
3
ECO 452
Comparative Economic Systems
3
ECO 461
International Trade
3
ECO 472
3
ECO 475
History of Economic Thought
3
ECO 485
Internship
3
Core Requirements
Free electives from any discipline
100
32
17
52
(Emphasis in Management)
AT 340
BA 302
Marketing II
BA 304
Business Law II
BA 312
BA 314
BA 384
Business Ethics
BA 413
Managerial Decision Making
BA 422
Managerial Finance
BA 483
Operations Management
Six hours from the following:
BA 313
Small Business Management
BA 412
Insurance
ECO 342
Labor Problems
ECO 352
Money and Banking
128
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Core Requirements
32
11
52
(Emphasis in Marketing)
AT 340
BA 302
Marketing II
BA 304
Business Law II
BA 310
Consumer Behavior
BA 312
BA 321
Distribution Management
BA 384
Business Ethics
BA 401
Marketing Research
BA 402
BA 314
BA 422
Managerial Finance
ECO 352
Money and Banking
ECO 461
International Trade
128
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Core Requirements
32
Free Electives from any discipline
11
52
ACCOUNTING AREA
128
101
ACC 330
ACC 351
ACC 354
ACC 362
ACC 410
ACC 421
ACC 431
BA 304
BA 312
BA 384
ECO 461
ENG 311
Electives from the following
ACC 442
ACC 452
ACC 470
Accounting Information Systems
Intermediate Accounting I
Intermediate Accounting II
Cost Accounting
Federal Taxation I
Auditing
Advanced Accounting I
Business Law II
Business Ethics
International Trade
3
Advanced Accounting II
Federal Taxation II
Contemporary Accounting Issues
Core Requirements
Must include ECO 221, MTH 111, PHI 241, and TH 120
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
32
5
52
128
Most states require additional education beyond the traditional Bachelor’s degree to fulfill the requirement
for taking the Certified Public Accountant (CPA) examination. At Campbellsville University, this additional requirement can be obtained by completing the Master’s of Business Administration program (see
graduate school catalog for more information).
If a student elects not to obtain a graduate degree, he/she can discuss with advisor additional appropriate
coursework to meet the 150 hour requirement.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Courses listed as core requirements are to be coupled with major in one of the functional areas outlined
on the following pages.
CORE REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL MAJORS WITHIN THE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
ACC 223
4
ACC 224
4
AT 320
3
BA 301
Marketing I
3
ECO 222
Microeconomics
3
ECO 361
Social Statistics
3
ACCOUNTING MAJOR
The Accounting Major may be used with a minor outside the School of Business and Economics or
Administrative Technology minor. See Area programs for more Accounting courses, or inclusion of other
business disciplines.
ACC 330
3
ACC 351
3
ACC 354
3
ACC 362
Cost Accounting
3
ACC 410
Federal Taxation I
3
ACC 421
Auditing
3
ACC 431
3
BA 303
Business Law I
3
BA 304
Business Law II
3
BA 311
3
102
BA 322
3
Core Requirements
Minor (required)
General Education requirement
Must include MTH 111 and ECO 221
20
21
2
52
128
ADMINISTRATIVE TECHNOLOGY MAJOR
Minimum hours required 21-22
No teacher certification is offered with this program. It may be paired with any minor offered by the
University for graduation.
Requirements:
Two from the following three courses:
AT 130
Elementary Keyboarding
AT 140
Intermediate Keyboarding
AT 270
Required courses:
AT 321
AT 340
AT 350
BA 314
6
3
3
3
12
Choose 3-4 hours from the following:
AT 222
AT 223
AT 325
AT 385/485
Office Internship
AT 490
Independent Study
3
3
3
3
3-4
4
3
Core Requirements
20
Minor (required)
21
13-14
General Education Requirements and Electives
ECO 221
Macroeconomics
MTH 111
College Algebra
TH 120
Other General Education requirements
52
3
3
3
43
128
103
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION MAJOR
This program recommended for the student who wishes to take a minor outside the School of Business
and Economics. Area programs recommended for students desiring broader concentrations in the business area. (See previous pages.)
ACC 410
BA 302
BA 303
BA 304
BA 311
BA 322
BA 422
BA 498
ECO 352
Federal Taxation I
Marketing II
Business Law I
Business Law II
Managerial Finance
Money and Banking
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Core Requirements
20
Minor (required)
21
8
Must include MTH 111 and ECO 221
52
ECONOMICS MAJOR
Required Courses
ECO 352
ECO 370
ECO 451
ECO 461
128
Money and Banking
Public Finance
International Trade
12
3
3
3
3
Nine hours selected from the following:
ECO 321
ECO 342
Labor Problems
ECO 343
Consumption Economics
ECO 452
ECO 472
ECO 475
ECO 485
Economics Internship
ECO 490
Independent Study
9
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Core Requirements
20
Minor (required)
21
Free electives from any area
14
52
104
128
MANAGEMENT MAJOR
Required Courses
BA 303
BA 311
BA 312
BA 314
BA 413
BA 483
18
Business Law I
3
3
3
3
3
3
BA 302
BA 304
BA 313
BA 322
6
Marketing II
Business Law II
Introduction to Finance and Investments
3
3
3
3
Core Requirements
20
Minor (required)
21
11
52
MARKETING MAJOR
Required Courses
BA 302
BA 303
BA 310
BA 321
BA 401
BA 402
128
18
Marketing II
Business Law I
Consumer Behavior
Marketing Research
3
3
3
3
3
3
AT 340
BA 304
Business Law II
BA 311
BA 420
Real Estate
3
3
3
3
6
Core Requirements
20
Minor (required)
21
11
52
128
105
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS MINORS
ACCOUNTING MINOR
Accounting Minor Requirements
ACC 223
ACC 224
8
4
4
Fifteen hours from the following:
ACC 351
ACC 354
ACC 362
Cost Accounting
ACC 410
Federal Taxation I
ACC 421
Auditing
ACC 431
ACC 442
15
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
ADMINISTRATIVE TECHNOLOGY MINOR
Administrative Technology Minor Requirements
19
AT 140 or 270
Intermediate Keyboarding; Advanced Keyboarding
3
AT 222
2
AT 223
2
AT 320
3
AT 321
3
AT 340
3
AT 350
3
Electives: Choose at least 3 hours from the following:
AT 270
Advanced Keyboarding (if not chosen above)
AT 325
AT 385
Office Internship
ENG 311
3
3
3
1-3
3
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION MINOR
ACC 223
4
ACC 224
4
BA 100
3
BA 301
Marketing I
3
BA 303
Business Law I
3
BA 322
3
ECO 222
Microeconomics
3
ECONOMICS MINOR*
Economics Minor Requirements
ECO 221*
Macroeconomics
ECO 222*
Microeconomics
ECO 361 or MTH 130 Social Statistics; Statistics
9
3
3
3
Twelve hours selected from the following:
ECO 321
3
ECO 332
Economic Geography
3
ECO 342
Labor Problems
3
ECO 352*
Money and Banking
3
ECO 370
3
ECO 451
Public Finance
3
ECO 452
3
ECO 461
International Trade
3
ECO 472
3
ECO 475
3
*Appropriate substitution required for duplicated courses if this minor is paired with Business
Administration or Accounting majors.
106
12
MANAGEMENT MINOR
Management Minor Requirements
ACC 223
ACC 224
BA 303
Business Law I
BA 311
BA 312
BA 314
Six hours selected from the following:
BA 313
BA 413
BA 483
MARKETING MINOR
Marketing Minor Requirement
ACC 223
ACC 224
BA 301
Marketing I
BA 303
Business Law I
BA 311
Six hours selected from the following:
BA 310
Consumer Behavior
BA 321
BA 401
Marketing Research
BA 402
ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN ACCOUNTING
Must include ECO 221, MTH 130, and CIS 100
Requirements of Associate of Science Degree in Accounting
ACC 223
ACC 224
BA 100
BA 303
Business Law I
BA 311 or 314
Principles of Management;
BA 322
Introduction to Finance
ECO 222
Microeconomics
ACC 362
Cost Accounting
ACC 410
Federal Tax Accounting I
ACC 485
Accounting Internship
17
4
4
3
3
3
3
6
3
3
3
17
4
4
3
3
3
6
3
3
3
3
35
32
4
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
IN ADMINISTRATIVE TECHNOLOGY
32
(The CIS 100 – Introduction to Computer Concepts and Applications general education
requirement is waived due to the more advanced computer application courses requires.)
Administrative Technology Requirements:
ACC 223
ACC 224
AT 222
AT 223
AT 320
AT 321
AT 340
33
4
4
2
2
3
3
3
107
AT 350
AT 385
Two of the following:
AT 130
AT 140
AT 270
Office Internship
3
3
3
3
3
6
ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE
IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION*
*Associate of Arts may be elected by substituting 6 hours of a foreign language for Sociology and
Physical Education.
Must include ECO 221, MTH 130, and CIS 100
Requirements for Business Administration
ACC 223
ACC 224
BA 100
BA 301
Marketing I
BA 311 or 314
Principles of Management;
BA 322
Introduction to Finance
ECO 222
Microeconomics
AT 320
AT 385/485
Internship (Business Administration,
Administrative Technology,
Computer Information Systems, or Accounting)
35
29
4
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
ONE-YEAR CERTIFICATE PROGRAM
IN WORD PROCESSING
Semester I
16
ACC 223
4
BA 100
3
ENG 111
3
AT 130 or 140
Elementary Keyboarding; Intermediate Keyboarding 3
AT 340
3
Semester II
ENG 112
AT 140 or 270
AT 321
AT 320
AT 350
15
3
3
3
3
3
ONE-YEAR CERTIFICATE PROGRAM
IN MEDICAL SECRETARY PROCEDURE
Semester I
15
BA 100
3
ENG 111
3
AT 140 or 270
3
AT 340
3
TH 120 or COM 140 Fundamentals of Speech; Intro to Communications
3
Semester II
ENG 112
AT 320
AT 325
AT 350
AT 385
108
15
Office Internship (medical setting)
3
3
3
3
3
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION
Dr. James E. Pirkle, Dean
Mrs. Dorothy L. Davis
Mrs. Lori Eubank
Mrs. Carolyn A. Garrison
Ms. Joyce Haskins
Dr. Patrick J. King
Dr. Robert VanEst
Dr. S. Pamela Zhu
TEACHER EDUCATION
The theme of the Teacher Education Program is “Empowerment for Learning.”
PURPOSE
The Teacher Education Program is a collaborative effort among all applicable academic areas of the
University. The program provides a broad-based general education intended to equip the pre-service teacher
with knowledge, values, and attitudes essential for developing competency on the Kentucky New Teacher
Standards. The program also stresses responsible citizenship w ithin the American democracy and an appreciation for self-efficacy. Teacher Education Program students may pursue teacher certification in P-5 (primary through elementary), 5-9 (middle grades), and 8-12 (high school) in Science, English, Mathematics, or
Social Studies, and P-12 (cognate certification) in Art Education, Health Education, Music Education, or
Physical Education. An endorsement for computer science at all levels is an option. (This is the only teaching certification endorsement available at this time). Emphasis in all degree programs is given to the development of the pre-service teacher to know and utilize learning theory, pedagogy, culturally responsive
instruction, technology, and assessment in order to empow er self and others to become life-long learners.
The U. S. government Title II Report for 2000 shows that Campbellsville University students in the 19992000 “cohort” of Teacher Education graduates and program completers had a 100 percent pass rate on the
PRAXIS II exam which measures content knowledge mastery. Ten or more students constitute a “cohort.”
That is, 10 or more students in any one content certification area make up a cohort. The only “cohort” of
students included in the report for Campbellsville University was the cohort of students in elementary
education content certification area. There were 25 students in elementary education. All passed the
required scores on the PRAXIS II exam and will receive initial certification as elementary teachers. There
were less than 10 students in each of the other content certification areas (science, math, social studies,
language arts, music, art, and physical education) in middle school and high school. However, of the 52
total Campbellsville University students who took the PRAXIS II exam in the other various content areas,
51 passed their tests, resulting in a 98 percent pass rate on the PRAXIS II exam for all teacher education
students. The one student who did not pass the PRAXIS II exam in one area retook the test, passing it on
the second time.
GRADUATE STUDY
A master’s degree is available in education. See the graduate catalog for information.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO THE TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM AND
TEACHING CERTIFICATION PROGRAMS
General requirements for admission to the Teacher Education Program include general requirements for
admission to Campbellsville University as well as other criteria approved by the Education Professional
Standards Board (EPSB). Requirements for admission and certification are subject to change at any
time by the Education Professional Standards Board (EPSB) and by Campbellsville University.
Admission to the University, therefore, does not guarantee admission to the Teacher Education Program
nor does admission to the Teacher Education Program guarantee admission to the student teaching experience. Even after admission to the Teacher Education Program, the Education Professional Standards
Board (EPSB) and the University, could change requirements for certification. Students who plan to pursue a teaching certification program must apply for admission while taking the ED 102 – Introduction to
Education (3 hours). (Please see admission requirements). Transfer juniors and seniors must apply during
their first semester of residence. Transfer juniors and seniors must meet admission requirements during
the first semester in residence.
109
Teacher Education Program admission criteria include the completion of passing scores on a basic literacy
skills examination as set by the Education Professional Standards Board (EPSB) and successful completion of ED 102. Passing scores are: ACT score of 21 or above; SAT score of 990 and a writing assessment;
or Pre-Professional Skills Test (PPST): reading 173/320, w riting 172/318, and mathematics 173/318. These
examinations need to be completed before or during the ED 102- Introduction to Education semester.
Students are to apply to be admitted during that semester. Students may re-apply if they successfully complete the examinations and pass ED 102. No Teacher Education Program courses other than ED 102
and ED 210 may be taken without admittance to the Teacher Education Program.
The following are institutional requirements for admission to the Campbellsville University Teacher
Education Program:
1.
An overall Grade Point Average (GPA) of 2.5 or higher on all University work based on at least 24
or more credit hours;
2.
Successful completion of ED 102 - Introduction to Education. The requirements below also apply
during the ED 102 semester:
a. Completion of an application to the Teacher Education Program.
b. Three recommendations attesting to the suitability of the candidate for entrance into the
Teacher Education Program.
c. Secured a criminal background check and a tuberculosis skin test.
d. Documentation of five hours of observation in the public school analyzing the role of the teacher.
e. Completion of the Initial Assessment Interview for Admittance check-point.
f. Initiation of the certification eligibility portfolio.
g. Assigned a Teacher Education Program advisor.
h. Transfer students must secure an official record of previous field and clinical hours and any
applicable test scores.
i. Development of an autobiography (diversity).
3.
Each candidate, once admitted, shall be reappraised periodically (continuous assessment) to ensure
compliance with the set standards. (See Teacher Education Program Handbook).
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO THE STUDENT TEACHING EXPERIENCE
There are specific requirements for admission to student teaching. Students are provided advisors and
worksheets to monitor their own progress through the program. This process also serves as a reminder of
institutional checkpoints and requirements. Before a student is eligible to register for the student teaching
semester, he/she must have:
1.
been accepted unconditionally into the Teacher Education Program at Campbellsville University
with at least one full semester between the date of acceptance into the Teacher Education Program
and the student teaching semester;
2.
submitted an application for the student teaching semester;
3.
completed a minimum of one hundred and fifty (150) field and clinical hours for the appropriate
teaching certification level;
4.
completed any coursework in professional education classes and/or major certification classes with
an “I” grade (student teaching will not be permitted with an “I” grade on the student academic
record in professional education classes and/or major certification classes);
5.
a cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 or higher in all university coursework;
6.
a cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 of higher in all professional education courses, with
no grade less than a “C”;
7.
a cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 or higher in the major and/or teaching emphasis or
field with no grade less than a “C”;
8.
successful completion of a portfolio review/interview with a committee consisting of representative
Teacher Education Program faculty members and a representative of the major/certification/emphasis
field;
110
9.
met the residence requirements of Campbellsville University;
10.
demonstrated the moral, social and ethical behavior which is acceptable in the school community
(read, signed, and committed to the Kentucky Code of Ethics);
11.
secured a medical examination, including a tuberculin test, ensuring the student teacher is in satisfactory mental and physical health to perform student teaching duties;
12.
secured a clear criminal check;
13.
secured evidence of liability insurance for the student teaching experience; and
14.
will have completed the following requirements:
P-5
5-9
8-12
Professional
Professional
Professional
ED 102
ED 210
ED 301
ED 320
ED 325
ED 330
ED 341
ED 351
ED 361
ED 381
ED 411
ED 451
ED 102
ED 210
ED 320
ED 325
ED 330
ED 355
ED 365
ED 415
ED 455
ED 102
ED 210
ED 320
ED 325
ED 330
ED 390
ED 410
ED 450/456
Related Studies
ART 330
HPE 321
MTH 201
MTH 202
MUS 347
Two teaching fields
80% of work must
be completed
Major
80% minimum of
course completed
EXIT REQUIREMENT
Exit requirements for the Teacher Education Program include the successful completion of the PRAXIS
II Specialty examinations. (See Teacher Education Program Handbook for a complete listing of PRAXIS
specialty examinations). The Education Professional Standards Board (EPSB) established passing scores
on all specialty examinations. After completion of all program course-work (including satisfactory performance in student teaching) and a satisfactory exit portfolio interview, (See Teacher Education
Handbook), paperwork will be completed by the Certification Officer for a “Statement of Eligibility to
Intern” for the State certificate, valid for five years in Kentucky. Upon satisfactory completion of the
intern year, the Education Professional Standards Board (EPSB) will issue a provisional teaching certificate. It is the responsibility of the student to ascertain the appropriate PRAXIS II specialty examinations for which to register and complete. The student is advised to check the registration codes
with the Teacher Education Program prior to registration. These numbers are listed in the registration booklet. The specialty examinations have been subject to change by the Education
Professional Standards Board (EPSB); therefore, the student is advised to be certain to take the
specified examination. The Teacher Education Program will strive to inform students, but it is the
responsibility of the student to register for the correct examination. Emphasis is made on preparation
for the specialty examinations and effort given to successful completion on the initial try.
FIELD AND CLINICAL EXPERIENCES
To satisfy admission requirements for student teaching, 150 field and clinical hours are required. (See
Teacher Education Program Handbook for complete information and model on Field and Clinical Hours.)
Field and clinical hours are obtained through appropriate class assigned activities and workshops.
TECHNOLOGY
All pre-service teachers are required to take CIS 100: Computer Concepts and Applications, and ED 330:
111
Learning Cognition/Instructional Technology. Each course in the Teacher Education Program incorporates
technology into the assignments and utilizes the Instructional Technologies Laboratory. Certification eligibility portfolios are to be developed through use of technology. (Each student in ED 102, Introduction
to Education, purchases a ZIP disc to store all relevant work for incorporation into the portfolios.)
CERTIFICATION
P-5 TEACHER CERTIFICATION PROGRAM OF STUDIES
The courses in the professional studies component plus emphasis studies constitute the P-5 teaching certification program. Each P-5 teacher education major is required to specialize in one emphasis area.
(Kentucky certification plans do not provide for endorsements from one certification area to another.) P-5 Program of Studies must include TH 120: Fundamentals of Speech, a Physical Science
Laboratory and a Biological Science Laboratory.
Professional Education Requirements
ED 102
ED 210
ED 301
P-5 Social Studies
ED 320
ED 325
Exceptional Child
ED 330
ED 341
P-5 Mathematics and Science
ED 351
P-5 Reading and Language Arts I
ED 361
P-5 Reading and Language Arts II
ED 381
Assessment and Evaluation of Learning
ED 411
Classroom Management
*ED 451
Student Teaching P-5
45
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
12
*No other classes may be taken during the student teaching semester but student teaching. Exceptions
must be appealed to the Dean and faculty of the School of Education.
Related Studies Component
15
ART 330
3
HPE 321
P-5 School Health, Physical Education and Nutrition
3
MTH 201
Math for Elementary Teachers I
3
MTH 202
Math for Elementary Teachers II
3
(*MTH 201 and MTH 202 must be taken in sequential order)
MUS 347
Elementary School Music, P-5
3
Free Elective
3
Free Elective (one 3-hour 300/400 level course)
3
P-5 Emphasis Areas (Select one)
I.English/Communications Emphasis
Requirements Total Hours
ENG 170
ENG 221
Survey of World Literature I (OR)
ENG 222
Survey of World Literature II
ENG 341
Survey of American Literature I (OR)
ENG 342
Survey of American Literature II
ENG 361
ED/ENG 371
Children’s Literature
Electives: 6 hours (3 hours must be literature).
ENG 221 or ENG 222 Survey of World Literature I or II
ENG 341 or ENG 342 Survey of American Literature I or II
ENG 331 or ENG 332 Survey of Literature I or II
ENG 364
FRE 101
GER 101
112
21
15
3
3
3
3
3
6
3
3
3
3
3
3
II.
RUS 101
SPA 101
Social/Behavioral Studies Emphasis
Requirements: 21 hours
HST 110
HST 120
U.S. History since 1877
HST 131
World Civilization to 1650 (OR)
HST 142
World Civilization since 1650
HST 362
Kentucky History
GEG 315
World Geography
PSY 321
Life Span Development
SOC 210
Cultural Anthropology (OR)
SOC 342
Race/Ethnic Relations
III. Mathematics Emphasis
Requirements: Total hours
MTH 111
College Algebra
MTH 112
Trigonometry
MTH 130
MTH 210
Analytics and Calculus I
Electives: (9-12 hrs depending on choice of electives below)
CIS 150
BASIC Programming
CIS 160
CIS I
MTH 211
Analytics and Calculus II
MTH 305
Number Theory
MTH 310
Analytics and Calculus II
MTH
Free Elective MTH courses above MTH 310*
*MTH 310 would be prerequisite
IV.
Science
Requirements: Total hours
BIO 110
Biology
BIO 111
Biology Laboratory
CHE 100
Introduction to Chemistry (OR)
CHE 111*
General Chemistry I
CHE 103
Chemistry Laboratory
CHE 113
GEO 211
Physical Geology
GEO 213
Physical Geology Laboratory
PHY 132
*MTH 111 is a prerequisite to CHE 111.
Electives: (9-10 hours depending on choice of elective below)
BIO 103
Environment and Man
BIO 201
Zoology
BIO 202
Botany
BIO 221
Human Anatomy and Physiology
BIO 341
Ecology
CHE 112
CHE 114
GEO 212
Earth Science
GEO 300
Paleontology
PHY 141
General College Physics I
PHY 141L
General College Physics I Laboratory
PHY 142
PHY 142L
General College Physics II Laboratory
V.
Fine Arts/Humanities
Requirements: Total Hours
3
3
21
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
22-25
13
3
3
3
4
9-12
3
4
4
3
4
25
15
3
1
3
3
1
1
3
1
3
9-10
3
4
4
4
3
3
2
3
3
4
1
4
1
21
16
113
ART 101 or 110 Drawing I; Elements of Art
ART 310 or 311 Art History I; Art History II
TH 200
Stagecraft
TH 335
Children’s Theatre
MUS —Ensemble
MUS 100
Elementary Musicianship OR MUS 101: Music Theory I
3
3
3
3
1
3
Electives: 5 hours (Select 2 one-hour courses)
MUS —Applied Music
MUS 140
Guitar Class I OR MUS 14 Guitar Class II
MUS 142
Voice Class I OR MUS 144 Voice Class II
MUS 145
Piano Class I OR MUS 146 Piano Class II
One three (3) hour course in ART, MUSIC or THEATRE
5
1
1
1
1
3
ENDORSEMENT
The only endorsement offered for addition to teacher certification is computer science.
5-9 TEACHER EDUCATION CERTIFICATION
The courses in the professional studies component (below) constitute the 5-9 teaching certification. Each
5-9 teacher education major is to specialize in two teaching fields.
Professional Studies
37
ED 102
3
ED 210
3
ED 320
3
ED 325
Exceptional Child
3
ED 330
3
ED 355
Middle Grades Reading and Language Arts I
3
ED 365
Middle Grades Reading and Language Arts II
4
ED 415
Middle Grades Curriculum and Methodology
3
*ED 455
Student Teaching
12
One Upper Division elective in Teaching Field
3
One Free Elective (300/400 level course)
3
*No classes are to be taken during the student teaching semester other than student teaching.
Exceptions must be appealed to the Dean and faculty of the School of Education.
5-9 Middle Grades Specialty Teaching Fields (Select two)
I. English/Communications
Requirements:
ENG 221
Survey of World Literature I (OR)
ENG 222
ENG 331
Survey of British Literature I (OR)
ENG 332
Survey of British Literature II
ENG 341
Survey of American Literature I (OR)
ENG 342
ENG 364
ENG 361
JOU 240
ENG 371
Contemporary Drama (OR)
ENG 491
Shakespeare
II. Social Science
HST 110
HST 120
U.S. History since 1877
HST 131
HST 142
World Civilization since 1650
HST 341
Nineteenth Century Europe (OR)
HST 343
Twentieth Century Europe
HST 366
Colonial America and Independence to 1789 (OR)
114
21
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
24
3
3
3
3
3
HST 466
U.S. History Since 1933
GEG 315
World Geography
Elective: Choose one of the following:
HST 342
Kentucky History (OR)
POL 341
Comparative Government (OR)
POL 352
International Relations (OR)
POL 442
Political Geography
III. Mathematics
MTH 201
Math for Elementary Teachers I
MTH 202
Math for Elementary Teachers II
(MTH 201 and MTH 202 must be taken in sequential order)
MTH 210
Analytics and Calculus I
MTH 211
Calculus II
MTH 310
Calculus III
Electives: (Choose
MTH 111
MTH 112
MTH 305
MTH 311
MTH 330
MTH 331
MTH 350
MTH 401
MTH 402
9 hours from the following courses)
College Algebra
Trigonometry
Number Theory
Probability/Statistics
Linear Algebra
Modern Algebra
Modern Geometry
IV. Science
BIO 201
Zoology
BIO 202
Botany
BIO 341
Ecology
CHE 111
General Chemistry I
CHE 112
CHE 113
CHE 114
GEO 211
Physical Geology
GEO 213
Elective: Choose one of the following:
PHY 100
Introduction to Physics (OR)
PHY 111
College Physics (OR)
PHY 132
Astronomy (will need to petition for laboratory in order
to meet hour requirements)
(Some classes may double as General Education requirements.)
3
3
3
27
3
3
4
4
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
27-29
4
4
3
3
3
1
2
3
1
4
5
3
ENDORSEMENT
8-12 SECONDARY TEACHER CERTIFICATION
Each curriculum area requires the general education component and the single major (in certifiable disciplines) or two majors. The PRAXIS II specialty area examinations must be successfully completed to
obtain teaching certification. Teaching certification with a secondary teaching major will take a minimum
of three semesters including the student teaching semester.
1. Professional Studies
32
ED 102
3
ED 210
3
ED 320
3
115
ED 325
Exceptional Child
3
ED 330
3
ED 390
2
ED 410
Foundations of Secondary Education
3
*ED 450
Student Teaching, 8-12
12
*No classes are to be taken during the student teaching semester other than student teaching. Exceptions
must be appealed to the Dean and faculty of the School of Education.
ENDORSEMENT
IN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
Requirements for General Education
ENG 111
Freshman Composition
ENG 112
Freshman Composition
CHS 111, 112, 113 or PHI 241 Christian Studies
CIS 100
PE 103
Introduction to Physical Activity
PE ——
Activity
MTH 110, 111, or 130 Mathematics
POL 110
American Government
BIO 103 or 110 Biological Science
SOC 110
PSY 111
General Psychology
TH 120
Requirements for Early Childhood Education
ECE 111
Educational Foundations of Early Childhood
ECE 112
Art Experiences for Early Childhood
ECE 113
Music Experiences for Early Childhood
ECE 115
Early Childhood Play
ECE 214
Early Childhood Program Planning
ECE 216
Early Childhood Exceptional Child Education
ECE 217
Practicum in Early Childhood
SOC 331
Marriage and Family
SOC 342
ENG 371
Children’s Literature
116
33
3
3
3
3
2
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
31
3
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
TH 335
Children’s Theatre
3
SCHOOL OF MUSIC
Dr. J. Robert Gaddis, Dean
Dr. C. Mark Bradley
Dr. J. Kenneth Martin
Dr. Lisa R. McArthur
Dr. David M. McCullough
Dr. James W. Moore
Mrs. Nevalyn P. Moore
Dr. M. Wesley Roberts
Ms. Jennifer Tinnell
PURPOSE
The School of Music of Campbellsville University serves as an instrument of the University in the direction of music training and the stimulation of creative and professional work in music. The School of Music
provides music study within the mission and core values of the University.
The School of Music attempts to broaden the education of every student in the University by providing a
broad range of experiences in music; by offering class instruction which seeks to develop an understanding of music as a communicative art, its place in life, and its value to the individual; and by offering specialized training in musical skills.
The School of Music encourages the development of students who wish to prepare for careers as professional performers, teachers, or church musicians by providing competency-based courses which lay a
technical and broad cultural foundation and which equip music students in their particular fields of interest and endeavor.
The School of Music guides students in the attainment of academic, spiritual, vocational, cultural, and
social values through professional training, musicianship, and the liberal arts concept.
The School of Music provides educational and cultural resources to the University, community, and
regional constituencies through concerts, workshops, adjudication, research, creative activity, and other
professional services; while working cooperatively with the regional constituencies to enhance learning
opportunities for students.
GRADUATE STUDY
Master’s degrees are available in music. See the graduate catalog for information.
AREAS OF STUDY
The Music Education program prepares students to teach music in primary and secondary schools. This
is accomplished through the following emphases: (1) developing personal musicianship/performance
skills; (2) acquiring knowledge of music literature and music history; (3) understanding the philosophies
of music and music education; and (4) mastering techniques and methods for teaching music.
The Church Music Program prepares students for Christian ministry through music. This is accomplished
through the following emphases: (1) developing personal musicianship/performance skills; (2) acquiring
knowledge of music literature and music history; (3) understanding the philosophies of music, worship,
and ministry; and (4) mastering techniques and methods for music ministry.
The Bachelor of Arts in Music program concentrates on music in general, without the specialization
toward church music or music education. It prepares students for graduate study and/or careers in performance, composition, or college/private teaching in music. This is accomplished through the following
emphases: (1) developing personal musicianship/performance skills; (2) acquiring knowledge of music
literature and music history; (3) understanding the philosophy of music; and (4) mastering a variety of
music-related techniques and methods.
MUSIC PERFORMANCE GRANTS
Grants in varying amounts are available based on student ability and willingness to participate in two or
more musical ensembles. Auditions are held throughout the year. For more specific information, write the
117
Dean of the School of Music.
OPPORTUNITIES FOR HEARING MUSIC
Students have many opportunities to attend music and cultural programs, both on and off campus. The
Central Kentucky Arts Series, located in Campbellsville, offers several music programs each year.
Campus performances include recitals by faculty, students, and guests, and concerts by choral and instrumental ensembles. All students majoring or minoring in music must attend 75 percent of the musical
events during the semesters they are studying applied music. After six semesters of applied study, the
requirement is reduced to 50 percent.
APPLIED MUSIC (private lessons)
Students majoring or minoring in music should enroll each semester in applied music until all requirements have been fulfilled—continuity is particularly important. Applied music students will perform
before a jury of music faculty members at the end of each semester, and also at least once in General
Recital each semester. Upper division Music majors who do not present a separate junior recital will be
expected to perform six to 12 minutes of music on a Junior Serenade. Music majors are required to perform at least one-half of an evening recital during the senior year.
PIANO PROFICIENCY
Since basic keyboard ability is a must for every musician, all music majors and minors must pass a Piano
Proficiency Examination. This normally should be completed by the end of the sophomore year. At the
latest it must be completed prior to the student’s Senior Recital hearing. A student must be enrolled in
class piano every semester until the Piano Proficiency Exam is passed.
VOCAL and CONDUCTING PROFICIENCY
Each student who completes a major or minor in music should be able to make effective use of his/her
natural instrument, the voice, and to conduct a choral group. For this reason, each music major or minor
is required to pass Vocal and Conducting Proficiency requirements. These may be met through course
work or by examination. Music majors must fulfill this requirement prior to their senior recital hearing.
Music minors are expected to meet the requirements before beginning their final year of study.
UPPER DIVISION
The work of all students seeking a degree program in music will be reviewed by the music faculty at the
end of their sophomore year. The progress and potential of the student in both course work and applied
music will be considered at this time. If, in the opinion of the Music Faculty, the student has made satisfactory progress and shows the potential to complete the upper level courses satisfactorily, s/he will be
advised to pursue the completion of a degree in music.
DEGREE PLANS
Bachelor of Music: Students pursuing the Bachelor of Music degree choose from an area of concentration in either Church Music or Music Education. The Church Music program prepares the student for service as a church musician and/or for graduate study at a seminary or other graduate institution. The Music
Education program prepares students for teaching in the public schools and/or for graduate study.
Bachelor of Arts in Music: The area of concentration in this program is music in general or TheoryComposition emphasis, without the specialization toward Church Music or Music Education. Students
who are looking to graduate study and careers in performance or college/private teaching, as well as students who want more freedom to take course work outside the field music, may be interested in pursuing
the Bachelor of Arts degree.
BACHELOR OF MUSIC
(Area in Church Music—Vocal Emphasis)
Theory
MUS 101
Theory I
MUS 102
Theory II
MUS 201
Theory III
MUS 202
Theory IV
118
16
3
3
3
3
MUS 401
Form and Analysis
2
Two hours selected from the following courses
MUS 301
Counterpoint
MUS 302
Orchestration
MUS 303
Choral Arranging
2
2
2
Music History and Literature
MUS 121
Music Literature I
MUS 122
Music Literature II
MUS 321
Music History I
MUS 322
Music History II
MUS 323
Sacred Choral Literature
2
2
3
3
2
Music Education
Two hours selected from the following courses:
MUS 241
Woodwind Methods Class
MUS 242
Brass Methods Class
MUS 243
String Methods Class
MUS 244
Percussion Methods Class
MUS 343
Conducting I
MUS 344
Conducting II
MUS 442
Vocal Pedagogy and Literature
Church Music
MUS 361
Church Music Administration
MUS 362
Hymnology
MUS 363
Music Ministry with Children
MUS 364
Music Ministry with Youth and Adults
MUS 367
Music and Worship
MUS 380
Seminar
MUS 480
Field Study
Applied Music
Voice
Piano (after proficiency, organ)
Ensembles
Concert Chorus
Handbell Choir
2
12
9
1
1
1
1
2
2
3
17
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
18
14
4
6
5
1
Music Electives (not Ensemble)
3
Free Electives
2
BACHELOR OF MUSIC
(Area in Church Music - Piano Emphasis)
Theory
MUS 101
Theory I
MUS 102
Theory II
MUS 201
Theory III
MUS 202
Theory IV
MUS 401
Form and Analysis
16
3
3
3
3
2
MUS 301
Counterpoint
MUS 302
Orchestration
MUS 303
Choral Arranging
2
2
2
2
MUS 121
Music Literature I
MUS 122
Music Literature II
MUS 321
Music History I
2
2
3
14
119
MUS 322
MUS 323
MUS 424
Music History II
Piano Literature
3
2
2
Music Education
MUS 343
MUS 344
MUS 346
MUS 441
Conducting I
Conducting II
Accompanying
Piano Pedagogy and Literature
2
2
1
2
Church Music
MUS 361
MUS 362
MUS 363
MUS 364
MUS 365
MUS 367
MUS 380
MUS 480
Hymnology
Service Playing I
Music and Worship
Seminar
Field Study
3
3
3
3
1
3
1
1
7
18
Applied Music
Piano
Voice
Organ
18
12
4
2
Ensembles
Concert Chorus
Handbell Choir
6
5
1
Music Electives (Not Ensemble)
2
Free Electives
2
BACHELOR OF MUSIC
(Area in Church Music - Organ Emphasis)
Theory
MUS 101
Theory I
MUS 102
Theory II
MUS 201
Theory III
MUS 202
Theory IV
MUS 401
Form and Analysis
Two hours selected from the following:
MUS 301
Counterpoint
MUS 302
Orchestration
MUS 303
Choral Arranging
120
16
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
MUS 121
Music Literature I
MUS 122
Music Literature II
MUS 321
Music History I
MUS 322
Music History II
MUS 323
MUS 426
Organ Literature
2
2
3
3
2
2
14
Music Education
MUS 343
MUS 344
MUS 346
MUS 443
Conducting I
Conducting II
Accompanying
Organ Pedagogy
2
2
1
3
Church Music
MUS 361
3
8
19
MUS 362
MUS 363
MUS 364
MUS 365
MUS 366
MUS 367
MUS 380
MUS 480
Hymnology
Service Playing I
Service Playing II
Music and Worship
Seminar
Field Study
Applied Music
Organ
Voice
3
3
3
1
1
3
1
1
16
12
4
Ensembles
Concert Chorus
Handbell Choir
6
5
1
Music Electives (Not Ensemble)
2
Free Electives
2
BACHELOR OF MUSIC
(Area in Church Music - Instrumental Emphasis)
Theory
MUS 101
Theory I
MUS 102
Theory I
MUS 201
Theory III
MUS 202
Theory IV
MUS 401
Form and Analysis
MUS 301
Counterpoint
MUS 302
Orchestration
MUS 303
Choral Arranging
MUS 121
Music Literature I
MUS 122
Music Literature II
MUS 321
Music History I
MUS 322
Music History II
MUS 323
Music Education
MUS 343
Conducting I
MUS 344
Conducting II
MUS 442
One hour selected from the following courses
MUS 241
Woodwinds Methods Class
MUS 242
Brass Methods Class
MUS 243
Strings Methods Class
MUS 244
Church Music
MUS 361
MUS 362
MUS 363
MUS 364
MUS 367
MUS 480
Applied Music
Major
16
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
12
2
2
3
3
2
8
2
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
16
Hymnology
Music and Worship
Field Study
3
3
3
3
3
1
21
12
121
Voice
Class Piano or Applied Piano
6
3
Ensembles
Concert Band
Concert Chorus
Handbell Choir
Marching Band
8
2
2
2
2
Free Electives
2
BACHELOR OF MUSIC
(Area in Music Education - Vocal Emphasis)
Theory
MUS 101
Theory I
MUS 102
Theory II
MUS 201
Theory III
MUS 202
Theory IV
MUS 401
Form and Analysis
16
3
3
3
3
2
MUS 301
Counterpoint
MUS 302
Orchestration
MUS 303
Choral Arranging
MUS 121
Music Literature I
MUS 122
Music Literature II
MUS 321
Music History I
MUS 322
Music History II
2
2
3
3
Music Education
MUS 249
MUS 343
MUS 344
MUS 442
Instrumental Methods for Non-Instrumentalists
Conducting I
Conducting II
Vocal Pedagogy & Literature
1
2
2
3
10
Professional Education
ED 102
ED 320
ED 325
ED 410 or 411
ED 456
MUS 240
MUS 340
MUS 341
MUS 342
3
Human Development and Learning
3
3
Foundations of Secondary Education; P-4 Classroom Management 3
Student Teaching
12
Foundations and Principles of Music Education
2
Music Education in the Elementary Schools
3
Music Education in the Middle School
2
Music Education in the Secondary Schools
3
8
34
Applied Music
Piano
Voice
Organ
17
12
4
1
Ensembles (Concert Chorus)
3
Free Electives
2
BACHELOR OF MUSIC
(Area in Music Education - Piano Emphasis)
Theory
MUS 101
Theory I
MUS 102
Theory II
122
2
2
2
2
16
3
3
MUS 201
Theory III
MUS 202
Theory IV
MUS 401
Form and Analysis
MUS 301
Counterpoint
MUS 302
Orchestration
MUS 303
Choral Arranging
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
MUS 121
Music Literature I
MUS 122
Music Literature II
MUS 321
Music History I
MUS 322
Music History II
MUS 424
Piano Literature
2
2
3
3
2
12
Music Education
MUS 249
MUS 343
MUS 344
MUS 346
MUS 441
Conducting I
Conducting II
Accompanying
Piano Pedagogy
1
2
2
1
2
ED 102
ED 320
ED 325
ED 410 or 411
ED 456
MUS 240
MUS 340
MUS 341
MUS 342
3
3
3
Foundations of Secondary Education; P-4 Classroom Management 3
Student Teaching
12
2
3
2
3
8
34
Applied Music
Piano
Voice
Organ
17
12
4
1
Ensembles (Concert Chorus)
3
Free Electives
2
BACHELOR OF MUSIC
(Area in Music Education - Organ Emphasis)
Theory
MUS 101
Theory I
MUS 102
Theory II
MUS 201
Theory III
MUS 202
Theory IV
MUS 401
Form and Analysis
MUS 301
Counterpoint
MUS 302
Orchestration
MUS 303
Choral Arranging
MUS 121
Music Literature I
MUS 122
Music Literature II
MUS 321
Music History I
MUS 322
Music History II
16
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
12
2
2
3
3
123
MUS 426
Music Education
MUS 249
MUS 343
MUS 344
MUS 346
MUS 443
ED 102
ED 320
ED 325
ED 410 or 411
ED 456
MUS 240
MUS 340
MUS 341
MUS 342
Organ Literature
2
Conducting I
Conducting II
Accompanying
Organ Pedagogy
1
2
2
1
3
P-4 Classroom Management
Student Teaching
3
3
3
3
9
34
Applied Music
Organ
Voice
12
2
3
2
3
15
12
3
Ensembles
Concert Chorus
Any other
4
3
1
Free Electives
2
BACHELOR OF MUSIC
(Area in Music Education - Instrumental Emphasis)
Theory
MUS 101
Theory I
MUS 102
Theory II
MUS 201
Theory III
MUS 202
Theory IV
MUS 401
Form and Analysis
MUS 301
Counterpoint
MUS 302
Orchestration
MUS 303
Choral Arranging
124
16
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
MUS 121
Music Literature I
MUS 122
Music Literature II
MUS 321
Music History I
MUS 322
Music History II
2
2
3
3
10
Music Education
MUS 241
MUS 242
MUS 243
MUS 244
MUS 343
MUS 344
MUS 440
1
1
1
1
2
2
3
13
Woodwind Methods Class
Brass Methods Class
Conducting I
Conducting II
Instrumental Pedagogy & Literature
MUS 444
ED 102
ED 320
ED 325
ED 411
ED 456
MUS 240
MUS 341
Marching Band Techniques
2
28
P-4 Classroom Management
Student Teaching
Applied Music
Major
Voice
Any other instrument
3
3
3
3
12
2
2
18
12
2
4
Ensembles
Concert Band
Marching Band
6
3
3
Free Electives
2
BACHELOR OF ARTS (Area in Music)
Foreign Language
German
French
Minimum hours required 80-82
12
6
6
Musicianship
MUS 101
Theory I
MUS 102
Theory II
MUS 121
Music Literature I
MUS 122
Music Literature II
MUS 201
Theory III
MUS 202
Theory IV
MUS 321
Music History I
MUS 322
Music History II
MUS 325
Music in World Cultures
MUS 401
Form and Analysis
Two or three hours selected from the following Applied-Emphasis Literature:
MUS 424
Piano Literature
MUS 426
Organ Literature
MUS 440
Instrumental Pedagogy and Literature
MUS 442
Applied Music
Major (not composition or conducting)
Ensembles
Musicianship
MUS 101
MUS 102
MUS 121
2-3
2
2
3
3
21
16
5
Electives
Two-three hours in the music discipline (not ensembles)
Seventeen hours selected from any discipline (not Music Ensembles)
BACHELOR OF ARTS
(Area in Music - Theory/Composition Emphasis)
Foreign Language
German
French
36
3
3
2
2
3
3
3
3
2
2
19-20
2-3
17
12
6
6
36
Theory I
Theory II
Music Literature I
3
3
2
125
MUS 122
Music Literature II
MUS 201
Theory III
MUS 202
Theory IV
MUS 301
Counterpoint
MUS 302
Orchestration
MUS 303
Choral Arranging
MUS 321
Music History I
MUS 322
Music History II
MUS 325
MUS 401
Form and Analysis
Music Electives (not Ensembles)
Music Performance
Applied Composition
Applied Performance Major
Ensembles
Electives
Fourteen hours selected from any discipline (not Music Ensembles)
2
3
3
2
2
2
3
3
2
2
4
18
8
6
4
14
14
MUSIC MINOR
Students electing to minor in Music will meet the piano proficiency requirements and will enroll for
piano class or private piano study until the requirements are passed. Concert attendance is also required
during semesters of applied music study. Minors must also pass the Vocal/Conducting Proficiency.
Theory
MUS 101
MUS 102
Theory I
Theory II
3
3
6
History
MUS 121
MUS 122
Music Literature I
Music Literature II
2
2
4
Applied (Voice, Keyboard, Instruments)
6
Ensemble (related to applied emphasis)
4
Music Electives (not ensembles)
8
CHURCH MUSIC MINOR
Students electing to minor in Church Music will meet the piano proficiency requirements and will enroll
for piano class or private piano study until the requirements are passed. Concert attendance is also required
during semesters of applied music study. Minors must also pass the Vocal/Conducting Proficiency.
126
Theory
MUS 101
MUS 102
Theory I
Theory II
3
3
6
History
MUS 121
MUS 122
Music Literature I
Music Literature II
2
2
4
Applied (Voice, Keyboard, Instruments)
5
Ensembles (related to applied emphasis)
4
Church Music Electives
Nine hours selected from the following courses:
MUS 323
MUS 343
Conducting I
MUS 344
Conducting II
MUS 361
MUS 362
Hymnology
MUS 363
9
2
2
2
3
3
3
MUS 364
MUS 365
Service Playing I
MUS 366
Service Playing II
MUS 367
Music and Worship
Applied Music (Voice, Keyboard, Instrumental)
3
1
1
3
1
CERTIFICATE IN SERVICE PLAYING
(With Emphasis in Organ)
Applied Organ
6
Concert Chorus
2
(This is included to provide experiences in choral music and the
responsibilities of a choral accompanist.)
MUS 100 or 101 Elementary Musicianship; Theory I
3
MUS 121
Music Literature I
2
MUS 122
Music Literature II
2
MUS 362 or 367 Hymnology; Music and Worship
3
MUS 365
Service Playing I
1
MUS 366
Service Playing II
1
MUS 380
Music Seminar
2
(This will focus on the various types of organs, pipe and electronic, and
will include field trips.)
MUS 426
Organ Literature
2
127
THE SCHOOL OF THEOLOGY
Dr. Walter Jackson, Dean
Dr. Dwayne Howell
Dr. John Hurtgen
Dr. Mark Medley
Dr. Ted Taylor
Dr. W. Morgan Patterson,
Scholar in Residence
It is the task of the School of Theology to carry forth the study of God as a wholehearted response of grat itude, worship, and stewardship to God as revealed in Jesus Christ. The heart of Christian Studies is a
comprehensive focus upon the Bible, biblical languages, theology, philosophy, pastoral ministries, church
history, Christian leadership, educational ministries, and evangelism. This is done as an integral part of
Campbellsville University, a scholarly community dedicated to the search for truth under the leadership
of the Holy Spirit.
PURPOSE
The School of Theology’s fourfold purpose is (1) to nurture each student believer’s individual relationship with God, enrich each student’s maturity of faith and knowledge about God, and assist in the development of Christian discipleship; (2) to equip scholars for deeper understanding of the scriptures as well
as the will and purpose of God for individuals, societies, and the whole human race; (3) to assist in the
preparation of Christians for secular or ministry vocations as well as for evangelistic, caring, and mission
outreach activities of the churches and institutions of the churches; and (4) to carry on the school’s educational work within the walls of the campus to places of invitation or opportunity to fulfill the mission
of the University and the Christian faith.
GRADUATE STUDY
A master’s degree is available in theology. See the graduate catalog for information.
SCHOOL GOALS
The School of Theology contributes four courses to the core undergraduate curriculum of the University
including two general survey introductory courses in biblical studies, a course in Religion in Life, and an
introduction to Philosophy. It is important to the University faculty that every student have a basic understanding of the information available through these four courses.
The primary academic work of the School of Theology is to maintain educational programs leading to a
Certificate in Christian Ministry, an A.S. degree in Christian Studies, a B.A. or B.S. degree in Christian
Studies including the area, major, and minor emphases listed below, and an M.Th. degree.
The purposes of the School of Theology include the equipping of those who have committed themselves
to Christian ministry as ordained or lay ministers within a local church setting; in the institutions of the
churches; or as servant ministers in the areas of missions, evangelism, theological education, or other outreach ministries. Students may choose from a variety of programs.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Biblical Studies (area, major, minor) teaching/preaching/researching
Philosophy (minor) teaching/preaching
Pastoral Ministries (area, major, minor) leading/advising/equipping/care and counseling
Educational Ministries (area, major, minor) faith nurturing, equipping, teaching/mentoring
Christian Social Ministries (area) needs ministry/advising
Sports Ministry (major, minor) relationship building/leading/witnessing
School of Theology degrees are designed to graduate able Christian ministers whose training also prepares
them for further educational growth in graduate professional or graduate academic theological education.
It is also a highly important goal of the School of Theology for each student to become an integral and
contributing citizen of society. While enrolled in the University, faculty of the School enables students to
develop habits of disciplined curiosity, constant and eager research and learning, willing service to others, and the higher virtues which are the personality traits of committed Christians. It is also an important
goal for every student of the School to accumulate a wide variety of learned ministry skills including the
use of his or her God-given talents and gifts. Practical internships for the exercise of classroom learnings
128
are maintained to enrich the practice of the Christian life and ministry.
Personal spiritual development is encouraged as a daily goal for faculty and student alike. The joy of each
believer’s personal relationship with God in Christ is to be nurtured in faithful Christ-like relationships
with others, cultivated in the disciplines of personal and corporate worship and in the traditional disciplines of study and learning.
B.A. AND B.S. DEGREES IN CHRISTIAN STUDIES
LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS
The Bachelor of Arts degree (B.A.) requires the student to complete 12 hours (four semesters) of languages. The Bachelor of Science degree (B.S.) does not require the language. For the B.A. degree, six
hours (two semesters) must be in one of the Biblical languages (Hebrew or Greek) with the remaining
six hours (two semesters) in a Biblical or modern language. A student must pursue a B.A. degree for the
Biblical Studies and Pastoral Ministries major or area. A student may pursue either a B.A. or B.S.
degree with a major or area in Educational Ministries, Christian Social Ministries, and Sports Ministry.
CORE REQUIREMENTS
While each program of study has its own focus, each student will build a foundation of Biblical,
Pastoral, Educational, and Theological/Philosophical aspects for Christian ministry.
Core Requirements for All CHS Area, Major, and Minor Programs
CHS
Upper Level Old Testament Course
CHS
Upper Level New Testament Course
CHS 230
Spiritual Formation
CHS 432
Christian Theology
CHS 471
Church History
Biblical Studies Area (B.A. Degree)
15
3
3
3
3
3
Core Requirements for Biblical Studies Area (see above)
Biblical Studies Area Requirements
Biblical Studies
Two courses from the following:
CHS 311
Wisdom and Poetic Literature
CHS 312
Studies in the OT Prophets
CHS 411
Studies in the Pentateuch
15
39
21
6
3
3
3
Two courses from the following
CHS 323
Studies in the Gospels
CHS 324
Studies in Paul
CHS 325
Studies in John
3
3
3
Biblical Studies Electives
CHS 271
Biblical Studies in the Holy Land
CHS 311
CHS 312
Studies in the Old Testament Prophets
CHS 314
Isaiah
CHS 323
CHS 324
Studies in Paul
CHS 325
Studies in John
CHS 328
General Letters (Hebrews-Jude)
CHS 380/480
Selected Topics
CHS 390/490
Independent Study
CHS 411
CHS 412
Intertestamental Period
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Pastoral Ministries Elective
CHS 251, CHS 352, CHS 353, CHS 354, CHS 380/480, CHS 451
6
9
3
129
Educational Ministries Elective
CHS 362, CHS 363, CHS 364, CHS 380/480, CHS 462, CHS 463
Philosophical and Theological Studies Electives
CHS 130, PHI 241, PHI 251, CHS 331, PHI 341, CHS/PHI 342, CHS/PHI 343,
CHS/PHI 345, PHI 361, CHS/PHI 434, CHS 436
6
Christian Studies Upper Division Electives
6
Biblical Studies Major (B.A. Degree)
Core Requirements for Biblical Studies Major (see above)
15
Biblical Studies Major Requirements
Biblical Studies
CHS 311
CHS 312
CHS 411
21
15
6
3
3
3
CHS 323
CHS 324
Studies in Paul
CHS 325
Studies in John
3
3
3
CHS 271
CHS 311
CHS 312
CHS 314
Isaiah
CHS 323
CHS 324
Studies in Paul
CHS 325
Studies in John
CHS 328
CHS 380/480
Selected Topics
CHS 390/490
Independent Study
CHS 411
CHS 412
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
3
Pastoral Ministries Elective or Educational Ministries Elective
CHS 251, CHS 352, CHS 353, CHS 354, CHS 362, CHS 363,
CHS 364, CHS 380/480, CHS 451, CHS 462, CHS 463
3
Philosophical and Theological Studies Elective
CHS 130, PHI 241, PHI 251, CHS 331, PHI 341, CHS/PHI 342,
CHS/PHI 343, CHS/PHI 345, PHI 361, CHS/PHI 434, CHS 436
3
Biblical Studies Minor
Core Requirements for Biblical Studies Minor (see above)
Biblical Studies Minor Requirements
CHS 271
CHS 311
CHS 312
CHS 214
Isaiah
CHS 323
CHS 324
Studies in Paul
CHS 325
Studies in John
CHS 328
CHS 380/480
Selected Topics
CHS 411
CHS 412
Intertestamental Literature
Christian Studies Upper Division Elective
130
3
15
12
9
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Philosophy Minor
Philosophy Minor Requirements
PHI 241
PHI 242
Critical Thinking
PHI 345
Philosophy of Religion
9
3
3
3
Philosophy Minor Electives
PHI 342
Ancient and Medieval Philosophy
PHI 343
Modern Philosophy
PHI 347
Ethics
PHI 380
Selected Topics
PHI 440
Twentieth Century Continental Philosophy
CHS 434
World Religions
12
3
3
3
3
3
3
Pastoral Ministries Area (B.A. degree)
Core Requirements for Pastoral Ministries Area (see above)
15
Pastoral Ministries Area Requirements
43
Pastoral Ministries
16
CHS 251
Ministry of Christian Leadership
3
CHS 352
Pastoral Ministries
3
CHS 353
Ministry of Proclamation
3
CHS 366
Ministry Practicum I
2
CHS 367
Ministry Practicum II
2
Choose One
3
CHS 354 or 451 Introduction to Christian Evangelism; Growing a Healthy Church
Electives in Pastoral Ministries
Upper Division Christian Studies or Philosophy
courses not listed and/or used above
ART 200
Crafts
MUS 361
MUS 362
Hymnology
MUS 367
Music and Worship
PSY 320
PSY 333
Group Dynamics
PSY 452
LS 350
SOC 331
Marriage and Family
TH 336
Religions Theater
12
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Biblical Studies
CHS 325, CHS 328, CHS 411, CHS 412
6
CHS 362, CHS 363, CHS 364, CHS 380/480, CHS 462, CHS 463
6
Philosophical and Theological Studies
CHS/PHI 345, PHI 361, CHS/PHI 434, CHS 436
3
Pastoral Ministries Major (B.A. degree)
Core Requirements for Pastoral Ministries Major (see above)
Pastoral Ministries Major Requirements
Pastoral Ministries
CHS 251
CHS 352
Pastoral Ministries
CHS 353
CHS 365
Christian Studies Internship
Choose One
15
21
15
3
3
3
3
3
131
CHS 354 or 451
Introduction to Christian Evangelism; Growing a Healthy Church
Electives in Pastoral Ministries
Upper Division Christian Studies or Philosophy
courses not listed and/or used above
MUS 361
MUS 362
Hymnology
MUS 367
Music and Worship
PSY 320
PSY 333
Group Dynamics
PSY 452
LS 350
SOC 331
Marriage and Family
TH 336
Religious Theater
Pastoral Ministries Minor
Core Requirements for Pastoral Ministries Minor (see above)
6
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
15
Pastoral Ministries Major Requirements
12
Pastoral Ministries
9
CHS 251
3
CHS 352
Pastoral Ministries
3
Choose One
3
CHS 354 or 451 Introduction to Christian Evangelism; Growing a Healthy Church
Educational Ministries Area (B.A. or B.S. Degree)
Core Requirements for the Educational Ministries Area (see above)
3
15
Educational Ministries Area Requirements
The following four courses:
CHS 362
Teaching for Life Change
CHS 363
Resources for Educational Ministries
CHS 462
Intergenerational Ministries
CHS 463
Innovative Educational Ministries
Educational Ministries Electives.
CHS 364
Introduction to Youth Ministry
CHS 365
CHS 366/367
Ministry Practicum
CHS 380/480
Selected Topics
CHS 390/490
Independent Study
42
21
12
3
3
3
3
9
3
3
2/2
1-3
1-3
Related Studies in Psychology
PSY 311, PSY 321, PSY 323, PSY 333, PSY 452
6
Biblical Studies
CHS 325, CHS 328, CHS 411, CHS 412
3
Pastoral Ministries Electives
CHS 411, CHS 412
3
Philosophical and Theological Studies Electives
6
CHS/PHI 345, PHI 361, CHS 432, CHS/PHI 434, CHS 436, CHS 471
Elective from the following
CHS
Upper Division Elective
MUS 362
Hymnology
132
3
3
3
MUS 367
LS 220
LS 330
LS 350
TH 336
Music and Worship
Camp and Camp Counseling
Church Recreation
Religious Theater
Educational Ministries Major (B.A. or B.S. Degree)
Core Requirements for the Educational Ministries Majors (see above)
3
3
3
3
3
15
Educational Ministries Major Requirements
The following four courses:
CHS 362
CHS 363
CHS 462
CHS 463
21
15
12
3
3
3
3
Educational Ministries Electives
CHS 364
CHS 365
CHS 366/367
Ministry Practicum
CHS 380/480
Selected Topics
CHS 390/490
Independent Study
3
3
3
2/2
1-3
1-3
Related Studies in Psychology
PSY 311
Learning Theory and Behavior Modification
PSY 321
PSY 323
PSY 333
Group Dynamics
PSY 452
3
3
3
3
3
Elective from the following
CHS Upper Division Elective
MUS 362
Hymnology
MUS 367
Music and Worship
LS 220
Camp and Camp Counseling
LS 330
Church Recreation
LS 350
TH 336
Religious Theater
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Educational Ministries Minor (B.A. or B.S. Degree)
Core Requirements for the Educational Ministries Minors (see above)
Educational Ministries Minor Requirements
The following two of three courses
CHS 362
CHS 363
CHS 462
Educational Ministries Electives
CHS 364
CHS 365
CHS 366/367
Ministry Practicum
CHS 380/480
Selected Topics
CHS 390/490
Independent Study
CHS 463
3
3
15
12
9
6
3
3
3
2/2
1-3
1-3
3
133
Christian Social Ministries Area (B.A. or B.S. degree)
Core Requirements for Christian Social Ministries Area (see above)
3
15
Core Social Ministries Area Requirements
Christian Studies Requirements
Biblical Studies
CHS 325, CHS 328, CHS 380/480, CHS 411, CHS 412
Pastoral Ministries
CHS 251
Ministry of Church Leadership
CHS 362
Psychology Requirements
PSY 311
PSY 333
Group Dynamics
PSY 341
Social Psychology
PSY 411
Abnormal Psychology
PSY 414
One of the following:
ED 320
PSY 321
PSY 323
Sociology Requirements
SOC 361
Social Statistics
SOC 362
Methods of Research
SOC 473
Social Theories
One course from the following:
SOC 224
SOC 331
Marriage and Family
SOC/CJ 332
SOC 342
3
3
3
3
3
12
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
12
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Criminal Justice Requirements
CJ 101
Introduction to Criminal Justice System
CJ/SOC 235
CJ 334
CJ 421
3
3
3
3
Physiology Requirements
BIO 221
Anatomy and Physiology
4
Sports Ministry Major (B.A. or B.S. degree) with emphasis
Core Requirements for Sports Ministry Major (see above)
CHS
CHS
CHE 230
CHS 432
CHS 471
Upper Level Old Testament Course
Upper Level New Testament Course
Spiritual Formation
Christian Theology
Church History
Sports Ministry Major Requirements
134
43
9
6
4
15
3
3
3
3
3
12
CHS 350
CHS 351
CHS 354
CHS 365
The Christian Coach
Introduction to Evangelism
Sports Ministry Internship
3
3
3
3
The following “Emphases” are guidelines. The students may choose all 13 hours from one
emphasis, or any 13 hours from the three emphases, 6 hours must be upper level courses.
I.
Fitness/Wellness Emphasis
HPE 230
Anatomy and Physiology
HPE 232
Emergency Response
PE 390 or 400
Kinesiology/Biomechanics; Physiology of Exercise
HPE 420 or 450
Health Related Fitness; Physical Activity and Aging
II. Sport Programming Emphasis
HPE 232
Emergency Response
LS 370 or PE 442 Recreation Facilities Management; Organization
and Administration of Physical Education
PE 430
Choose four hours from 1 hour Activity courses or from 2 hour Coaching Courses
PE 312
Coaching Baseball
PE 342
Coaching Basketball
PE 345
Coaching Softball
PE 410
Coaching Volleyball and Tennis
III. Aquatic Emphasis
LS 121
HPE 232
LS 391 or 476
LS 340
LS 466
13
4
3
3
3
13
3
3
3
4
2
2
2
2
13
Emergency Response
Adaptive Land and Water-Based Physical Education;
Canoeing/Craft
Water Safety Instructor
1
3
3
3
3
Sports Ministry Minor (B.A. or B.S. degree)
CHS 111
Introduction to Old Testament Study
3
CHE 121
Introduction to New Testament Study
3
CHS 130 or 230
Religion in Life; Spiritual Formation
3
CHS 361
Introduction to Educational Ministries
3
CHE 350
3
CHS 351
The Christian Coach
3
CHS 365
Sports Ministry Internship
3
PE 430
3
ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN CHRISTIAN STUDIES Minimum hours required 65
This 65-semester hour program of General Education (35 hours) and Christian Studies (27 hours) courses
provides a generous two years of University learning in a Christian environment. It is designed to assist the
student to grow academically and spiritually in preparation for ongoing Christian Ministry or more
advanced study. All credits earned may be applied to an A.S. degree, and also applied toward a B.S. degree.
CHRISTIAN STUDIES REQUIREMENTS
Core Requirements
CHS 130 or 230
CHS 432
CHS 471
Religion in Life; Spiritual Formation
Introduction to Christian Theology
Church History
27
12
3
3
3
135
Choose one:
CHS 350
CHS 352
CHS 361
Introduction to Pastoral Ministry
Biblical Survey Requirement
CHS 111
Introduction to Old Testament Study (3)
CHS 121
Introduction to New Testament Study (3)
3
Biblical Studies Requirement
CHS
Upper Division New Testament Elective (3)
CHS
Upper Division Old Testament Elective (3)
6
Electives: Choose two courses from courses listed below:
Biblical Studies
CHS 271
Biblical Studies in the Holy Land (3)
CHS 311
Wisdom and Poetic Literature of Old Testament (3)
CHS 312
Studies in the Old Testament Prophets (3)
CHS 314
Isaiah (3)
CHS 323
Studies in the Gospels (3)
CHS 324
Studies in Paul (3)
CHS 325
Studies in John (3)
CHS 328
General letters (3)
CHS 411
Studies in the Pentateuch (3)
CHS 412
Intertestamental Period (3)
6
CHS 361
CHS 362
CHS 363
CHS 364
CHS 462
CHS 463
Introduction to Educational Ministries (3)
Teaching for Life Change (3)
Resources for Educational Ministries (3)
Introduction to Youth Ministry (3)
Intergenerational Ministries (3)
Innovative Educational Ministries (3)
Pastoral Ministries
CHS 251
CHS 352
CHS 353
CHS 354
CHS 366-367
CHS 451
Ministry of Christian Leadership (3)
Pastoral Ministries
Introduction to Christian Evangelism
Ministry Practicum I and II (2)/(2)
Growing a Healthy Church (3)
Philosophical and Theological Studies
PHI 241
Introduction to Philosophy (3)
PHI 242
Critical thinking (3)
CHS 331
Renaissance and Reformation (3)
PHI 341
Ethical Teachings of Jesus (3)
PHI 345
Philosophy of Religion (3)
PHI 361
Ethics (3)
PHI 431
Contemporary Theology (3)
PHI 434
World Religions (3)
Free Electives
136
3
3
3
6
CERTIFICATE IN CHRISTIAN MINISTRY
This program is a congruent unit of study consisting of 27 semester hours of credit. It is designed to
assist ministers concurrently serving churches and/or ministers who have been unable to engage in postsecondary study of a more lengthy nature. All courses taught in this program are fully accredited and
may be later applied toward degree programs where they match the degree requirements.
CHS 111
CHS 121
CHS 252
CHS 352
CHS 353
CHS 354
CHS 432
CHS 471
CHS
Introduction to Bivocational Ministry
Pastoral Ministries
Christian Theology
Church History
Upper Level Biblical Elective
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
137
Description of Courses
Each course offered by Campbellsville University is indexed in the pages which follow. All course titles are
preceded with a two or three-letter code, indicating the discipline responsible for the course. Freshman-level
courses are numbered 100-199; sophomore courses 200-299; and junior-level and senior-level courses are
numbered 300-499. The designated units of credit granted for successful completion of the course are listed
with the course title. Prerequisites for courses and scheduling requirements are also indicated.
The University reserves the right to alter the schedule of courses and the courses offered as circumstances
dictate.
ACCOUNTING
(School of Business and Economics )
ACC 223
Four hours
An introduction to financial accounting concepts and principles as they apply to various
forms of business for profit. The role of accounting information in decision-making, financial statement interpretation and use, communicating accounting knowledge, and the ability
to think and apply accounting know ledge are collectively the focus. Prerequisite:
sophomore standing or high school accounting.
ACC 224
Four hours
A continuation of ACC 223 with introduction of managerial accounting principles and systems, planning and control, current management trends, and applications to real-world problems. Prerequisite: ACC 223 or equivalent.
ACC 330
Three hours
A study of information systems in the Accounting profession. Focus is on designing and
using information systems, improving communication skills, and using information in decision making. Prerequisites: ACC 223, ACC 224, CIS 100.
ACC 351
Three hours
In-depth study of accounting topics, preparing students to understand and critically evaluate
accounting, as well as “do” accounting. Includes theoretical structure, error analysis, financial statements, revenue recognition, and study of the asset section of the balance sheet.
Prerequisites: ACC 223, ACC 224. Fall semester.
ACC 354
Three hours
Continuation of in-depth study, including the liability and equity sections of the balance
sheet, debt securities, leases, pensions, income taxes, stockholders’ equity, and earnings per
share. Prerequisite: ACC 351. Spring semester.
ACC 360
Managerial Accounting
Three hours
Interpretation and use of accounting data to solve management problems. Management and
economic concepts applied to accounting data. Cost concepts, variance analysis, process
costs, variable costing, capital investment decisions, master budgets, cost estimation and
analysis are topics. Prerequisites: ACC 224, ECO 222. Spring semester.
ACC 362
Cost Accounting
Three hours
Determination of product or service cost, as information for costs of good sold and inventory valuation. Also includes internal accounting information for management functions.
Prerequisites: ACC 223, ACC 224. Spring semester.
ACC 421
Auditing
Three hours
Introduction to audit methodology, including risk analysis, use of quantitative tools and
expert systems, audit judgment, and development of a question attitude in the constantly
changing audit environment. Prerequisites: ACC 351 and 362. Spring semester.
ACC 431
Three hours
Covers the partnership form of business organization, particularly the nature, formation,
ownership changes, and liquidations. A study in consolidations and the related FASB statements is made. Prerequisite: ACC 354. Fall semester.
ACC 442
Three hours
Study of consolidations is continued. Additionally, the course covers segmental accounting
138
and the area of not-for-profit accounting, including governmental and fiduciary accounting.
Prerequisite: ACC 431. Spring semester.
ACC 452
Federal Taxation II
Three hours
Study of the fundamental concepts of the federal income tax system as applied to entities
other than individuals, with course work focusing on problem solving and tax planning.
Prerequisites: ACC 224, 410.
ACC 470
Contemporary Issues in Accounting
Three hours
A study of contemporary issues in the public accounting profession. Emphasis is on the
application of financial accounting, auditing, taxation, and business law concepts to real
world situations. Prerequisite: Senior standing.
ACC 485
Internship
One to Six hours
Designed to provide the student with experience in business or accounting office. Open to
students with senior standing in Accounting. Faculty approval required before registration.
ACC 490
Independent Study
One to Six hours
Open to seniors with a 2.50 or higher overall GPA, and 2.80 cumulative average in
Accounting who show ability to pursue independent study. Faculty approval required before
registration.
ADMINISTRATIVE TECHNOLOGY
(School of Business and Economics)
AT 130
Three hours
For students with no previous typewriting instruction. Taught in computer lab, using personal computer keyboards. Parts of equipment, layout of keyboard, emphasis on speed and
accuracy, and basic skills for personal use. Fall and Spring semesters.
AT 140
Three hours
Business and professional papers, forms, reports, etc. Emphasis on accuracy and greater achievement in keyboarding speed. Prerequisite: AT 130 or equivalent. Fall and Spring semesters.
AT 222
One hour
This course serves as an introduction to business presentations through the use of a presentation program. A hands-on approach will be utilized as students complete introductory
through advanced applications. Fall and Spring semesters.
AT 223
One hour
This course serves as an introduction to database applications using a database program. A
hands-on approach will be utilized as students complete introductory through advanced
applications. Fall and Spring semesters.
AT 270
Three hours
This course includes practical office keyboarding, designed to provide final job competency
training. Continued emphasis on accuracy and speed building. Much independent work.
Prerequisite: AT 140 or equivalent. Spring semester.
AT 320
Three hours
This course serves as an introduction to microcomputer applications. Lecture, discussion,
and intensive “hands-on” experience with Microsoft Word and Excel will be utilized. An
Internet project will be included. Prerequisite: AT 130 or permission by instruction. Fall and
spring semesters.
AT 321
Three hours
Study of the administrative tasks performed in an office. Practice of duties usually performed
by administrative office workers. Topics include word processing, transmittal services,
records management, financial and legal assistance. Fall and Spring semesters.
AT 325
Three hours
Introduction to administrative medical secretary’s career. Defines tasks that a medical secretary
performs, describes various work environments, and introduces medical ethics and medical law
as they apply to the medical secretary. Medical terminology is introduced. Spring semester.
AT 340
Three hours
Study of business communication, writing various types of business letters, memos, and
139
reports. Practicing listening skills, exploring nonverbal communication, writing resumes and
application letters. Interviewing for employment, conducting meetings, and giving oral presentations. Fall and spring semesters.
AT 350
Three hours
Study of electronic, micrographic, and paper information resources of an organization,
including the systems used to classify, sort, retrieve, protect, and preserve records. Planning
systems that control the creation of information, store and retrieve information, and dispose
of inactive information. Fall semester.
AT 385/485 Office Internship
Three or Six hours
This course involves a parallel or cooperative work assignment in an office supervised and
coordinated by a faculty member. Periodic seminars and assignments related to the job are
required. Fall, spring, or summer terms.
AT 400
Career Planning and Job Searching
One hour
This is a survey course in which traditional and innovative careers are discussed, along with
methods of gathering relevant career information, including job trends, the job search
process, resume designing, and job interviewing. On demand.
AT 490
Independent Study
One to Three hours
Senior research projects for students with a 2.50 cumulative GPA, and 2.80 in Administrative
Technology. Open to students with a major, minor, or emphasis in Administrative
Technology. A term paper will result from this project. Second enrollment possible. Consent
of AT faculty member prior to registration.
ART
(College of Arts and Sciences)
ART 101
Drawing I
Three hours
Instruction for beginning drawing with practice in drawing, perspective, shading, form and
composition, in the classroom and on location. Students prepare a folio of their work for endof-semester exhibit. Six hours studio class per week.
ART 110
Understanding Art
Two hours
A survey of ancient art to art of the present, with emphasis on art principles and how they
are related to everyday life.
ART 120
Elements of Design
Three hours
Problems in Two-Dimensional design and the use of art techniques, collections of problems
presented at the end of the semester. Six hours studio class per week.
ART 202
Drawing II
Three hours
Continuation of Drawing I. Field trips and outside sketching involving figure drawing, portrait drawing, and color drawing. Collected problems are made into a folio with selected
drawings placed on exhibit at the end of the semester. Prerequisite: ART 101. Six hours studio class per week.
ART 214
Painting I
Three hours
Oil painting and painting techniques, color mixing, picture making and color/value relationships. Painting from still life. Exhibit at end of semester. Prerequisites: ART 101; ART 120.
Six hours studio class per week.
ART 215
Ceramics I
Three hours
An introduction in pottery techniques including pinch, coil, slab and the use of the potter’s wheel,
preparation of glazes, the use of the electric kiln and techniques of glazing. A collection of selected projects are to be presented at the end of the semester. Six hours studio class per week.
ART 221
Three hours
Continuation of Elements of Design. A development of the principles of art with emphasis
on three-dimensional concepts and individual creativity. The three-dimensional design study
includes modeling, carving, and space organization. A collection of problem solutions presented at end of semester. Prerequisite: ART 120. Six hours studio class per week.
ART 222
Sculpture I
Three hours
Three-dimensional form in clay, plaster, wire, and mixed-media sculpture, including figure
140
and animal work. A portfolio of projects are to be presented at end of semester. Prerequisites:
ART 120; ART 221. Six hours studio class per week.
ART 233
Jewelry Design I
Three hours
Elementary silversmith techniques starting from flat silver and bezel. Exhibit at end of
semester (non-credit participation encouraged). This class will be offered in the evenings.
Prerequisites: ART 120; ART 221. Six hours studio class per week.
ART 300
Stagecraft II
Three hours
An introduction to the technical aspects of school play production with instruction in design,
plans, and construction of sets for a play. (This course w ill be coordinated with Drama 300 and
may count tow ard a minor in D rama.) Prerequisite: ART 120. Six hours studio class per week.
ART 302
Drawing III
Three hours
Continuation of Drawing II. Emphasis on original work and making of preliminary drawings
for other techniques of art, as well as drawings for reproduction. Prerequisite: ART 202. Six
hours studio class per week.
ART 310
Art History I
Three hours
A survey of world Art from the prehistoric era through the Gothic art of Europe. Lectures,
supplemented by slides, videos and teaching aids. A short research paper, projects related to
period of study and a field trip. Prerequisite: sophomore level.
ART 311
Art History II
Three hours
A survey of the history of Art from the Renaissance through contemporary trends. Lectures,
supplemented by slides, films, reproductions of paintings, and teaching aids. A field trip to
a museum will be encouraged. Prerequisite: sophomore level.
ART 314
Painting II
Three hours
Continuation of Painting I with problems in painting people and landscapes using acrylic
paints. Exhibit at end of semester. Prerequisite: ART 101; ART 214 or demonstrated equivalent ability. Six hours studio class per week.
ART 315
Ceramics II
Three hours
Continuation of Ceramics I. Introduction to production ware, wheel-thrown or fabricated,
and advanced glazing techniques with emphasis on either ceramic sets or glaze calculations.
A collection of selected projects are to be presented at the end of the semester. Prerequisite:
ART 215. Six hours studio class per week.
ART 320
Photography
Three hours
Introduction to picture taking. Dark room practice and development of film and prints in
black and white process. Field trips with emphasis on composition, lighting, exposure, and
care of equipment. (The use of a 35 mm camera using interchangeable lens is required.) Six
hours studio class per week. Prerequisite: junior level.
ART 321
Three hours
Advanced visual problems in principles of two-dimensional pictorial composition. Outside
reading supplements required. Collection of problem solutions presented at end of semester.
ART 322
Sculpture II
Three hours
The design and construction of built-up sculptural assemblies in choice of clay, wood, plastic, metal or any combination. A portfolio of projects are to be presented at end of semester.
ART 330
Three hours
This course w ill enable the student to apply methods of teaching art, attitudes and manipulation of materials, essential to classroom activities in the primary through fifth grades. Emphasis
is placed on the developmental stages of art and how these are affected by the intellectual,
physical, perceptual, aesthetic, creative, emotional, and social growth of a child. Field and clinical observation hours re-enforce the concepts. Prerequisite: to Teacher Education Program.
ART 333
Jewelry Design II
Three hours
Continuation of Jewelry Design I. Advanced problems in the design and making of jewelry
with instruction in preparation for fabrication. Prerequisite: Jewelry Design I. Six hours studio class per week.
141
ART 335
Printmaking I
Three hours
Introduction to fine art printing and printing processes in intaglio, relief, serigraphy, and
plano graphic methods. Exhibit at end of semester. Prerequisites: ART 101; ART 120. Six
hours studio class per week.
ART 350
Watercolor Painting I
Three hours
Techniques of transparent water color painting, color mixing, and the painting of landscapes.
Class demonstrations and field trips included. A portfolio of selected paintings are to be presented at end of semester. Prerequisite: ART101 and ART 120. Six hours studio class per week.
ART 410
Three hours
An intensive study of the development of Art from the Impressionists to post-modern styles
of the twentieth century. Lectures will be supplemented by slides, films, and reproductions
of paintings. A field trip to a museum will be encouraged. Prerequisite: ART 311.
ART 411
World Art
Three hours
A survey of ethnographic art history from India, Africa, China, Japan, the Americas, and the
Islamic World. Lectures supplemented by slides, videos, teaching aids, and one planned
museum field trip.
ART 414
Painting III
Three hours
Advanced painting in oil or acrylic paint with emphasis on creativity and the development of a
personal style. Exhibit at end of semester. Prerequisite: ART314. Six hours studio class per week.
ART 421
Digital Graphics I
Three hours
Instruction in principles of digital design used for advertising design utilizing various software programs. Prerequisites: ART 101; ART 120. Materials approximately $50 required.
Six hours studio class per week. Offered on demand.
ART 422
Digital Graphics II
Three hours
Continuation of Digital Graphics I. Digital art design of advanced principles for use in the
workplace for advertising, magazines, newspapers, brochures, animation, utilizing software
programs, digital camera, scanner and other recently developed technology for visual design.
Prerequisite: ART 421.
ART 431
Secondary School Arts and Crafts
Three hours
Arts and crafts for teaching in middle and secondary schools, adult education or rehabilitation programs, with instruction in organization of teaching facilities and acquisition of materials. Prerequisites: To Teacher Education, ART 330. Three hours lecture, three hours studio
class per week.
ART 432-433 Studio Problems I
Two to Three hours
Special studies in advanced work in an art field, chosen by the student with the instructor’s
approval. Independent work with frequent consultations between instructor and student.
Exhibit at end of semester. Two hours credit for 4 hours work per week or three hours credit for 6 hours work per week. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
ART 435
Printmaking II
Three hours
Continuation of ART 335. Specialized techniques including aquatint, lithography, serigraphy, and relief including printing multiple colors. Prerequisite: ART 335. Six hours studio
class per week.
ART 442-443 Studio Problems II
Two to Three hours
Similar to Studio Problems I. Continuing previous problems or investigating another phase
of Art Techniques. Exhibit at end of semester. Two hours credit for 4 hours work per week
or three hours credit for 6 hours work per week. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
ART 450
Three hours
A continuation of Water Color I, with emphasis on advanced compositions and techniques.
Prerequisite: ART 350. Six hours studio class per week.
ART 460
Supervised Field Experience
One to Four hours
Students are placed with cooperating firms for on-the-job training in an area of Art selected
and approved by the Art Faculty. Written reports to be submitted by the firm and the student
to the supervising instructor. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Credit commensurate with
time worked and experience; the course is repeatable up to twelve semester hours.
142
ART 470
Senior Exhibit
One hour
A retrospective of works from each studio course. Required of all Seniors, Area or Major.
Prerequisite: senior level.
ART 390/490 Special Studies in Art History
One to Three hours
Independent, individual study, and research in a designated period of Art History. Limited to
students majoring or minoring in Art. Enrollees should be able to travel to historical sites,
museums, or libraries if necessary. Prerequisites: ART 310; ART 311; and ART 410.
BIOLOGY
BIO 103
Environment and Man
Three hours
An examination of man’s relationship to the environment with an emphasis on current environmental problems. This is a general education course and does not count toward a major
or minor in biology.
BIO 104
Environment and Man Laboratory
One hour
A supplement to BIO 103 for students in the K-4 education program. One 150-minute laboratory per week.
BIO 110
Biology
Three hours
An examination of basic biological principles and concepts including a survey of the five
kingdoms. This course is a general education course and does not count toward a major or
minor in biology.
BIO 111
Biology Laboratory
One hour
A supplement to BIO 110 for students in the K-4 education program. One 150-minute laboratory per week.
BIO 200
Biological Concepts
Three hours
A foundation course for biology majors and minors. This course will introduce the student to
basic biological concepts including biochemistry, metabolism, respiration, photosynthesis, mitosis, meiosis, genetics, ecology and evolution. Includes one 150-minute laboratory per week.
BIO 201
Zoology
Four hours
A systematic survey of the structure and function of animals. Includes one 150-minute laboratory per week.
BIO 202
Botany
Four hours
A study of the structure, development, physiology and classification of plants. Includes one
150-minute laboratory per week.
BIO 205/305 Laboratory in Biology: Selected Topics
One to Two hours
This course is designed to accommodate transfer students who need a separate laboratory
course in anatomy and physiology, botany, zoology or microbiology.
BIO 206/306 Lecture in Biology: Selected Topics
One to Three hours
This course is designed to accommodate transfer students and other students with special circumstances who need a 200/300 level biology course without the associated laboratory.
BIO 210
Environment and Man; Field Studies
Three hours
Similar in content to BIO 103 with special emphasis on a selected region of the U.S. A two
week field trip is included.
BIO 221
Human Anatomy and Physiology I
Four hours
An introduction to the structure and function of the human body including the integumentary, skeletal, muscular, and nervous systems. If a professional or graduate school requires
anatomy and physiology, four hours can be counted on a biology major or minor; however,
to receive four hours of credit, the student must complete the sequence, I and II. Includes one
150-minute laboratory per week. Prerequisite: CHE 101 or consent of instructor.
BIO 222
Anatomy and Physiology II
Four hours
A continuation of BIO 221 that covers the endocrine, cardiovascular, lymphatic, respiratory,
digestive, excretory, and reproductive systems. Prerequisite: BIO 221 or consent of instructor.
BIO 300
Paleontology
A study of the ecology, morphology and evolution of ancient life forms.
Three hours
143
BIO 302
Environmental Science
Three hours
An examination of human relationship to and impact on the environment with an emphasis
on current environmental problems. This course is designed for students in the environment
science minor and does not count on biology major or minor.
BIO 310
Nutrition
Three hours
A survey of the nutrients required for proper growth and maintenance of the body. This course
is cross-referenced with HE 310 and does not count toward a major or minor in biology.
BIO 315
Research Methods
Two hours
An overview of methods used in the collection, analysis, interpretation and presentation of
scientific data. Experimental design, literature search techniques, statistical treatment of
data, preparation of figures and tables, scientific writing and oral presentation will be covered. One lecture/recitation and one 100-minute laboratory per week. Majors should enroll
in BIO 315 during their second year of study.
BIO 317
Plant Taxonomy
Three hours
A study of flowering plant classification and of the local flora. Includes two 100 minute laboratories per week. BIO 110 or BIO 202 recommended.
BIO 320
Immunology
Three hours
An examination of selected topics concerning the theory and practice of immunology.
Includes one 100-minute laboratory per week.
BIO 321
Microbiology
Five hours
A study of the form, function and importance of micro-organisms with an emphasis on bacteria. Includes two 100-minute laboratories per week.
BIO 332
Entomology
Three hours
An introductory survey of the insects and related arthropods. Includes anatomy, classification,
ecology, and identification of representative insects. Includes one 100-minute laboratory per week.
BIO 341
Ecology
Three hours
An examination of basic principles governing the structure and the function of ecological systems
and the distribution and abundance of organisms. Includes one 100-minute laboratory per week.
BIO 342
Field Study in Biology
One to Three hours
A field trip of variable duration (1-2 weeks) to selected regions of the U.S. preceded by supportive lectures that examine the biology of the region to be visited. Prerequisite: consent of
instructor(s).
BIO 344
Genetics
Three hours
An introductory study of the patterns of inheritance with an emphasis on the structure and
function of the hereditary material.
BIO 348
Medical Terminology
Three hours
An introduction to the study of medical language related to the human body. Prerequisites:
BIO 201/BIO 202, BIO 221 and 222 recommended.
BIO 362
Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy
Five hours
An examination of the phylogeny and ontogeny of the vertebrates. Phylogenetic relationships are examined by comparison of the anatomy and development of selected vertebrates.
Includes two 100-minute laboratories per week. Prerequisite: BIO 201 or equivalent.
BIO 371
Ornithology
Four hours
An introduction to birds including general biology, form and function, behavior, systematics, and ecology. Laboratory and field techniques for the identification of major bird features
and the local avifauna will be stressed. Course includes a laboratory equivalent to one 50minute session per week. Prerequisites: BIO 201 and 201L.
BIO 372
Ichthyology
Four hours
A student of fish including structure, function, systematics, evolution, behavior, ecology, and
conservation. Freshwater fish of the Green River drainage will be emphasized. One 150minute laboratory per week.
BIO 400
Special Topics
One to Four hours
A special course offered on demand to advanced biology students. The course may be repeat-
144
ed for credit provided the topics differ. Consent of instructor is required. Possible special
topics include aquatic biology, human genetics, medical microbiology, natural history of the
vertebrates, ornithology, stream ecology, parasitology and marine biology
BIO 400
Marine Biology
Three hours
A study of the physical, chemical, and biological components and processes in the marine
ecosystems. Prerequisites: BIO 201 or BIO 202 recommended.
BIO 410
Cell Biology
Three hours
A study of the basic concepts of structure and function at the cellular, subcellular and molecular levels of organization.
BIO 415
Aquatic Biology
Three hours
Study of the structure, function, and ecology of freshwater ecosystems, with special emphasis on lake and stream ecosystems.
BIO 422
Animal Physiology
Four hours
A study of the function and control mechanisms of cells, tissues, organs and organ systems of animals. One 150-minute laboratory per week. Prerequisites: BIO 201 and CHE 111 recommended.
BIO 441
Three hours
An analysis of current issues and topics in conservation biology. Prerequisite: BIO 341
BIO 450
Three hours
An overview of instructional methods and materials for teaching science in middle and secondary schools. This course is required for students in these science education programs.
BIO 480
Seminar
One to Three hours
Student conducted literature survey or creative project with the guidance of a faculty sponsor. The topic, methods and number of credit hours are determined in consultation with the
sponsoring faculty. Results are presented orally in a public seminar and in a comprehensive
written report. Prerequisites: Junior standing, BIO 315, Consent of faculty sponsor.
BIO 390/490 Research
One to Three hours (6 hours maximum)
Student conducted independent research with the guidance of a faculty sponsor. The topic of
research, the research methods, and the number of credit hours are determined in consultation with the sponsoring faculty. Results are presented orally in a public seminar and in a
comprehensive written report. Prerequisites: Junior standing, BIO 315, Consent of faculty
sponsor, six hours maximum.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(School of Business and Economics )
BA 100
Three hours
A survey of the business disciplines, including management, marketing, finance, data processing, accounting, economics, and business legal environment. Recommended for students
without previous business coursework. Offered every semester.
BA 180, 280, 380, 480 Field Study
One to Three hours
Supervised field experience in the Campbellsville University service area. Projects undertaken are addressed to some aspect of the US business system, and accomplished under faculty supervision. The learning is to be documented in a portfolio demonstrating the relationship of the project to the student’s academic discipline, and the US business system.
Students normally enroll in the course number corresponding to their academic class.
Projects that include leadership of student teams, wide latitude for independent action, or
responsibility for the welfare of other persons, may qualify for upper division credit.
Prerequisite: Faculty approval of project prior to registration. Multiple registrations allowed
to a maximum of six hours credit.
BA 301
Marketing I
Three hours
Introduction to the “marketing concept,” marketing the mix, strategies and policies for pricing, promotion, distribution, and product variables. Survey of marketing research, consumer
behavior, planning, regulations, and international and societal issues. Marketing simulation
project. Prerequisite: ACC 223, BA 313, ECO 222. Fall semester.
145
BA 302
Marketing II
Three hours
Marketing and sales management. Application of marketing research and strategic planning.
Analysis of advertisements. Marketing issues, strategies, planning, market segmentation, pricing,
and ethics. Term project, written, and oral assignments. Prerequisite: BA 301. Spring semester.
BA 303
Business Law I
Three hours
Introductory survey of the dynamics of the legal system, torts and criminal law and the origins
of the U.S. legal system Study of fundamentals of contract law and sales law. Case law and the
common law methods are also introduced. Prerequisite: Upper division standing. Fall semester.
BA 304
Business Law II
Three hours
Advanced topics in business law. Analysis of law of business organization, commercial paper,
secured transactions, agency and employment, real property, personal property and bailments,
insurance, estates and trusts. Prerequisite: A 303, upper division standing. Spring semester.
BA 311
Three hours
Management functions of planning, organizing, leading, and controlling the organization.
Motivation, training, recruiting, and selection of personnel. Written and oral assignments
required. Prerequisite: ECO 221 or 222. Fall semester.
BA 310
Consumer Behavior
Three hours
A managerial approach to the study of consumer behavior including purchasing and consumption processes, cognitive and experiential processes, consumer characteristics,
lifestyles, and cultural influences.
BA 312
Three hours
Fundamentals of organization theory and behavior and how they affect the management of
organizations, domestic and international. Prerequisite: PSY 111 or SOC 100, junior standing.
BA 313
Three hours
Organization and operation of the small business firm. Finance, accounting, marketing, and
management in the small business. Prerequisite: ECO 221 or 222. Offered on demand.
BA 314
Three hours
Personnel policies. Compensation policy. Recruiting, selection, and training of personnel.
Issues in motivation and supervision. Fringe benefit plans. Written assignments.
Prerequisite: BA 311 or ECO 221. Spring semester.
BA 315
Project Management
Three hours
This course intended to bring together the concepts of project management and systems
management through conception and design of products and services in response to customer requirements. Prerequisite: BA 311. Offered on demand.
BA 321
Three hours
A managerial approach to the study of distribution functions and systems including the traditional marketing channel structures of retailing, wholesaling, transportation and franchising, strategic alliances, relationship management, and logistics.
BA 322
Three hours
Basic treatment of stock and bond investing, corporations, common stocks, preferred stocks,
corporate bonds, securities markets, brokerages, investment information, security analysis,
interest theory, options, futures, margins, hedging. Stock investment project. Prerequisite:
ECO 221 or 222 or consent of instructor. Fall semester.
BA 345
Sociology of Work
See SOC 345.
Three hours
BA 351
See PSY 351.
Three hours
BA 384
Business Ethics
Three hours
Conflicts of interest. Values and ethics. Cases in business ethics: cases in advertising and
product policies. Liability and legality vs. ethics. The organization as a citizen with social
responsibility. The morality of profits. Written cases assigned.
BA 401
Marketing Research
Three hours
A managerial approach to the study of marketing research including quantitative methods,
146
research ethics, the research process, research design, data collection and analysis, bivariate
and multivariate correlation and regression analysis, and probability and sampling issues.
BA 412
Insurance
Three hours
A survey of concepts and coverages in insurance, including risk and risk management.
Topics include the insurance business, insurance contracts, fire insurance, homeowner’s
policies, workers’ compensation, business and transportation insurance, liability insurance,
automobile insurance, life and health insurance, annuities, social insurance, and government
regulation of insurance. Prerequisites: BA 303, upper division standing, or consent of
instructor. Spring semester.
BA 413
Three hours
This course categorizes problem solving and decision making into operational and strategic
components, examines their different features, and provides logic for achieving solutions.
Development of a culture of problem solving is illustrated and encouraged through an
emphasis on diagnostic questions, informed empirical induction, the application for problem
solving agendas, and an analysis of group settings.
BA 420
Real Estate
Three hours
Introduction to the real estate business, concepts of the law of real property, rights and interests in real property, real estate contracts, deeds, titles, recording of real estate instruments,
leases, home ownership, brokerage, real estate marketing, licensing, and transactions.
Prerequisite: BA 303, or consent of instructor. Spring semester.
BA 422
Managerial Finance
Three hours
Advanced treatment of financial topics, including capital budgeting, risk and cost of capital,
portfolio theory, dividend theory and policy, stock and bond valuation models, capital structure of the firm, financial statement analysis, ratio analysis, financial and operating leverage,
and time value of money. Financial analysis project. Prerequisites: BA 322, ACC 224, MTH
111, MTH 130 or ECO 361. Spring semester.
BA 483
Operational Administration
Three hours
Production and inventory control. Just-in-time scheduling, energy management, job safety, job
enrichment and job enlargement. Robotics and automation. Operations research models: PERT,
queuing theory, linear programming applications, transportation cost optimization. Statistical
quality control, productivity improvement. O R problem assignments. (Previously BA 410.)
BA 485
Business Internship
Three to Six hours
Experience in a work position with management content. Marketing, supervision, industrial
administration, finance positions, and retail experiences are examples of the type of work
experience required. Prerequisites: Senior standing in Business Administration major or
emphasis, consent of instructor prior to registration.
BA 490
Independent Study
One to Three hours
Senior research projects for students with 2.50 GPA and 2.80 cumulative average in Business subjects. Open only to students with major or emphasis in Business Administration. A term paper
will result from this project. Prerequisites: consent of business instructor prior to registration.
BA 498
Three hours
A capstone course designed to acquaint the student with the nature of strategic management and
the shaping of business policy. Emphasis on managerial decision making as it relates to business
strategy formation and implementation in large, medium, and small enterprises, both domestic
and international. ACC 224, BA 301, BA 311, BA 322, ECO 222. Offered on demand.
CHEMISTRY
CHE 100
Three hours
This course is designed to give the student an understanding of the basic principles of chemistry and the properties of the more common elements and chemical compounds. This course
does not count on a science major or minor, but will satisfy the General Education requirement for Physical Science.
CHE 101
Chemistry for the Health Sciences I
Three hours
This course is designed for students enrolled in Nursing and the Health Sciences. The major
147
emphasis will be on the inorganic processes in chemistry which are applicable to biological
systems. Concurrent enrollment with CHE 103.
CHE 102
Chemistry for the Health Sciences II
Three hours
Chemistry 102 is a second semester course designed for Nursing and Health Sciences students. The major emphasis is an Organic and Biochemical molecules, reactions, and pathways. Prerequisites: CHE 101, 103.
CHE 103
Introductory Chemistry Laboratory
One hour
An introductory laboratory course for non-science majors and first semester nursing and health
science students. Topics covered will include methods of measurement, analyzing evidence of
chemical reactions, gas laws, solubility and other topics discussed in introductory chemistry and
first semester health science courses. This course will fulfill the General Education requirement
in Physical Science for Elementary and Middle School Teacher Education.
CHE 104
Chemistry for the Health Sciences Lab II
One hour
Chemistry 104 is a laboratory course designed to accompany Chemistry 102. Chemistry 104 is
required of nursing students. The emphasis in this course is laboratory experiences relating to
organic and biochemistry. Prerequisites: CHE 101, 102. Concurrent enrollment with CHE 102.
CHE 110
Preparation for General Chemistry
Three hours
This course is designed to introduce students to mathematical and computational exercises
essential to the study of chemistry. This course will not count for credit on a chemistry major
or chemistry minor.
CHE 111
General Chemistry I
Three hours
An introductory chemistry course for science majors and minors. Descriptive chemistry is
used to illustrate the basic principles of chemistry. CHE 113 must be taken concurrently.
Prerequisite: MTH 111 (or above) or concurrent enrollment.
CHE 112
Three hours
Continuation of CHE 111. CHE 114 must be taken concurrently. Prerequisites: MTH 111 (or
above), a grade of C or better in CHE 111, and CHE 113.
CHE 113
One hour
General Chemistry Laboratory I is designed to be taken along with Chemistry 111 - General
Chemistry. The basic content of the course will be elementary chemical principles.
Concurrent enrollment in CHE 111.
CHE 114
Two hours
This laboratory course introduces the student to semimicro qualitative inorganic analysis. Two
three hour laboratory periods per week are required. Concurrent enrollment in CHE 112.
CHE 221
Analytical Chemistry
Three hours
An introductory course in gravimetric, volumetric, electrometric and colorimetric analysis,
including methods of representing data and calculations. CHE 223 must be taken concurrently. Prerequisites: CHE 112; CHE 114.
CHE 223
Analytical Chemistry Laboratory
One hour
A laboratory course involving quantitative analysis of unknowns using methods discussed in
CHE 221. Concurrent enrollment with CHE 221 is required.
CHE 315
Research Methods
Two hours
An overview of methods used in the collection, analysis, interpretation and presentation of
scientific data. Experimental design, literature search techniques, statistical treatment of
data, preparation of figures and tables, scientific writing and oral presentation will be covered. One lecture/recitation and one 100 minute laboratory per week. Majors should enroll
in BIO/CHE 315 during their second year of study.
CHE 341
Organic Chemistry I
Three hours
A beginning course for the student who has no previous background in organic chemistry. Some
of the fundamental types of aliphatic organic compounds are treated with regard to theory and
application. Prerequisites: CHE 112, CHE 114. Concurrent enrollment with CHE 343.
CHE 342
Three hours
A continuation of CHE 341 with emphasis on the aromatic organic compounds. Also includ-
148
ed are aliphatic compounds not treated in CHE 341 in light of modern theories. Prerequisite:
CHE 341.
CHE 343
One hour
Studies of typical organic reactions with an emphasis on reactions using apparatus unique with
organic chemistry. One three hour laboratory per week. Concurrent enrollment with CHE 341.
CHE 344
Organic Chemistry II Laboratory
Two hours
A laboratory course illustrating typical organic reactions and an introduction to qualitative
organic analysis. Two three hour laboratory periods per week are required. Concurrent
enrollment with CHE 342.
CHE 350
Four hours
Instrumental Analysis is the study of the modern chemistry laboratory involving sophisticated
instrumentation. Methods of spectroscopy, gas chromatography, and atomic absorption will be
included. Three hour lecture and one three-hour lab per week. Prerequisite: CHE 221, 223.
CHE 355 or ENV 355 Environmental Chemistry
Four hours
The course will provide the student with an introduction to the chemical principles of environmental systems. Topics will include chemical equilibrium, acid-base chemistry, environmental organic chemistry, heavy metal chemistry and treatment applications. Three lecture
hours and one three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites: CHE 112, 114 with grades of
C or better and consent of instructor. CHE 221 and CHE 223 preferred.
CHE 390
Junior Research
One to Three hours (maximum: six hours)
This course provides a student with an opportunity to do research under the guidance of an
advisor. Prerequisite: Major or minor in chemistry with a last semester junior standing and
permission of instructor.
CHE 400
Special Topics
One to Three hours
A special course offered on demand to advanced chemistry students who have a specific
interest in the field of analytical, organic or physical chemistry. The course may be repeated
for credit provided the topics differ each semester. Consent of instructor. Possible special
topics: Instrumental Analysis, Reactions and Mechanisms in Organic Chemistry, Chemical
Kinetics, Chemical Thermodynamics, or Inorganic Chemistry.
CHE 450
Three hours
This course presents an overview of instructional methods and materials for teaching science
in middle and secondary schools. It is required for students in middle and secondary science
education programs. The hours do not count toward a major in Chemistry.
CHE 451
Three hours
An introduction to the theoretical foundations of chemistry including thermodynamic properties of physicochemical systems; free energy and equilibria; electrochemical processes; and
solutions. Prerequisites: Sixteen hours of chemistry at or above CHE 111, PHY 241; PHY 242;
MTH 210; MTH 211 (or concurrent enrollment). CH E 453 must be taken concurrently.
CHE 452
Three hours
A continuation of CHE 451 with concentration on reaction rates, the nature of chemical
bonding, and electrochemistry. Prerequisites: Sixteen hours of chemistry at or above CHE
111, PHY 241; PHY 242; MTH 210; MTH 211 (or concurrent enrollment). CHE 453 must
be taken concurrently.
CHE 453
Physical Chemistry Laboratory I
One hour
A laboratory course illustrating the theoretical principles discussed in CHE 451. One 3 hour
laboratory period per week is required.
CHE 454
Physical Chemistry Laboratory II
One hour
A laboratory course illustrating the theoretical principles discussed in CHE 452. One 3 hour
laboratory period per week is required.
CHE 460
Biochemistry
Three hours
Biochemistry is the study of major biologically important classes of compounds and their
relation to metabolic processes in living organisms. Prerequisites: CHE 341; BIO 201; BIO
202 recommended.
149
CHE 480
Senior Seminar
One hour (three hours maximum)
A survey of topics of current interest in chemistry. Prerequisite: Major or minor in chemistry
with a last semester junior standing.
CHE 490
Senior Research
One to Three hours (maximum: six hours)
This course provides a student with an opportunity to do research under the guidance of an
advisor. Prerequisite: Major or minor in chemistry with a last semester senior standing and
permission of instructor.
CHRISTIAN STUDIES
(School of Theology)
CHS 111
Three hours
A survey of the Old Testament dealing with its backgrounds, customs, history, formation,
theologies, and interpretation. Required for areas, majors, or minors in Christian Studies.
CHS 121
Three hours
A survey of the New Testament including the study of its history, formation, theologies, and
interpretation. Required for areas, majors, or minors in Christian Studies.
CHS 130
Religion in Life
Relates the vital issues of the Christian faith to the contemporary scene.
CHS 230
Spiritual Formation
Three hours
The purpose of this class is to empower students in developing a solid biblical foundation
for their lives that will guide their future. The components of the class will include clarification of call, spiritual gift discovery, establishing spiritual disciplines, and understanding
the biblical model of family.
CHS 251
Three hours
Introduction to Baptist church organizational structure, budget adoption and stewardship
promotion, and the educational ministry of the church. This course requires supervised fieldwork activities.
CHS 252
Introduction to Bivocational Ministry
Three hours
The class is an introduction to the particular dynamics of bivocational ministry, defined as
when a minister derives a significant part of his or her income from a secular job, or when a
person in a secular vocation simultaneously serves as a paid minister.
CHS 271
Three hours
A tour of selected sites in the Holy Land. The course will include illustrated preparatory lectures, “on the site” lectures, and a seminar following the tour to clarify and examine observations made. Does not count on areas, majors, or minors in Christian Studies.
CHS 311
Wisdom and Poetic Literature of the Old Testament
Three hours
A study of selected Hebrew poetry and wisdom literature with special reference to their significance in the faith of Israel.
CHS 312
Studies in Old Testament Prophets
Three hours
A survey of prophecy in Israel with attention given to historical settings of selected prophets
and to the interpretations of their message. Prerequisite: CHS 111
CHS 314
Isaiah
Three hours
Isaiah is a study of the prophetic literature in the book of Isaiah which includes exegetical interpretation with attention given to historical settings and cultural contexts. Prerequisite: CHS 111
CHS 323
Three hours
An examination of the Synoptic Gospels and investigation of the life of Jesus, critical studies, and interpretation. Prerequisite: CHS 121
CHS 324
Studies in Paul
Three hours
A study of Paul as the central figure in early Christianity and a detailed study of his selected Pauline letters. Prerequisite: CHS 121.
CHS 325
Studies in John
Three hours
An investigation of the formation, history and interpretation of the Johannine literature. Half
of the course focuses on a commentary study of the Fourth Gospel. Prerequisite: CHS 121.
150
Three hours
CHS 328
Three hours
An historical and exegetical study of the general letters of the New Testament Hebrews,
James, 1 & 2 Peter, James, 1,2,&3 John, and Jude –with a focus on the development and
struggles of the early church, theological themes and issues of the letters, and implications
of the letters in the life and work of the contemporary church. Prerequisite: CHS 121.
CHS 331
Renaissance Reformation
Three hours
Intellectual, social, religious, and economic forces and conflicts in European history from
1350 to 1650.
CHS 342
See PHI 342 for description of course.
Three hours
CHS 343
Modern Philosophy
Three hours
CHS 345
Three hours
CHS 350
Three hours
The purpose for this class is to introduce students to a historical overview of ancient sport
history and its relationship to the Scriptures. Students will study sport as a cultural phenomenon and its impact on institutions. This historical perspective will include key people, institutions, and models of the Sports Ministry movement as well as church models of Sports
Ministry. Biblical principles related to a Christian athlete, Christian coach, and Director of
Sports Ministry will be examined.
CHS 351
Christian Coaching
Three hours
The purpose for this class is to assist participants to develop a biblical theology of competition. The course takes a practical look at integrating a Christian world view in coaching practice and other competitive settings. There will be exploration of various theories of the role
of the coach, and the ethical dilemmas posed by competitive athletics from an applied perspective of Biblical principles. Guidelines will be given by which any team at any level can
be organized on a Christian foundation.
CHS 352
Pastoral Ministries
Three hours
Introduction to pastoral ethics and the ministries of worship, witnessing, pastoral care and
counseling. Prerequisite: Junior standing.
CHS 353
Three hours
A study of the techniques of sermon preparation and delivery. Prerequisites: CHS 111, CHS 121.
CHS 354
Three hours
A study to develop the student’s knowledge and skills of sharing the good news of Jesus
Christ by examining Biblical and theological bases of evangelism; characteristics and content of evangelistic preaching, teaching, and witnessing; a local church program of evangelism; denominational programs available for planning and growing effective evangelistic
ministry; and personal plans for effective witnessing.
CHS 360
Supervised Fieldwork—Summer Worker
Three to Six hours
The course consists of supervised field work as a summer youth worker in a church or
Association. The student will be under the direction of a qualified cooperating field supervisor. Prior to the field work must satisfactorily complete an orientation to youth work
directed by a person designated by the Director of Undergraduate Studies. Credit will be
given on an S/U system of grading. Does not count on areas, majors, or minors.
CHS 361
Three hours
The study of the origin, scope, and importance of educational ministries. The course requires
supervised fieldwork activities.
CHS 362
Three hours
An examination of teaching techniques through determining objectives, Bible utilization
methods, such as questions and answer, discussion, lecture, role playing, story, and project;
use of audiovisual aids, and evaluation of teaching. The course requires supervised experience in teaching.
151
CHS 363
Three hours
The course acquaints the student with the multitude of resources available for educational
ministry. The student will develop skills to assess the needs of particular educational ministries and search, locate, and select resources that would best facilitate spiritual growth for
the given educational settings.
CHS 364
Three hours
The purpose for this class is to introduce students to youth ministry. Students will be
equipped to develop a model of youth ministry that includes the needs of today’s youth, parents of youth, and all volunteer leaders who work with youth.
CHS 365
Three to Six hours
An internship providing experiential learning in one of the following ministries: Pastoral,
Religious Education, Youth or Missions. Student placement is negotiated on an individual
basis by conference between a divisional faculty member and the student. Credit will be
given on an S/U system of grading. Does not count on areas, majors, or minors. Prerequisite:
Junior standing.
CHS 366/377 Ministry Practicum
Two hours each
Supervised practical application of skills and knowledge in a ministry setting (Pastoral,
Educational Ministries, Youth or Missions). The placement and responsibilities of each student will be negotiated on an individual basis by a ministry supervisor (faculty member or
other designated person ) in consultant with the student. Prerequisite: Junior Standing
CHS 380/480 Selected Topics
One to Three hours
A survey and discussion of selected advanced topics in Christian Studies.
CHS 390/490 Independent Study
One to Three hours
Designed for students with at least 2.50 overall average and 2.80 area, major, or minor average in Biblical Studies or Educational Ministries. The study must be directed by a faculty
member in conjunction with approval of the School. Credit will be based upon the nature and
scope of the study.
CHS 411
One to Three hours
A critical, historical, and interpretative study of the first five books of the Old Testament.
Prerequisite: CHS 111.
CHS 412
Three hours
A study of the history and literature of the Intertestamental Period and the relationship to the
Old and New Testaments. Historical, literary, and theological issues will be discussed
through a thorough examination of the Apocrypha, Pseudepigrapha, and Qumran documents.
Permission of professor required.
CHS 431
Contemporary Theology
Three hours
An examination of the position of the leading Christian theologies of the twentieth century.
CHS 432
Christian Theology
A systematic study of the basic teachings of the Christian Faith.
CHS 434
World Religions
Three hours
The study of the essential character of religion, its meaning and significance in human experience. Existing religions are compared with Christianity.
CHS 436
Ethical Teachings of Jesus
Three hours
Three hours
CHS/PHI 440 Twentieth Century Continental Philosophy
Three hours
This course provides the student with an overview of key movements in twentieth century
Continental Philosophy. Major movements to be studied include phenomenology, existentialism, philosophical hermeneutics, Neo-Marxist critical theory, structuralism, poststructuralism, deconstruction, and postmodernism. Cross Reference: HST 480. Prerequisite: PHI
241 or permission of the instructor.
CHS 451
152
Growing a Healthy Church
Three hours
An examination of the principles of church planting and church growth that emphasizes such
strategies as evangelism, local church organizations and ministries, goal setting, spiritual
development, and the use of traditional and innovative methods and principles.
CHS 462
Three hours
Today’s local churches are faced with the enormous challenge of integrating the needs of
four vastly different demographic groups - builder, boomers, busters, and generation X. The
class will assist students in understanding how to ride the wave of the future of intergenerational ministry and generational studies. There will be advanced studies of church model that
reach all three generations.
CHS 463
Three hours
A study of the purpose, organization, and activities of the educational units in a local church and
an introduction to leadership training, weekday Bible study programs and staff relationships.
The student is required to participate in supervised fieldwork activities during the semester.
CHS 471
Church History
Three hours
A study of the growth of Christianity from the first century through the Reformation.
COMMUNICATIONS
COM 120
See TH 120 for description of course.
Three hours
COM 140
Introduction to Communication
Three hours
An overview of the different types of communication: intrapersonal, interpersonal, group,
public, mass, and computer mediated. Fall, Spring, and Summer semesters.
COM 150
Mass Communication
Three hours
An overview of the mass media. This course includes the influence, effects, business and regulation of print, audio, video and telecommunication media. Spring and Summer semesters.
COM 160
Video Production
See EM 160 for description of course. Spring semester.
Three hours
COM 240
See JOU 240 for description of course. Fall semester.
Three hours
COM 340
Mass Media Law (previously listed as Regulation and Responsibility)
Three hours
A contemporary and historical examination of English common law, the First Amendment,
communications regulatory efforts and selected cases affecting media. Emphasis will be
placed upon the responsibilities of journalists to society. Spring semester.
COM 350
Contemporary Issues
Three hours
An in-depth look at the issues and concerns facing broadcasters in modern society.
Prerequisites: consent of the instructor and ENG 112. Fall and Summer semesters.
COM 380
Selected Topics (American Culture/Media)
Three hours
A course designed for special studies in communications. Spring semester, even.
COM 385
Communication Internship
One to Six hours
Supervised study of communication in the workplace. Students will get hands on experience
in the communications industry. May be repeated for a total of six credit hours. Prerequisites:
consent of the instructor and an overall 2.5 GPA. Fall, Spring, and Summer semesters.
COM 390
Independent Study
Three hours
Individual study of communication issues not offered in other college course work. Requires
scheduled meetings with the instructor and the completion of a tangible work. Prerequisites:
consent of the instructor and ENG 112. Fall, Spring, and Summer semesters.
COM 405
Mass Media Ethics
Three hours
An overview of various ethical dilemmas experienced in print journalism, broadcast and new
media. Possible solutions will be discussed in relation to objectivity, fairness, accuracy, as
well as conflict of interest, accountability and privacy. Fall semester, odd, as needed.
COM 410
Mass Media Management and Programming
Three hours
Study of the operation of mass media outlets. Focus will be on issues and methods of running a television, radio station and/or print organization. Students will complete a project
dealing with both radio, television, or print. Prerequisites: consent of the instructor. Spring
semester, odd as needed.
153
COM 414
Television and Film Criticism (previously listed as Television Criticism) Three hours
This class attempts to establish the historical context of the television and film (movie)
industry. While viewing segments of historically and currently popular television series and
films, several critical perspectives will be employed, including the narrative, aesthetic, propagandistic and philosophical dimensions of film, as well as the social, instructional, and
diversionary function of film. Analytical and critical appraisals on the institutional and social
dimensions of television and film will also be discussed. Fall semester, odd, as needed.
COM 415
Communication Theory
Three hours
An examination of theories dealing with face to face communication. The course will look
at theories of intrapersonal, interpersonal, group and public communication. Prerequisites:
COM 140. Fall semester, even.
COM 420
Mass Communication Theory
Three hours
An examination of theories dealing with mediated communication including radio, television, film, and computer-mediated. Prerequisites: COM 150. Fall semester, odd.
COM 425
Communications Seminar
Three hours
An investigation of communications social issues. Research, oral reports and a term paper
are usually required. May be repeated as long as the topic is not repeated. Prerequisites: ENG
112 and consent of the instructor. Spring semester, even, as needed.
CIS 100
Three hours
An introduction to computers and applications. The course includes a brief introduction to
microcomputer operations, hardware, and operating systems. Various application packages
are taught and will include word processing, spreadsheet, database, communications, etc.
Computer terminology, computer careers, and computer ethics will also be covered. Does
not apply to CIS major or CIS minor.
CIS 150
BASIC Programming
Three hours
Basic concepts in digital computer structures algorithms, programming application and
social impact. Includes extensive laboratory work using batch computer with BASIC. Two
hours lecture and two hours lab per week.
CIS 160
CIS I
Four hours
The first of a two semester sequence using a high-level language, such as C or C++. The first
course of a CIS major or minor. The topics covered will include language constructs, simple
data structures, strings, and sets. The language and principles of structured programming
will be used to solve problems. Three lectures and two hours of lab per week.
CIS 161
CIS II
Four hours
A continuation of CIS 160. The topics covered will include language constructs, software
engineering principles, records, pointers, stacks, queues, linked lists, trees, and sorting.
Three lectures and two hours of lab per week.
CIS 250
COBOL
Three hours
COBOL (Common Business Oriented Language) uses English words and sentences to
express computer programs. While a relatively complex language, it is perhaps the most
used language in Business Data Processing. This course emphasizes problem solving
through coding programs. Two hours lecture and two hours lab per week.
CIS 300
FORTRAN Programming
Three hours
Students will study all aspects of the FORTRAN programming language from the most basic
operations through the use of subprograms for more complex applications. The emphasis
will be on skills in program design, test and documentation. Recommended: MTH 111. Two
hours lecture and two hours lab per week.
CIS 301
File Management
Three hours
This course is a continuation of CIS 250 and includes advance programming concepts using
the COBOL language. Processing involving input editing, sequential file updating, and the
creation, updating and retrieval of indexed sequential files. Prerequisite: CIS 250. Two hours
lecture and two hours lab per week.
154
CIS 310
Three hours
A survey of topics related to computer systems with emphasis on the relationships between
hardware architecture and assembler instructions. The architecture of processors and storage
systems are explored and the implications for systems softw are design are covered along with
the impact of hardware and system software design on the development of application programs. Prerequisite: A knowledge of a programming language. Assembly language is utilized.
CIS 320
System Analysis
Three hours
Overview of the system development life cycle. Emphasis on current system documentation
through the use of both classical and structured tools/techniques for describing process
flows, data flows, data structures, file designs, input and output designs and program specifications. Discussion of the information gathering and reporting activities and of the transition from analysis to design. Prerequisites: CIS 161 or CIS 301.
CIS 330
Selected Topics
Three hours
A special course offered on demand to advanced CIS students who have a specific interest in
the field of Computer Science or Computer Information Systems. The course may be repeated
for credit provided the topics differ. Consent of instructor and junior or senior standing.
CIS 341
Networking I
Four hours
The beginning course in networking. This course introduces the student to the various networking models, especially the OSI model; deals with introductory networking problem
solving; and lays a foundation for future networking courses.
CIS 342
Four hours
This course deals with the basic level of programming of routers which are controlling appliances of networking and internet workings. Students are required to have both theory and
hands-on capabilities. Solving problems is a key feature to the course. Prerequisites: CIS 341
and/or Cisco Semester I.
CIS 350
Visual Basic
Three hours
Students will learn how to create applications using the Visual Basic programming environment.
VBs tools for creating GUIs (Graphical User Interface) and the VB programming language will be
explored, with emphasis on application design consideration and good programming techniques.
CIS 370
Data Structures
Three hours
Advanced concepts of structuring data element in operating and management information
systems covering strings, arrays, stacks, queues, tables, graphs, lists, file structures, sorting,
and searching. Prerequisite: CIS 161 Recommended: MTH 200 or MTH 210. Two hours
lecture and two hours lab per week.
CIS 380
Structured Systems Analysis and Design
Three hours
Advanced study of structured systems development. Emphasis on strategies and techniques
of structured analysis and structured design for producing logical methodologies for dealing
with complexity in the development of information systems. Prerequisite: CIS 320.
CIS 390/490 Independent Study
One to Three hours
Major or minor in Computer Information Systems with junior standing; 2.50 overall grade
average; 2.80 in Computer Information Systems.
CIS 400
Selected Topics
One to Three hours
A special course offered on demand to advanced Computer Information Systems students. The
course may be repeated for credit provided the topics differ each semester. No more than six
hours total from CIS 400 may be counted toward a major or a minor. Possible selected topics:
Operating Systems and JCL, Distributed Data Processing, EDP Audits and Controls, Survey
of Computer Languages, Current Language Trends. Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor.
CIS 420
Three hours
Introduction to application program development in a database environment with an emphasis on loading, modifying and querying the database using a host language. Discussion and
application of data structures, indexed direct file organizations, models of data including
hierarchal, network and relational. Discussion of storage devices, data administration and
data analysis, design and implementation. Prerequisite: CIS 320.
CIS 421
Two hours
See PHY 421 for description of course. Prerequisites: MTH 211 and CIS 300.
155
CIS 450
Software Engineering
Three hours
Application of computer programming and system development concepts, principles and
practices to a comprehensive system development project. A team approach may be used to
analyze, design and document realistic systems or moderate complexity. Use of project management methods, project scheduling and control techniques, formal presentations and group
dynamics in the solution of information systems problems. Development of a database to
support the system. Prerequisite: Junior or Senior Standing.
CIS 481
Internship
One to Six hours
Employment experience in a computer-related function in a business or government agency.
Must be approved by the Lead Professor of CIS. Prerequisites: Must be at least a junior with a
minimum overall average of 2.75 and 3.00 in CIS. (Maximum of three hours per semester).
CRIMINAL JUSTICE
CJ 101
Three hours
A critical assessment of the nature, operations, and processes of organizations providing
criminal justice service in the United States. Organizations include the police, the criminal
courts, and the correctional system services.
CJ 215
Three hours
An examination of the techniques, ethical dilemmas, and significance of the lawful search
for people and things useful in reconstructing an illegal act or omission.
CJ 230
Social Problems
See SOC 230 for course description.
CJ 235
Criminology
Three hours
The systematic scientific study of the definitions, causes, correlates, and societal responses
to crime.
CJ 310
Police Administration and Management
Three hours
An in-depth study of the structures, processes, and behaviors involved in the administration
and management of the police.
CJ 320
Police Operations and Programs
Three hours
An exploration of police operations and procedures. Included in this course is law enforcement history, organization, functions, processes, operations, procedures, technology, and
personnel in the United States.
CJ 332
Three hours
An exploration of the history, trends, correlates, and theory of juvenile delinquency in the
United States. Included in this course is a historical overview of the juvenile justice system and
programs as well as an examination of contemporary issues, problems, and reform initiatives.
CJ 334
Three hours
A concise yet comprehensive introduction to and exploration of the criminal law.
CJ 361
Social Statistics
See POL 361 for description of course.
Three hours
CJ 362
Methods of Research
Three hours
CJ 410
Senior Seminar
Three hours
A study of select and highly contemporary criminal justice issues. The course format allows
students to draw upon, and integrate knowledge gained from previous courses and apply it in
an area of individual, intensive research. The content will vary. Prerequisite: senior standing.
CJ 413
Sociology of Deviant Behavior
See SOC 413 for description of course.
CJ 421
Corrections
Three hours
An in-depth exploration of the aggregate of programs, services, facilities, and organizations
responsible for the management of people who have been accused and/or convicted of criminal offenses. Areas of study include jails, prisons, and alternative sanctions.
156
Three hours
Three hours
CJ 426
Three hours
An in-depth examination of the processes, procedures, problems, and issues of probation
(conditional freedom in lieu of incarceration) and parole (conditional release prior to the
completion of an incarceration sentence).
CJ 428
Internship
Three hours
Supervised work experience in various criminal justice agencies that offer a setting for the integration of classroom and pragmatic learning as well as the application of theory to practice.
CJ 431
Civil Liberties
CJ 440
Three hours
An in-depth exploration of the history, organization, functions, processes, procedures, and
personnel of the U. S. criminal court system.
CJ 450
Victimology
Three hours
The scientific study of the social implications and physical, emotional, and financial costs of
crime on individual victims and on the U. S. criminal justice system.
Three hours
CJ 380/480 Special Topics
One to three hours
A survey and discuss of advanced topics in criminal justice. May be repeated for credit up
to 6 hours provided topics differ.
CJ 390/490 Independent Study
Two to three hours
An independent exploration of an area of particular interest to a student. This course requires
a research paper using primary source material and an oral presentation to the division faculty.
Limited to academic seniors majoring in criminal justice, sociology, or social science. An overall GPA of at least 3. 25, a major field GPA of at least 3.5, an ability to do research, demonstration of promise in the field of criminal justice, and approval by criminal justice faculty are
prerequisite for this course. Course prerequisites include: CJ 101, CJ 235, and SOC 110.
EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
(School of Education)
ECE 111
Educational Foundations of Early Childhood
Three hours
An overview of the knowledge and theories that guide the understanding of child development. The course will explore development of children from birth to school age.
ECE 112
Art Experiences for Early Childhood
Two hours
This course is designed to be an overview of the knowledge and planning that guide young
children in the art area. It will include hands-on exploration of basic art media for use with
young children including but not limited to: painting with tempra, drawing with implements,
forming with clay and gluing collages. Talking with children about their art is emphasized.
ECE 113
Music Experience for Early Childhood
Two hours
This course is designed to be an overview of the knowledge and planning that guide young
children in the music area. It will include hands-on exploration of a wide variety of musical
activities for young children’s active participation in music making. There is an emphasis on
selecting and planning a creative and skill-developing music education program for young
children.
ECE 115
Play and Early Childhood Development
Three hours
An overview of play and its influence on other developments such as imagination, social
competence, language and cognition will be explored. This course will also investigate equity in play (gender, cultural background, individual characteristics and special learning
needs). The implications of play are a major focus.
ECE 214
Early Childhood Program Planning
Three hours
An overview of the components of designing a child-responsive learning environment that
creates an optimum for the development of each child’s social, motoric, cognitive and
expressive development.
ECE 216
Early Childhood Exceptional Child Education
Three hours
An introduction to exceptional young children, the various handicapping conditions and
their impact on growth and development. Emphasis is on assisting childcare workers in
157
responding to the needs of families, schools and society. Individual learning contracts may
be used.
ECE 217
Practicum in Early Childhood
Three hours
This course involves the systematic observation of young children in the classroom setting.
The data will be used to demonstrate an understanding of the influence of physical setting,
schedule, routines and transitions on children as well as how to implement basic health,
nutrition, and safety management. Various forms of authentic assessment will be used.
ECONOMICS
ECO 110
Three hours
A survey of the present economic system; price-making forces; production, consumption,
distribution of goods and services; wealth, money, credit, banking, public finance; capitalism and other economic systems. For non-business students and associate degree students.
Offered every semester.
ECO 221
Macroeconomics
Three hours
A study of modern economic society: economic concepts of national income, inflation,
unemployment, and the role of banking. The problems of economic stabilization through
monetary, fiscal, and trade policies. Fall semester.
ECO 222
Microeconomics
Three hours
A study of modern economic society: the subsystems of consumer and firm behavior; pricing, production, and problems in markets both domestic and international. Spring semester.
ECO 321
Three hours
Development of agriculture, manufacturing, trade, banking, transportation, large business,
labor unions, farm organization, and foreign trade. See HST 321. Prerequisite: ECO 110,
221, or 222. Offered on demand.
ECO 332
Economic Geography
Three hours
A study of the influence of geographical factors on development of economic activities, production, location of industries, manufacturing, commerce, international trade, and economic welfare. See GEG 332. Offered on demand.
ECO 342
Labor Problems
Three hours
This course covers the working force, wages, levels of living, conditions of work, labor
unions, industrial conflict, and governmental control of labor-management relations.
Prerequisites: ECO 221, 222. Spring semester.
ECO 343
Consumption Economics/Personal Finance
Three hours
This course covers consumers’ incomes and choices, household expenditures, buying homes
and cars, money management, financial planning, personal insurance, savings and investments. Prerequisite: ECO 110, 221, or 222. Offered on demand.
ECO 352
Money and Banking
Three hours
Principles of commercial and central banking; monetary and income theory; monetary and
fiscal policy; history and trends of financial instruments and institutions. Prerequisites: ECO
221, ECO 222. Spring semester.
ECO 361
Social Statistics
Three hours
Course designed to acquaint the student with the logic and method of statistics, covering frequency distributions, measures of central tendency and variation, random sampling, and testing of hypotheses. Recommended for students planning graduate study in business, economics, law, or social sciences. See also POL 361, or OA 386. Offered every semester.
ECO 370
Three hours
Problems, cases, and applications of microeconomic theory to business problems. Revenue,
demand, and elasticity; the production function, substitutability, and diminishing returns;
cost of production, profit analysis, optimization; monopoly, oligopoly, monopolistic competition, and perfect competition; game theory, estimating demand, economic trend analysis
and forecasting, pricing and profit strategy, and statistical quality control. Prerequisites:
ECO 222, MTH 111, MTH 130, or ECO 361. Fall semester.
158
ECO 451
Public Finance
Three hours
Growth and finance of the public sector; principles of taxation, tax structures, revenue and expenditures of government fiscal units. Prerequisites: ECO 221; ECO 222. Alternate fall semesters.
ECO 452
Three hours
Comparisons of economic systems under capitalism, socialism, fascism, communism, and
cooperatives. Conditions causing different economic systems; production, distribution, and
controls or freedom from control under each system are stressed. Prerequisites: ECO 221,
ECO 222. Offered on demand.
ECO 461
International Trade
Three hours
Differences between domestic and international trade; foundations of international trade;
economic effects of free and restricted trade; mechanisms of international payments and
structure of balance of payments; history and contemporary issues of trade policies and
world monetary systems. Prerequisites: ECO 221, ECO 222. Fall semester.
ECO 472
Three hours
The structure, conduct, and performance of American industries; public policies toward business; economic analysis of those policies. Prerequisites: ECO 221, 222. See POL 472. Fall
semester alternate years.
ECO 475
Three hours
Comparative study of economic doctrines of Mercantilists, Physiocrats, Classical and
Historical Schools, Social Theorists, Marginal Utility School, Marshall and Neo-Classicists,
and the Keynesian School. Prerequisites: Junior standing, ECO 221, 222.
ECO 385/485 Internship
One to Six hours
Supervised work experience in the current economy. Junior standing. Prerequisite: Faculty
approval required before registration.
ECO 390/490 Independent Study
One to Three hours
Directed research resulting in a paper and presentation on an economic issue. Senior standing required, with GPA of 2.50 overall, and 2.80 in Economics. Faculty approval required
before registration. Course may be repeated, with maximum six hours earned.
EDUCATION
(School of Education) *These courses should be taken the semester before student teaching.
ED 101
University Success Skills
Three hours
This basic course offers guided practice to an efficient study approach. Skills taught are time utilization, concentration, listening, note-taking and use of the library resources. Fall. Spring.
ED 102
Three hours
This course is required for entry into the teacher education program leading to P-5, 5-9, 812 or P-12 teaching certification. All entry and exit procedures for teacher education programs and orientation toward completion of exit and certification requirements are covered.
This course also introduces students to national, state, and institutional requirements for certification, especially NCATE requirements regarding ethics, professionalism field experiences, and pedagogy. Students will gain a knowledge of the Kentucky Department of
Education curricular guidelines: KERA Goals and Academic Expectations, Core content,
Program of Studies, and Transformations, and develop a Unit of Study and lesson plans.
Prerequisite: Students must have GPA of 2.5 based on at least one full-time semester. Fall or
Spring semesters. NOTE: Before admission is granted to the School of Education, students
must pass an initial academic competency assessment (ACT score of 21, SAT score of 990
plus a written assessment or passing scores on the PPST).
ED 110
Reading Proficiency
Three hours
This basic course emphasizes development of college vocabulary and comprehension skills.
On demand.
ED 210
Three hours
This course is designed to explore the various philosophies of education so that students will
construct their own philosophy of education. In addition, students will focus on the historical, social, and ethical foundations of American education at the P-5, 5-9, 8-12, and P-12 levels. Prerequisite: ED 102, Fall or Spring semesters.
159
ED 301
P-5 Social Studies
Three hours
This course deals with the instructional strategies, methods and materials of teaching social studies in P-5. It will include integrated instruction, multi-cultural and various media techniques such
as computer education. Prerequisite: Admittance to Teacher Education Program. Fall semester.
ED 320
Three hours
The study of how children develop socially, physically, emotionally and mentally from birth
through adolescence identifying developmental patterns and implications on the learning
process. It will also provide purposeful observations of the child. Prerequisites: Admittance
to Teacher Education Program, PSY 111 and ED 210. Fall. Spring semester.
ED 325
Three hours
This course is devoted to the study of the exceptional child who is developmentally exceptional in physical, cognitive, emotional or social areas. Prerequisites: Admittance to the
Teacher Education Program and ED 320. Fall. Spring semesters.
ED 330
Learning Cognition/ Instructional Technology
Three hours
This course explores life-long learning cognition and the use of instructional technology as a
learning tool. Includes hands-on use of various technologies...Emphasis is upon understanding of digital classrooms, NTE Standard 9, and web technologies. Prerequisites: Admittance
to Teacher Education Program, ED 210 and ED 320. (K-4 and 5-8 certification level candidates will register for the appropriate ED 421 or ED 425 if completing “old” folio.)
ED 341
P-5 Mathematics and Science
Three hours
This course is designed to acquaint students with processes of thinking, concepts of mathematics and concepts of science taught to student in the P-5 level. Instructional methods,
materials and evaluation tools will be included. Prerequisites: Admittance to Teacher
Education Program, MTH 201 and MTH 202. Spring semester.
ED 351
P-5 Reading and Language Arts I
Three hours
This course consists of an overview of P-5 reading and language arts theories and methods.
Prerequisite: Admittance to Teacher Education Program. Fall semester.
ED 355
Middle Grades (5-9) Reading and Language Arts I
Three hours
This course consists of an overview of the teaching of reading and language arts in the middle grades, with emphasis on a continuum of strategies. Prerequisite: Admittance to Teacher
Education Program. Fall semester.
ED 361
P-5 Reading and Language Arts II
Three hours
This course is designed for exploration by the student in the basic reading and related languages
arts abilities and skills, with emphasis on a continuum of strategies. Includes field projects in the
school setting. Prerequisites: Admittance to the Teacher Education Program. Spring semester.
ED 363
Teaching Reading in the Secondary School
Three hours
See ENG 363 for description of this course. Prerequisite: Admittance to the Teacher
Education Program.
ED 365
Middle Grades Reading and Language Arts II
Three hours
This course is designed to delve into reading in the content area subjects in the middle grades
and into assessment and correction of reading and language arts difficulties. Prerequisite:
Admittance to the Teacher Education Program. Spring semester.
ED 371
P-5 Children’s Literature
Three hours
This course emphasizes the subject matter, materials and methods of teaching and learning
the various forms of literature suitable for children at the P-5 levels. Students will become
acquainted with the best books through wide reading and interpretive study. Attention is
given to evaluation and use of current materials and media. Prerequisite: Admittance to the
Teacher Education Program. Spring semester.
ED 381
Assessment and Evaluation of Learning
Three hours
This course is a study of concepts and methods used in assessment of leaning including: central tendency theory, appraisal and assessment theory, teacher subjective judgement based on
student performance, and complex issues of testing and measurements. Emphasis will be on
valid connections to learning theory and instructional and assessment strategies addressing
current reforms of assessment associated with KERA (i.e., KELP and CATS).
160
ED 390
Two hours
This course is designed for 8-12 certification level students. Students will explore the methods, materials and assessment appropriate to their teaching field. Field experiences will be
designed to place students in professional development sites for in-depth pre-student teaching experiences. Preferably taken in conjunction with major teaching area methods course.
Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher Education Program, ED 210 and ED 320.
ED 400
Special Topics
One to Three hours
This course includes topics of individual interest and need. Course may be repeated for credit provided that topics differ.
ED 410
Foundations of Secondary Education*
Three hours
As the final education course prior to student teaching for 8-12 candidates, this course
explores differing classroom management theories and theorists. Emphasis is on creating
healthy high school classroom environments that focus on ways of empowering students to
become self-regulated learners. Emphasis is also placed on various teaching and assessment
strategies as they relate to classroom management. The certification portfolio will be completed and presented in a formal interview. Students will complete at least 20 field hours in
their assigned student teaching placements. Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher Education
Program, ED 210, 320, and 330. Fall or Spring semesters.
ED 411
P-5 Classroom Management*
Three hours
As the final education course prior to student teaching for P-5 candidates, this course
healthy elementary school classroom environments that focus on ways of empowering students to become self-regulated learners. Emphasis is also placed on various teaching strategies as they related to classroom management. The certification portfolio will be completed
and presented in a formal interview. Students will complete at least 20 field hours in their
assigned student teaching placements. Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher Education
Program, ED 210, 320, and 330. Fall or Spring semesters.
ED 415
Middle Grades (5-9) Curriculum and Methodology*
Three hours
As the final education course prior to student teaching for 5-9 candidates, this course
healthy middle school classroom environments that focus on ways of empowering students
to become self-regulated learners. Emphasis is also placed on various teaching and assessment strategies as they related to classroom management. The certification portfolio will be
completed and presented in a formal interview. Students will complete at least 30 field hours
in their assigned student teaching placements. Prerequisites: A dmission to Teacher
Education Program, ED 210, 320, and 330. Fall or Spring semesters.
ED 450
Student Teaching Grades 8-12
Twelve hours
Students are placed in cooperating accredited schools for the study of teaching in a laboratory
setting, directed observation, guided participation and full-time classroom teaching. This capstone experience takes place during the Student Teaching semester under the supervision of a
qualified teacher of the cooperating school and a supervisor from the University. Prerequisite:
All criteria under the Requirements for to Student Teaching. Fall. Spring semesters.
ED 451
Student Teaching Grades P-5
Twelve hours
Students are placed in cooperating accredited schools for the study of teaching in a laboratory
ED 455
Student Teaching Grades 5-9
Twelve hours
Students are placed in cooperating accredited schools or the study of teaching in a laboratory
161
ED 456
Twelve hours
Students are placed in cooperating accredited schools for the study of teaching in a laboratory setting, directed observation, guided participation and full-time classroom teaching.
This capstone experience takes place during the Student Teaching semester under the supervision of a qualified teacher of the cooperating school and a supervisor from the University.
Prerequisite: All criteria under the Requirements for to Student Teaching. Fall. Spring.
*These courses should be taken the semester before student teaching.
ED 380/480 Independent Study
One to Six hours
A student must have a minimum of 72 semester hours of credit, at least eight hours of which
were earned in residence at Campbellsville University, including at least five hours of professional education courses. A P-5 student must have had the basic education course at
Campbellsville University in the area in which he/she does the special study. A student must
have earned a 2.50 overall GPA; must have permission of the professor directing the study,
divisional chair, and the Vice President for Academic Affairs; and must submit a prospectus
in conjunction with the professor directing the study. Note: Program changes can occur at any
time depending on the Educational Professional Standards Board or Institutional mandates.
ELECTRONIC MEDIA
EM 120
See TH 120 for description of course. Offered each semester.
EM 140
Three hours
See COM 140 for description of course. Fall, Spring, and Summer semesters.
EM 155
Audio Production
Three hours
Study of the concepts and applications of audio productions. Students will be required to
complete a number of audio productions. Fall semester.
EM 160
Video Production
Three hours
A study of the basics of television studio productions. Students will produce and direct a
number of studio productions. Prerequisites: EM 155. Spring semester.
EM 170
Writing for the Mass Media
Three hours
The study of writing for the various mass media, particularly television and radio broadcast.
Emphasis will be placed on building a portfolio of works. Fall semester, even, as needed.
EM 240
See JOU 240 for a description of course. Fall semester.
EM 260
Three hours
A study of field production. Students will learn the theory and practice of electronic field
production. Students are expected to produce, direct, and edit several productions.
Prerequisite: EM 160. Fall semester.
EM 360
Corporate Video Production
Three hours
Study and practice of producing video productions for institutional use. Students will work
in groups to produce videos for in-house or promotional use. Prerequisite: EM 260. Spring
semester, even as needed.
EM 450
Practicum
One to Three hours
Students will work at either TV-4 or Campus Radio in hands-on positions. May be repeated
up to six hours. Prerequisite: EM 260 and junior or above status. Offered each semester.
EM 460
Advanced Video Production
Three hours
Students develop programming using studio and electronic field production techniques.
Students will be responsible for forming a crew and budgeting assets in order to produce programs. Prerequisites: EM 260, senior status and consent of the instructor. Spring semester,
odd, as needed.
EM 470
Video Producing, Directing and On-Camera Acting
Three hours
A directed study course. Theory and application of communication skills and management
roles associated with video producing, directing and on-camera acting. Students plan, prepare, act and produce video programming using both studio and electronic field production
162
Three hours
Three hours
and editing techniques. Limited enrollment. Prerequisites: EM 460 and/or consent of instructor. Fall semester, even, as needed.
ENGLISH
ENG 080
Special Topics: Conversational English Tutoring
One hour
Conversational English Tutoring is a seminar that focuses on methods for preparing and
implementing lesson plans. This outreach ministry instructs speakers of other languages in
the English vocabulary they need to function in society.
ENG 110
Basic English
Three hours
A course for students whose placement tests indicate a lack of readiness for ENG 111. The
students experience writing as a self-expressive act resulting in self-knowledge and as a
social interaction resulting in communication. They write whole compositions with attention
to relationships among the components (sections, paragraphs, sentences, and sentence parts)
in order to develop writing skills and to practice the conventions of academic writing.
Students whose final grades are lower than C must retake ENG 110 the next semester.
ENG 111
Three hours
A course in writing as a recursive process involving the discovery and communication of
meaning. The students write, revise, and edit texts with the aim of communicating with various audiences of readers. Students whose final grades are lower than C must retake ENG
111 the next semester.
ENG 112
Three hours
A course in argumentative and persuasive writing and academic discourse. Students practice
rhetorical strategies and scholarly methods as they perform assigned research and writing
projects. Students whose final grades are lower than C must retake ENG 112 the following
semester. Prerequisite: ENG 111.
ENG 170
Three hours
Practice in reading, interpreting, evaluating, and writing about literature. The purpose of the
course is to enable students to cultivate a critical appreciation of literature, its aesthetic qualities, and its relevance to the real life experiences and concerns of individuals and cultures.
Prerequisite: ENG 112 or consent of instructor.
ENG 221
Survey of World Literature I
Three hours
A survey of major works of world literature, mostly in translation, from ancient times to the
1600s. Prerequisites: ENG 112.
ENG 222
Three hours
A survey of major works of world literature, mostly in translation, from the 1600s to the
1950s. Prerequisites: ENG 112.
ENG 311
Three hours
A writing-intensive workshop approach to the development of skills and business writing
that emphasizes clear, concise writing as a necessary tool in business communication. It
invites students to consider writing as a meaning-making process and to produce and edit
text with the aim of communicating with various audiences of readers and for various types
of business purposes. Prerequisites: ACC223, ACC224, BA 100, ENG111, and ENG112.
ENG 320
World Mythology
Three hours
A course in comparative mythology. Provides an overview of numerous cultural myths with
an emphasis on classical Greek and Roman mythology.
ENG 331
Survey of British Literature
Three hours
A survey of British literature from the Anglo-Saxon invasion to the end of the Neoclassical
Period. Prerequisites: ENG 112 and ENG 170.
ENG 332
Survey of British Literature II
Three hours
A survey of British literature from the Romantic Period to the recent twentieth century.
163
Prerequisites: ENG 112 and ENG 170.
ENG 341
Survey of American Literature I
Three hours
A survey of American literature from the colonial times to the 1860s. Prerequisites: ENG 112
and ENG 170.
ENG 342
Three hours
A survey of American literature from the 1860s to the 1960s. Prerequisites: ENG 112 and
ENG 170.
ENG 351
Three hours
An overview of seventeenth-century British literature, its criticism, and its contexts; close readings
of selected works of major writers, covering all the genres. Prerequisites: ENG 112 and ENG 170.
ENG 352
Three hours
Intensive reading in selected w orks of Addison, Boswell, Defoe, Fielding, Finch, Gay,
Goldsmith, Johnson, Pope, Montague, Richardson, Sheridan, Smollet, Steel, Stern, and Swift.
The course also covers the historical elements that influenced such genres as the travel narrative, novel, essay, satire, and theatrical comedy. Prerequisites: ENG 112 and ENG 170.
ENG 360
Introduction to Linguistics
Three hours
An introduction to selected areas of linguistic study such as phonology, semantics, psycholinguistics, sociolinguistics, the structure of literature, and the history of the English language. Prerequisites: ENG 112 and ENG 170.
ENG 361
Three hours
An investigation of the elements of the English language and their syntactical relations and
functions.
ENG 363
Teaching Reading in the Secondary School
Three hours
Designed to assist the secondary English teachers-in-training in the organization of programs
with emphasis on reading in the content areas. Clinical and field experiences are provided
for appraisal of reading abilities, appropriate materials, and evaluation.
ENG 364
Three hours
Emphasizes the subject matter, materials, and methods of teaching and learning the various
forms of literature suitable for middle grade and adolescent readers.
ENG 371
P-5 Children’s Literature
See ED 371 for description of course.
ENG 373
Creative Writing
Three hours
Study and practice are provided in writing poetry, fiction, and non-fiction. Students are
encouraged to offer their writings for publication. Prerequisites: ENG 111; ENG 112; and
three hours of literature.
ENG 375
Contemporary Drama
Three hours
Representative American, English, and continental European plays are studied, beginning
with Ibsen and continuing to the present. Prerequisites: ENG 112; ENG 170.
Three hours
ENG 380/480 Special Topics
One to Three hours
A course designed for special studies in author, genre, or theme as needed and when a qualified instructor is available. On demand. English major and minor credit.
ENG 381
Kentucky Writers
Three hours
A study of selected works by Kentucky writers who have achieved national or international
reputations. Prerequisite: ENG 170.
ENG 386
Three hours
The study of American women’s history and literature provides the basis for a deeper understanding of women’s issues both intellectual (academic) and social. History lectures and discussions emphasize women’s roles in the nation’s social and political development. The literary readings will focus upon female authored texts and dominant forces in feminist literary criticisms. Students will read, discuss, and write analyses by and about women in every
major literary genre. The study of women’s history and literature leads students to reflect
knowledgeably upon contemporary situations.
164
ENG 390/490 Independent Study
One to Three hours
Superior students with 24 hours in English may apply for permission to do independent reading or research in literature or in the English language. All independent study must be directed by a member of the English faculty, and credit will be based upon the nature and scope
of the study done.
ENG 442
Three hours
A critical study of recent 20th-century American writers of fiction and poetry. Prerequisites:
ENG 112 and 6 hours of literature.
ENG 452
Three hours
This course provides intensive reading in the works of Carlyle, Ruskin, Arnold, Macaulay,
Tennyson, Browning, and other writers of the nineteenth century. Prerequisites: ENG 111;
ENG 112; and 6 hours of literature.
ENG 453
The Romantic Period
Three hours
This course emphasizes the qualities of Romanticism as reflected in the writings of Blake,
Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, Keats, and others. Prerequisites: ENG 112 and 6
hours of literature.
ENG 454
Twentieth Century British Literature
Three hours
This course provides an overview of British literature in the twentieth century with an
emphasis on modernism, on the anti-modernist and postmodernist responses to it, and on key
figures such as James Joyce, Virginia Woolf, D.H. Lawrence, E.M. Forster, William Butler
Yeats, T.S. Eliot, Evelyn Waugh, Samuel Beckett, Anthony Burgess, and others. It will
explore how historical, social, and cultural factors inform the literature of the period.
ENG 465
Teaching English in the Secondary School
Three hours
This course is designed to help prospective English teachers develop a pedagogy and learn
applications of current developments in the field of English education.
ENG 471
The English Novel
Three hours
This is a survey of the development of the English novel from the eighteenth century to the
twentieth century. Prerequisites: ENG 111; ENG 112; and 6 hours of literature.
ENG 480
Special Topics
Three hours
ENG 481
Chaucer
Three hours
A representative survey of Chaucer ’s Canterbury Tales, Troilus and Criseyde, and other
works. Prerequisites: ENG 112 and 6 hours of literature.
ENG 482
Age of Realism
Three hours
This course will focus on American literature written between 1850 and 1920. Major and
minor writers of the period will be included. All literary genres are included. Prerequisites:
ENG 112 and 6 hours of literature.
ENG 484
Three hours
A historical survey of American short stories with emphasis on the distinctive features of the
short story genre and the distinctly American qualities of American stories. Prerequisite: 6
hours of literature.
ENG 485
Southern Literature
Three hours
This course gives an overview of Southern writers. Diaries, travel literature, poetry, novels,
and drama of the South will be read. Prerequisites: ENG 112 and 170.
ENG 491
Shakespeare
Three hours
In this course representative comedies, histories, and tragedies of Shakespeare are studied.
Prerequisites: ENG 112 and 6 hours of literature.
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE
ENV 310
Three hours
This course addresses human responsibilities and ethical concerns about the environment.
ENV 355
Four hours
165
The course will provide the student with an introduction to the chemical principles of environmental systems. Topics will include chemical equilibrium, acid-base chemistry, environmental organic chemistry, heavy metal chemistry, and treatment applications. Three lecture
hours and one three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites: CHE 221 and CHE 223 with
grades of “C” or better or consent of instructor.
EXPERIENTIAL LEARNING
EL 480
Experiential Learning Credit by Portfolio
One to Thirty-two hours
Under this listing, credit is granted in various disciplines, for prior learning experiences outside the classroom, which are deemed worthy of credit on an “equivalency” basis. That is,
the experience for which credit is granted is deemed to be equivalent to a number of hours
of credit by the judgment of departmental faculties, based upon documentation by the student in a portfolio. Such credit is not limited to the courses taught at Campbellsville
University, nor is credit granted for specific courses in this manner, although credit may be
allowed to satisfy prerequisite requirements, or graduation requirements in departmental
programs or general education requirements, upon recommendation by departmental faculties. This listing is not intended to be used for granting credit for current experiential learning, which is covered under other course titles, such as internships and practica.
Upon application in writing by the student for experiential learning credit, the Vice President
for Academic Affairs/Dean will appoint a committee of one to three faculty members from
the academic divisions in which credit is to be granted, to review the proposal with the student, and supervise the preparation of the Experiential Learning Portfolio, which will consist of six possible components, as applicable. The six components are:
1.
2.
Transcripts of work from accredited colleges, universities, and institutions.
Documentation of training from non-accredited sources (Professional and Technical
Schools, Seminars, Workshops, etc., for which documentation is available
3.
Test results, such as CLEP, or other approved tests for granting credit on an equivalency basis.
4.
Resumes of Work and Educational Experiences for the Student.
5.
Autobiography of Experiences supporting credit application.
6.
Experience Papers. (See below.)
The faculty committee appointed will usually have a chairperson from the division in which
most credit is requested, and other faculty from divisions involved, unless all credit is
requested within one division of the faculty. The chair of the committee will usually supervise the preparation of the student’s learning experience portfolio, and draw upon other
committee members for approvals and direction in their areas of expertise. A majority of the
committee must agree upon a report to the Vice President for Academic Affairs, recommending credit or denial of credit, and recommending allocation of credit (to departments,
upper division, inclusion in major or minor, or general education requirements).
Students requesting credit must be enrolled in a degree program at Campbellsville
University, and may request that the Vice President for Academic Affairs appoint faculty
members of their choice from academic divisions in which credit is requested, subject to
approval by the Vice President for Academic Affairs.
EXPERIENCE PAPERS: A series of papers may identify different areas of potential prior
learning experiences for which credit might be allowed, such as specific job assignments, mission experiences, family experiences, travel, or other experiences. These papers explain learning that is a potential area of credit identified in the student’s resume, biography, or interviews
with faculty members. Experiences may be presented in one longer paper, or several shorter
papers, at the discretion of the student applicant. Redundancy should be avoided.
Potential areas of credit include, but are not limited to: Business, Sociology, Psychology, the
Sciences, Christian Studies, Drama, Journalism, and Athletics. Limits are placed on such
credit by governmental or other certification requirements which do not recognize experiential learning, such as Education and Accounting.
166
FRENCH
*These courses in the language are presently inactive. They may be reactivated in response to significant
student needs.
FRE 101
Three hours
A conversational approach to the study of French culture and civilization. Everyday topics,
cultural differences and phrases useful when traveling in a French-speaking country will be
learned through lecture, discussion and various language activities. Note: This course will
not count toward the foreign language requirement for the B.A.
FRE 111
Elementary French I
Three hours
An introductory course in the French language. Grammar, conversation, reading and writing are
emphasized by means of pattern drills, exercises, tapes and CDs accompanying the textbook.
FRE 112
Elementary French II
A continuation of FRE 111. Prerequisite: FRE 111 or equivalent.
FRE 211
Intermediate French I
Three hours
A continuation of the study of the French language by means of further grammar study; readings and discussions in French of various cultural presentations; and conversational practice
in class and in the laboratory. Prerequisite: FRE 112 or equivalent.
FRE 212
Intermediate French II
FRE 311
Advanced Composition and Conversation*
Three hours
A continuation of the development of the student’s ability to speak and write French by
means of a comprehensive review of grammar and practice using basic conversational terminology. Prerequisite: FRE 212 or equivalent.
FRE 312
FRE 321
Survey of French Literature I*
Three hours
A study of great French writers and their works from the Middle Ages through the 18th
Century. Prerequisites: FRE 311 and FRE 312 or equivalent.
FRE 322
Survey of French Literature II*
Three hours
A study of great French writers and their works from the 19th and 20th centuries.
Prerequisites: FRE 311 and FRE 312 or equivalent.
Three hours
Three hours
Three hours
FRE 390/490 Independent Study*
One to Three hours
Superior students who have completed Survey of French Literature I (FRE 321) or Survey of
French Literature II (FRE 322) may apply to the chair to do independent reading in the French
language. All independent study must be directed by a member of the language faculty.
GEOGRAPHY
GEG 315
World Geography
Three hours
This course highlights the topography, climate, natural resources and demography of the
seven continents and further emphasizes maps, and political status of major world powers
and other global considerations.
GEG 332
Economic Geography
Three hours
This course is a study of the influence of geographical factors on development of economic
activities, production, location of industries, manufacturing, commerce, international trade
and economic welfare.
GEG 415
Human Geography
Three hours
This course examines the interrelationships between humans and their natural environment.
This course introduces the student to the principle contents of human and cultural geography, as well as the major tools and techniques of the field of human geography.
GEG 442
Political Geography
Three hours
This course is a study of the influence of geographical factors on political institutions, for-
167
eign policies, and national and international attitudes of people of modern nations.
Prerequisites: POL 110 or consent of instructor.
GEG 480
Selected Topics
Three hours
A survey and discussion of selected advanced topics in contemporary geography including
such subjects as Human Geography, Spatial Research, Computerized Topography, etc.
GEOLOGY
GEO 210
Field Studies in Geology
Three hours
A general overview of physical geology is included along with emphasis on selected regions
of the United States. A two week field trip is included. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
GEO 211
Physical Geology
Three hours
Description: Study of the materials which make up the earth’s crust, followed by a study of the
processes of erosion and weathering and the forces of vulcanureous and diastrophism. Required
for Biology and Chemistry students completing a teaching area in biology or chemistry.
GEO 212
Earth Science
Three hours
This course is a continuation of Geology 211 with special emphasis on earth history,
oceanography, meteorology, plate tectonics, and other processes involved in shaping the
earth of the past as well as shaping the surface of the earth in the future.
GEO 213
One hour
Laboratory work designed to accompany GEO 211. Minerals, rock, aerial photographs,
topographic maps are studied. Required for Biology and Chemistry students completing
teaching area in biology or chemistry, optional for other students. Prerequisite: permission
of instructor and concurrent enrollment in GEO 211.
GEO 300
Paleontology
Three hours
Paleontology is a study of the ecology, morphology, and evolution of ancient life forms.
Prerequisites: GEO 211; BIO 201; or BIO 202 recommended.
GERMAN
GER 101
Three hours
A conversational approach to the study of German culture and civilization. Everyday topics,
cultural differences and phrases useful when traveling in a German-speaking country will be
GER 111
Elementary German I
Three hours
An introductory course in the German language. Grammar, conversation, reading and writing
are emphasized by means of pattern drills, exercises, tapes and CDs accompanying the textbook.
GER 112
Elementary German II
A continuation of GER 111. Prerequisite: GER 111 or equivalent.
GER 211
Intermediate German I
Three hours
A continuation of the study of the German language by means of further grammar study;
readings and dis cussions in German of various cultural presentations; and conversational
practice in class and in the laboratory. Prerequisite: GER 112 or equivalent.
GER 212
Intermediate German II
A continuation of GER 211. Prerequisite: GER 211 or equivalent.
Three hours
Three hours
GREEK
GRK 221/222 Beginning Greek
An introduction to New Testament Greek including grammar and translation.
Six hours
HEALTH EDUCATION
HE 103
168
Environment and Man
Three hours
See BIO 103 for description of course.
HE 200
Healthful Living
Three hours
This is a survey course dealing with many health problems we face in the modern world. The
many aspects of a healthy lifestyle and the consequences of harmful habits as they affect
individuals and society will be explored This course is a prerequisite for HE 305. Fall.
HE 230
Anatomical and Physiological Basis for Physical Activity & Sport
Four hours
This course offers an overview of the structure and function of the human body. The skeletal, muscular, nervous, sensory, respiratory, and cardiovascular systems will be presented in
detail because of their direct applicability to the role of the health promotion, human performance, and leisure studies majors. The digestive, urinary, integumentary, reproductive
and endocrine systems will be presented but in less detail. The laboratory component will
consist of working with anatomical models and with lab partners in physiological assessments. Fall.
HE 305
Three hours
This course deals with principles of assessing the health of the local and global community.
It also covers methods of becoming more knowledgeable health care consumers, thus insuring a healthier life. Environmental issues related to health will be debated. Prerequisites are
HE 200 and BIO 310 (or concurrent enrollment). Spring.
HE 310
Nutrition
See BIO 310 for description of course.
HE 315
Women’s Health
Three hours
This course is devoted to health issues that either exclusively or predominantly affect
women. Women’s unique health issues have been neglected until the past ten years. New
research is being undertaken and new research results regarding women’s health are reported frequently. The new information is substantial material for a separate course. Those who
work or interact with women will find this course useful.
HE 320
Education for Sexuality/HIV and AIDS
Three hours
In this course the student will explore fact and opinion about human sexuality in contemporary
society. Students will discuss respect, communication and other physiological and psychological factors in sexual relationships. Etiology and transmission of the human immunosuppressant
virus and ethical and social factors of HIV and AIDS will be a course emphasis. Issues such as
abortion, premarital sex and sex education in the public schools will be debated. Christian principles and Biblical scripture will always be incorporated in discussions and debates. Fall.
HE 330
Teaching Health Education, P-12
Three hours
A course in instructional strategies, methods, and materials for teaching health education, P-12.
HE 405
Health Teaching for At-Risk Populations
Three hours
Ensuring health in a population requires conveying relevant information about maintaining
or attaining health. Some populations are at particular risk for poor health either due to biological or cultural factors. This course will address ways to convey relevant information to
those most in need of it and ways to overcome access barriers to health.
HE 410
Public Health and Disease Prevention
Three hours
This course introduces the student to the goals and accomplishments of public health and to
its methods. The epidemiology of disease and its prevention will be covered.
HE 415
Health Care Policy and Delivery
Three hours
This course will examine access to health care and the limitation of access imposed by economics and government policy. Medicare, Medicaid, HMO, PPO, MDSA will be thoroughly explored. National health insurance operational in other countries will be critiqued.
Current changes in health care policy will be integrated throughout the semester. This course
is especially designed for health majors and will be essential for graduate study in public
health or health education.
HE 420
See PSY 420 for description of course.
HE 480
Special Topics in Health Education
One to Three hours
Intensive study of a selected topic in health education. May be repeated for credit. Previous
Three hours
Three hours
169
offerings have included drug education, consumer health, and death and dying. On demand.
HE 485
Internship
See LS 485 for description of course.
Three hours
HE 490
One to Three hours
A research project undertaken with the supervision of a faculty member. On demand.
HEALTH PROMOTION AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE
HPE 201
History and Principles of Health and Physical Education
Three hours
This course includes the history and principles of health and physical education in the United
States. Fall.
HPE 230
Anatomical and Physiological Basis for Physical Activity and Sport
See HE 230 for description of course.
HPE 232
Emergency Response
See ATR 232 for description of course.
HPE 302
Tests and Measurements
Three hours
The student becomes familiar with the various tests and measurements in the field of physical education. They learn how to give and score the test, and to evaluate and use the results
obtained in the testing program. This course will include the new physical fitness program
suggested by the President of the United States in building the youth of the nation. Fall.
HPE 316
Utilizing Research in Health and Human Performance
Three hours
This course is designed to help the students understand research design and terminology, so
that they may evaluate research findings. The student will be introduced to the basics of
designing a research study. The student will also be instructed in how and when to use health
research in health education and human performance.
HPE 321
School Health, Physical Education and Recreation, P-5
Three hours
A study of the characteristics, interests, school health services, environment and instructional areas for children in grades K-4. This course is for classroom teachers and recreation
majors. Spring, summer.
HPE 333
Advanced Athletic Training Techniques
Three hours
This course is designed for the advanced student and will cover program management, athlete education and counseling, recognition, treatment, and rehabilitation of injuries.
HPE 420
Evaluation of Health Related Physical Fitness/Wellness
Three hours
This course will expose students to assessment tools from field tests to laboratory techniques
in a well-balanced approach to the assessment and prescription of exercise for health related physical fitness, covering cardiorespiratory endurance, muscular fitness, body weight and
composition, flexibility, and neuromuscular relaxation. Fall.
HPE 450
Three hours
This course will examine the scientific evidence concerning the relationship between physical activity level and physical and psychosocial well-being during aging. Prerequisite is HE 230. Spring.
HPE470
Organization and Administration of Athletic Training
See ATR470 for description of course.
HPE475
Conditioning and Rehabilitation Techniques in Sports Medicine
HPE 485
Internship
One to Eight hours
Designed for the student seeking field experience in the area of health or health education.
The student is placed as a volunteer with a community health agency. On demand.
Four hours
Three hours
Two hours
Three hours
HPR 150, 250, 350 Studies in the Professions of HPERD
One hour each
Students in this course are introduced to career roles and given information about preparing
for professional service in all areas of physical education, Kinesiology, exercise science,
health promotion/education, and recreation—in careers as diverse as fitness leaders sport
managers, physical education teachers, and sport sociologist/psychologists.
HEBREW
170
HEB 221/222 Beginning Hebrew
An introduction to Old Testament Hebrew including grammar and translation.
Six hours
HISTORY
* Offered irregularly.
HST 110
Three hours
Colonization, settlement, revolution, economic, social and political development, sectional
conflict, Civil War and Reconstruction.
HST 120
Three hours
Immigration, westward movement, economic growth and problems; world power, the two
world wars, the cold war, and national developments to the present.
HST 131
Three hours
Cultural, social, religious, economic, and political developments; contributions of European
people through ancient, medieval, and early modern times.
HST 142
Three hours
Commercial and industrial revolutions, colonial expansion, nationalism, international rivalries, two world wars, the cold war, and world events to the present.
HST 261
European Studies
Three hours
This course centers around a tour of Europe. It includes lectures before, during, and after the tour.
HST 321
Three hours
Development of agriculture, manufacturing, trade, banking, transportation, large business,
labor unions, farm organizations, and foreign trade.
HST 331
Three hours
1350 to 1650. Prerequisite: HST 131 or consent of instructor.
HST 332
The Age of Reason
Three hours
Europe from about 1650 through the French Revolution with emphasis on institutions and
ideas. Prerequisite: HST 131 or consent of instructor.
HST 336
Modern Presidency
See POL 336 for course description.
HST 341
Nineteenth-Century Europe
Three hours
Political, economic, social, and cultural history of Europe from 1815 to 1914. Prerequisite:
HST 142 or consent of instructor.
HST 342
English History*
Three hours
Cultural, social, economic, and political development from early times to the present commonwealth.
HST 343
Twentieth-Century Europe
Three hours
Political, economic, social and cultural history of Europe since about 1914. Prerequisite:
HST 142 or consent of instructor.
HST 351
American Diplomacy
Three hours
American foreign relations from the Revolution to the present, principles of successful diplomacy, effect of foreign relations on domestic affairs. Prerequisite: HST 110 or consent of instructor.
HST 362
Kentucky History
Three hours
Settlement, economic, political, social, religious and cultural development of Kentucky; its
place in American history as a border state; its modern development. Prerequisite: HST 110
or consent of instructor.
HST 366
Colonial America and Independence to 1789
Three hours
The origins and establishment of English colonies in America; imperial policies, intercolonial wars, independence, and the formation of the federal union under the Constitution.
Three hours
171
Prerequisite: HST 110 or consent of instructor.
HST 371
History of the South
Three hours
Settlement, westward expansion, slavery, Civil War, reconstruction; Twentieth century economic, cultural, social, and political developments in the South. Prerequisites: HST 110;
HST 120; or consent of instructor.
HST 372
History of the West
Three hours
Westward expansion, beyond Appalachians and Mississippi River, Indian affairs, influences
of frontier life; basic western literature; more recent developments. Prerequisites: HST 110;
HST 120; or consent of instructor.
HST 382
See POL 382 for course description.
HST 385
Social and Intellectual History of the United States
Three hours
A study of selected concepts and attitudes in their social framework, ranging from the heritage of the Reformation and the Enlightenment to determinism and pragmatism.
HST 386
See ENG 386.
HST 466
Three hours
Economic, social and political developments since 1933, participation of the United States
in world relations: effects of foreign developments on domestic affairs. Prerequisite: HST
110; HST 120; or consent of instructor.
HST 471
Church History*
Three hours
A study of the growth of Christianity from the first century through the Reformation.
HST 472
Modern Russia*
Three hours
Nationalism and expansion in the nineteenth century; emergence as a world power, economic, political, and social development under communism; present international relations.
HST 473
Latin American History*
Three hours
Early settlement, economic, social, and political developments, and the present place of
Latin American countries in International affairs.
HST 475
Civil War and Reconstruction
Three hours
Slavery agitation, sectional crises, constitutional issues; the war, reconstruction and its legacy. Prerequisite: HST 110 or consent of instructor.
HST 480
Special Topics
A survey and discussion of advanced topics in history.
HST 481
Middle East
Three hours
A lecture course that introduces the rise and spread of Islam, the influence and significance
of the Ottoman Empire, European imperialism in the Middle East, and contemporary political developments.
HST 482
East Asia
Three hours
Three hours
One to Three hours
Three hours
Recent Western influences, resistance to Western influences; rise of nationalism, coming of
communism and present international relations.
HST 390/490 Independent Study
Three hours
This course requires a research paper using primary source material and an oral presentation
to the division faculty. Limited to students majoring in history in senior year. Enrollees must
have a 3.00 overall standing, 3.50 in history, show promise in field of history, and be able to
travel to do research, if necessary.
HST 491
172
History Practicum
Three hours
An out of classroom experience for students in history to learn through first-hand experience
some of the basic techniques of primary research, archival management, and historic preservation. Prerequisite: Upper division major or minor in history/social studies area in good
standing and permission.
HONORS INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES
(Honors Interdisciplinary Program)
HON 101
Investigations: Creativity and the Arts
Three hours
The “creative spark” in its many forms is considered, with special emphasis on art, creative literature, drama and music. In order to substitute for one of the courses below (and thus fulfill a
General Education requirement), the research paper should be focused upon a topic related to
that course. This may substitute for: ART 110, ENG 170, or MUS 125, or TH 231.
HON 102
Investigations: Civilization and Culture
Three hours
The concern of this course, broadly stated, is “people with people.” Investigations will be made
into communications, economics, education, government, history, language, psychology, and sociology. In order to substitute for one of the courses below (and thus fulfill a General Education
requirement,) the research paper should be focused upon a topic related to that course. This may
substitute for: ECO 110, HST 131, HST 142, POL 110, PSY 111, or SOC 110.
HON 201
Investigations: The Sciences
Three hours
The nature of scientific inquiry is considered with emphasis on biology, chemistry, geology,
mathematics, and physics. In order to substitute for one of the courses below (and thus fulfill a General Education requirement), the research paper should be focused upon a topic
related to that course. This may substitute for: BIO 103, CHE 100, or PHY 100.
HON 202
Investigations: Philosophy and Values
Three hours
The course includes readings dealing with various areas of philosophy, such as epistemology, cosmology, and axiology. The readings come from a variety of cultures and religious
groups, including Eastern religions. Students are encouraged to utilize concepts and principles discovered in the previous Honors courses in the development of personal philosophies
and values. Moral issues such as euthanasia, animal rights, population, racism, and sexual
ethics are discussed. The course includes a discussion of several non-Christian religions and
philosophies. In order to substitute for one of the courses below (and thus fulfill a General
Education requirement), the research paper should be focused upon a topic related to that
course. This may substitute for: CHS 130 or PHI 241.
HON 390
Independent Study
Three hours
In consultation with the HP Director the student will choose a topic of interest outside the
student’s major field. A member of the faculty will be appointed to serve as supervisor.
HON 498
Thesis—Research
Three hours
The student will choose a thesis topic in consultation with the HP Director. A member of the
faculty will be appointed to serve as thesis supervisor. Basic research will be completed during this semester. Prerequisites: HON 202, 390.
HON 499
Thesis—Writing
Three hours
The thesis will be completed. It must be the student’s original work and must represent a significant effort in research or creativity. Prerequisite: HON 498.
INTENSIVE ENGLISH
IEP 050
Writing
Five hours
An introduction to the writing of English. The course covers the mechanics, format and
organization of a paragraph.
IEP 051
Reading/Vocabulary
Five hours
A basic reading and vocabulary course, the focus is on developing the decoding and vocabulary skills necessary for reading academic texts.
IEP 052
Listening
Five hours
The beginning course in listening comprehension focuses on developing the aural discrimination of the student. The design of the course provides multiple opportunities to listen to
material, develop vocabulary and comprehension skills through various presentations of
content. Lab hours are an integral part of the course.
IEP 053
Grammar
Five hours
173
A beginning grammar course, the focus is the presentation of the formal rules of grammar with
practice of new structures in a variety of contexts in controlled and communicative exercises.
IEP 054
Speaking/Conversation
Five hours
A basic speaking and conversation course, the focus is on developing competency in speaking and conversation.
IEP 060
Writing
Five hours
An intermediate course in writing, the focus is on planning, drafting, revising and editing an
essay.
IEP 061
Reading/Vocabulary
Five hours
An intermediate reading and vocabulary course, the focus is on developing the decoding and
vocabulary skills necessary for reading academic texts.
IEP 062
Listening/Speaking
Five hours
The intermediate listening and speaking course provides intensive training in listening fluency development. The course also focuses on familiarizing the student with the major
rhetorical patterns of formal, spoken English through a variety of task-oriented listening and
speaking activities.
IEP 063
Grammar
Five hours
An intermediate grammar course, the focus is the presentation of the formal rules of grammar with practice of new structures in a variety of contexts in controlled and communicative
exercises.
IEP 080
Writing
Five hours
An advanced course in writing, the course prepares students for college-level writing assignments such as expositor and argumentative essays, and analytical writing. Focus is on the
acceptable formats for academic writing.
IEP 081
Reading/Vocabulary
Five hours
An advanced reading and vocabulary course, the focus is on developing the decoding and
vocabulary skills necessary for reading academic texts.
IEP 082
Listening
Five hours
The advanced listening course focusing on developing academic listening comprehension proficiency through models of noninteractive and interactive lectures. Focus on note taking skills
provides an opportunity to develop the ability to select and encode information in notes.
IEP 083
Grammar
Five hours
An advanced grammar course, the focus is the presentation of the formal rules of grammar with
practice of new structures in a variety of contexts in controlled and communicative exercises.
JOURNALISM
JOU 120
See TH 120 for description of course.
Three hours
JOU 140
See COM 140 for description of course.
Three hours
JOU 240
Three hours
An introduction to journalism with emphasis on reporting and newswriting. Prerequisites:
CIS 100 and ENG 111. Fall semester.
JOU 245
Copywriting
Three hours
Emphasis on copy editing and headlining for the print media. Introduction to editing, headline writing, make-up, typography, and production. Prerequisite: JOU 240. Spring semester.
JOU 350
Journalism Lab
One hour
This course will provide students an introduction to local media. Students will gain firsthand experience at either the university communications and marketing office, an area newspaper, the campus television station, an area television station or one of the local radio stations. Prerequisite JOU 240 or JOUR 420. Each semester.
JOU 360
Public Relations
174
Three hours
A practical course designed to improve, strengthen, and cultivate publicity and community
relations skills for use by both Christian and secular institutions and organizations.
Prerequisite: ENG 112. Fall semester, odd.
JOU 370
Three hours
Study and application of news gathering production techniques appropriate for broadcast
news applications. Students perform video news gathering and reporting activities.
Prerequisites: JOU 240 and EM 260. Spring semester, odd.
JOU 420
Photojournalism
Three hours
Study of photojournalism theory and applications. Students will shoot a variety of photo
assignments for class as well as the Campus Times. Emphasis will be placed on producing
photos which tell stories. Use of a 35mm SLR camera with interchangeable lenses is
required. Darkroom work is not required. Students will process photos at a one-hour lab.
Digital photography including the use of PhotoShop will be touched on as the availability of
technology permits. Prerequisite: JOU 240. Fall semester, even.
JOU 440
Advanced Communication Writing
Three hours
This course is designed for students who have completed the basic Reporting and
Newswriting class or who have a basic understanding of newspaper writing or possibly
experience in the field. Prerequisite: JOU 240. Fall semester, even.
JOU 450
Journalism Practicum
One to Three hours
For non-paid students who staff the Campus times. One to three hours per semester. May be
repeated for a total of six credit hours. Prerequisites: JOU 240 or JOU 420. Each semester.
JOU 462
Desktop Publishing for Media
Three hours
An introduction to the software necessary to scan and edit photos as well as the software necessary to create and lay out newspaper pages, brochures and other documents. Prerequisites:
JOU 240 and JOU 245. Fall semester.
JOU 463
Graphics of Communications
Three hours
Student of design basics of newspapers and other publications. The course will also focus on
the use of graphics and illustrations. Students will design newspaper pages as well as pages
for other publications. Prerequisite: JOU 245. Spring semester, odd.
JOU 464
Media Advertising
Three hours
A study of advertising for print including its importance and its role. Students will discuss
advertising influence on news decisions and design basic ads for print media. Prerequisite:
JOU 245. Spring semester, odd.
LEGISLATIVE INTERNSHIP
LI 301
Legislative Internship
Three hours
Each intern is assigned to work under legislators and/or a legislative committee. When possible, interns are placed according to their political preference and special interests. Each
intern prepares an extensive, written, analytical evaluation of the legislative process based
on his experience. The academic coordinator of the participant’s home campus supervises
preparation of this paper and determines the grade awarded. The program director arranges
and coordinates the work with the legislators.
LI 302
Involvement in Government
Three hours
Interns will be involved in active problem-oriented conferences that will begin upon conclusion of the legislative session. In these sessions students will work with the state officials
in a problem solving and advisory capacity and make research trips relating to the
Department of Corrections, Natural Resources, Mental Health, Child Welfare, etc.
LI 303
The Legislative Process
Three hours
This course consists of a seminar focusing on the political dimensions of the legislative
process. Key administrative personnel, legislative leaders, professors, and representatives of
political groups are featured speakers. Except for several orientation sessions held prior to
the opening of the legislature, the seminar runs concurrently with the legislative session and
for two weeks after the session concludes.
175
LI 304
Kentucky History and Politics
Three hours
This course is taught as a seminar providing an overall look at the total government process
as it operates in Kentucky in the context of Kentucky’s history.
LI 305
Analysis of Contemporary Problems in State Government Administration Three hours
This course provides a thorough analysis of major problems facing state government.
Recognized academic authorities of Kentucky government are invited to participate. In addition, state administrators provide source materials in such areas as finance and budget, personnel, administration, and program development.
LEISURE STUDIES
(Department of Health Promotion, Human Performance, and Leisure Studies)
LS 120
Beginner Swimming
One hour
To acquaint the student with the necessary skills, safety concepts and knowledge to safely
enjoy swimming and related aquatic participation. Meets the GER physical education
requirement. Fall (1st Eight Weeks).
LS 121
One hour
To provide the student with appropriate skills, knowledge and attitudes to more extensively
participate in swimming as a safe means to promote personal fitness and other aquatic participation. Meets the GER physical education requirement. Fall (2nd Eight Weeks).
LS 125
One hour
This is an authorized American Red Cross course designed to provide individuals with the
information and skills to prevent, recognize and respond to aquatic emergencies using nonswimming rescues. Fundamental paddling strokes and maneuvers will also be covered.
Canoe trip will be included. June Term through Kentucky Safety College Program
LS 220
Three hours
Organized camping that includes leadership, educational objectives, and living in a group
outdoors, camp counseling will be given a particular place as it is studied in its relationship
to the recreation ministry of the church. Spring.
LS 232
Emergency Response
See ATR 232.
LS 246
One hour
Required certification course for all Red Cross instructors, understanding students and the
learning process, being an effective instructor, conducting a course, completing evaluations,
records, and reports, and planning to teach. Co-requisite: LS/PE 247 and/or LS/PE 340.
Offered Fall and Spring.
LS 247
See ATR 247.
LS 320
One hour
Swimming pool maintenance procedures, including water circulation, disinfection, filtration,
water testing, chemical safety, electrical safety. Fall.
LS 322
Safety Training for Swim Coaches
One hour
Authorized Red Cross swim course in teaching water safety training to competitive swimming coaches and swimmers (June Term as part of the Kentucky Safety College Program
sponsored by the HP, HP, LS Department).
LS 325
One hour
An authorized American Red Cross certification course in Sport Safety Training. Teaches the
knowledge and skills necessary to help provide a safe environment for athletes while they
are participating in sports; and, in an emergency to help sustain life. (June Term as Part of
the Kentucky Safety College Program sponsored by the HP, LS Department).
LS 330
Church Recreation
Three hours
Techniques of recreation leadership methods, and materials are considered. This course will
encompass working with children, young adults, and senior adults. This course includes the
history and philosophy of recreation with emphasis on church recreation. Prerequisite:
Christian Studies 361. Fall.
176
Three hours
Three hours
LS 340
Three hours
It is highly recommended that PE/LS/ATR232 has been completed upon entering this course.
Authorized Red Cross course for certification as water safety instructor and lifeguard training
instructor. Co-requisite: PE/LS 246. Requires two hour lab for each lecture. O ffered Spring.
LS 350
Three hours
The purpose of this course is to introduce the student to sports as a ministry of the Gospel.
There will be a combination of classroom and out of classroom activity. There will be strong
emphasis on learning how to share the Good News of Jesus Christ through sports.
LS 360
The Role of Recreation in Children’s Youth Ministry
Three hours
This course will study the role of recreation in children’s and youth ministry. The objectives,
methods, materials, and trends of church recreation programs for children/youth will be studied.
LS 370
Three hours
This course will study the basic problems of recreation facilities management and include
materials, equipment and necessary safety considerations.
LS 391
Adaptive Land and Water-Based Physical Education
Three hours
To identify variations in behavioral characteristics, and to justly adapt through creating,
modifying, and adding to physical education activities on land and in the water, in order to
meet the needs of the exceptional person. Academic Lab experiences required.
LS 402
Three hours
Classroom lecture, class discussion for 3 or 4 weeks to promote better understanding of
recreation and the recreation movement. A short exam followed by guest speakers from the
community program. Discussion on our community program. Then two days a week will be
placed into practical work in the community for the remainder of the semester. The third day
of the week will be class meetings to discuss the practical work. One term paper over our
community program and practical work combined. End semester with final exam. Fall.
LS 466
Three hours
National certification through United States Water Fitness Association, Inc. Academic laboratories. Spring.
LS 475
Internship in Selected Aquatic and Leisure Services Agencies
Six hours
A minimum of 240 clock hours spent on location. Follow the LS475 Internship Guidebook
guidelines. Directed field experience in selected aquatic and recreational settings. Fieldwork
experience under direction and supervision of University staff and selected agency or institutional professionals. The agency must be approved by the Department chair. Prerequisites:
HPE/PE/LS/ATR232, PE/LS246, PE/LS/ATR247, PE/LS320, PE/LS340, PE/LS466,
LS499. Offered Fall, Spring, and Summer.
LS 480
Special Topics
Three hours
A survey and discussion of advanced topics in leisure studies. Offered Fall and Spring.
LS 485
Internship
One to six hours
Directed field experience in selected aquatic and recreational settings. Field work experience
under direction and supervision of the HP, HP, LS department chair and selected agency or
institutional professionals. Can include experience as a teaching assistant in academic classes. Pre-requisites: HPE/PE/LS/ATR 232, PE/LS 246, PE/LS/ATR 247, PE/LS 340, PE/LS
391, PE/LS 466. A minimum of 50 clock hours spent on location for each academic credit
hour received. Offered Fall, Spring, and Summer.
LS 490/491 Independent Investigation in Leisure Studies
Three to Six hours
An individual study relating to the area of recreation subject to the approval of the Chair of the
Division. Prerequisites: 2.50 overall GPA; 2.80 in Recreation. (Three hours required.) On demand.
LS 495
Philosophical Foundations of Sport, Recreation and Leisure
Three hours
The historical background for the development of sport, recreation, and leisure pursuits; historical and modern theories of play. Fall.
MATHEMATICS
MTH 099
Developmental Mathematics
Three hours
This course is designed for a developmental approach for students who need to refresh their
177
basic arithmetic skills. Topics will include decimals, fractions, percents, signed numbers, firstdegree equations in one variable, and word problems. Students who do not achieve a final
grade of C or a higher grade must reenroll in Developmental Mathematics the next semester. CREDIT FOR THIS COURSE WILL NOT COUNT TOWARD GRADUATION.
MTH 100
Intermediate Algebra
Three hours
This course is remedial in nature and covers material commonly found in first and second year
high school algebra. The purpose of the course is to prepare student for College Algebra (MTH
111). Only students whose major requires College Algebra should be enrolled in this course.
This course meets three hours (with an additional required two hours of lab) each w eek, and it
does not satisfy general education requirements. Students who do not achieve a final grade
of C or a higher grade must reenroll in Intermediate Algebra the next semester.
MTH 110
College Mathematics
Three hours
This course is designed as a terminal course in mathematics in the general education curriculum and does not assume any algebraic or geometric background on the part of the student. The
objective of the course is to acquaint the student with the various branches of mathematics and
to develop an appreciation and understanding of the relationship of mathematics to the modern world. This course will not count tow ard mathematics major or minor programs.
MTH 111
College Algebra
Three hours
This course is designed to bridge the gap between two years of high school algebra or MTH
100 to college level precalculus courses. Topics included in this course are on exponents and
radicals, polynomials, rational expressions, solving equations, and functions and their
graphs. This course will not count towards mathematics major or minor programs.
Prerequisite: High School Algebra I and Algebra II or MTH 100.
MTH 112
Three hours
In this course emphasis is given to trigonometric functions, reduction formulas, graphs, identities, applications to practical problems, the oblique triangle, etc. We also study the straight
line, circle, ellipse, hyperbola, parabola, their graphs and uses in practical mathematics.
Prerequisite: MTH 111 or consent of instructor.
MTH 123
Elementary Calculus and Its Applications
Three hours
An introduction to differential and integral calculus, with applications to business and biological and physical sciences. Not open to students who have credit in MTH 210. This course will
not count for credit on a Math Major or Math Minor. Prerequisite: MTH 111 or equivalent.
MTH 130
Three hours
This course is designed to acquaint the student with the logic and method of statistics
through topics that include summarizing data in tables and graphs, measures of center and
variability, correlation and linear repression, sampling, Central Limit Theorem and the
Normal curve, and hypothesis testing. Applications will be given through examples in various fields. This course will not count toward mathematics major or minor programs.
Prerequisite: Basic algebra skills.
MTH 200
Discrete Computational Mathematics
Three hours
Finite and discrete algebraic structures, including Boolean algebra, graphs and the application of these structures to Computer Science. This course does not count toward a math
major or minor.
MTH 201/202 Mathematics for Elementary Teachers
Three hours each
This course is designed to give preservice teachers an in-depth understanding of modern elementary school mathematics. Concepts related to number systems and number sense, functions and use of variables, probability and statistics, plane geometry, and measurement are
among the topics to be considered in these courses. Prerequisite for MTH 201: MTH 110 or
MTH 111 or consent of instructor. Prerequisite for MTH 202: MTH 201.
MTH 210
Calculus I
Four hours
The important topics studied are the historical beginnings of the Calculus, analytic geometry, limits, derivatives, and its applications, the definite and indefinite integrals with applications. Prerequisite: MTH 112 or consent of instructor.
MTH 211
Calculus II
178
Four hours
This course affords further study in differentiation and integration of logarithmic, exponential,
and other transcendental functions. The following topics are also emphasized: techniques of
integration, indeterminate forms, improper integrals, Taylor ’s Formula, infinite series, analytic geometry, and a historical perspective of Calculus. Prerequisite: MTH 210 or equivalent.
MTH 305
Number Theory
Three hours
This is a good introductory course to higher level mathematics. It is particularly appropriate
for use in the teacher education program. The topics studied are divisibility properties of
integers, prime numbers, congruences, conditional congruences, law of quadratic reciprocity, and cryptography. Prerequisite: MTH 210 or consent of instructor.
MTH 310
Calculus III
Four hours
This course affords further study in differentiation and integration including partial derivation and multiple integration, solid analytic geometry, vectors, equations, linear algebra, infinite series, and a historical development of Calculus. Prerequisite: MTH 211.
MTH 311
Three hours
Included in this course is an historic perspective on Differential Equations, differential equations of the first order, applications, singular solutions linear equations with constant coefficients, miscellaneous methods for equations of higher order, integration in series, total differential equations. Prerequisite: MTH 310.
MTH 331
Probability & Statistics
Three hours
This course will include topics in the history of probability theory, probability, counting
techniques, mathematical expectations, distributions, moments, measures of center and variability. Central Limit Theorem, hypothesis testing, and other applications. Prerequisite:
MTH 310 or consent of instructor.
MTH 350
Three hours
An introduction to Linear Algebra including historical development of linear algebra, finite
dimensional vector spaces, system of linear equations, linear transformations, and determinant, Eigenvalues and eigenvectors, Orthogonality, and Jordan Canonical form. Prerequisite:
MTH 310 or consent of instructor.
MTH 400
Special Topics
One to Three hours
A special course offered on demand to advanced mathematics students. The course may be
repeated for credit provided the topics differ each semester. Consent of instructor is required.
Possible special topics: Numerical Analysis, Statistical Analysis, or Complex Variables.
MTH 401
Modern Algebra
Three hours
Elements of number theory, boolean algebra, groups, subgroups, rings, fields, integral
domains, polynomials over rings and historical emphasis on modern algebra. Prerequisite:
MTH 310 or consent of instructor. Student must have upper division standing.
MTH 402
Modern Geometry
Three hours
Foundations of geometry, advanced Euclidean geometry, non-metric and metric geometry,
transformation theory, non-Euclidean geometries and the historical development of geometry. Prerequisite: MTH 310 or consent of instructor.
MTH 421
Two hours
See PHY 421 for description of course. Prerequisites: MTH 211 and CIS 300.
MTH 430
Three hours
Topics include historical development of advanced calculus, the study of sequences, infinite
series, limits of function, continuity, differentiation, and the Rieman Integral. Prerequisite:
MTH 310 or consent of the instructor. Student must have upper division standing.
MTH 440
Topology
Three hours
Included in this course will be topics on the history of modern mathematics, the study of sets,
functions, relations, metric spaces, compactness, connectedness, and topological spaces.
Prerequisite: MTH 310. Student must have upper division standing or consent of instructor.
MTH 450
Methods and Materials of Teaching Mathematics
Three hours
A survey of modern methods employed in teaching mathematics at the elementary and secondary level, utilizing appropriate materials available in various teaching situations.
Prerequisite: major or minor in mathematics and senior standing. This course does not count
179
toward major or minor requirements.
MTH 480
Senior Seminar
One to Three hours
Prerequisite: Major or minor in mathematics with a last semester junior standing.
MTH 390/490 Independent Study
One to Three hours
Prerequisite: Major or minor in mathematics with a last semester junior standing; 2.5 overall grade average, 2.80 in mathematics.
MUSIC
CHURCH MUSIC; CHORAL AND INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLES; MUSIC EDUCATION;
MUSIC HISTORY AND LITERATURE; THEORY; APPLIED MUSIC
(School of Music)
MUS 100
Elementary Musicianship
Three hours
An introduction to music theory: notation, scales, key signatures, intervals, triads, sight-singing,
and ear-training. This course may be recommended as a prerequisite to Music Theory I on the
basis of diagnostic exam scores. Counts as general elective only. Fall, Spring semesters.
MUS 101
Theory I
Three hours
Musical notation, scales, transposition, basic acoustics; harmonic, melodic, and structural
analysis; partwriting and principles of diatonic harmony; sight-singing, ear-training, and
keyboard harmony. Five hours a week. Fall semester.
MUS 102
Theory II
Three hours
Continuation of above, plus seventh chords, modulation, secondary dominants, structured
compositional projects. Prerequisite: MUS 101. Five hours a week. Spring semester.
MUS 110, 111, 210, 211, 310, 311, 410, 411 Voice
One to Three hours
MUS 112, 113, 212, 213, 312, 313, 412, 413 Applied Handbells
One to Three hours
A study of the techniques, tools, maintenance, and literature written specifically for solo
handbells; adapting music from other mediums for use with solo handbells.
MUS 121
Music Literature I
Two hours
A survey of important works by outstanding composers of the Middle Ages, Renaissance,
Baroque, and Classic periods. Non-music majors may enroll with consent of instructor. Fall
semester.
MUS 122
Music Literature II
Two hours
Continuation of 121 from the Romantic period to the present, and includes non-Western
music. Non-music majors may enroll with consent of instructor. Spring semester.
MUS 125
Understanding Music
Two hours
An introductory course for non-music students, Understanding Music investigates the purposes and functions of music in our own western culture and in other cultures. It also provides the student with “tools” to enable critical listening to and understanding of music in a
wide variety of styles. Fall and Spring semesters.
MUS 130, 131, 230, 231, 330, 331, 430, 431 Piano
One to Three hours
MUS 134, 135, 234, 235, 334, 335, 434, 435 Organ
One to Three hours
MUS 140
Guitar Class I
One hour
For beginners. Basic chords, basic strumming and fingerpicking styles. Simple song accompaniments and guitar solos. Fall semester.
MUS 141
Guitar Class II
One hour
For students who know the basics. Emphasis on “bar chords and note reading. Song accompaniments, guitar solos and ensembles. Spring semester.
MUS 142
Beginning Handbell Class
One hour
For ringers with no previous experience. Ringing and damping techniques, appropriate literature, care and handling of handbells. One semester of Handbell Class may be substituted
for Handbell Choir with consent of instructor. Meets two hours a week. Spring semester.
MUS 143
Voice Class I
One hour
Group instruction in fundamentals of vocal production and technique for students without
180
previous experience in voice. On demand.
MUS 144
Voice Class II
More advanced group instruction. On demand.
One hour
MUS 145
Piano Class I
One hour
Beginning piano instruction in a group setting introducing fundamental skills for keyboard
proficiency. Study includes technique, harmonization, and beginning literature at a progressive level of development. Classes are divided between music majors/minors and non-music
students. Fall and Spring semester.
MUS 146
Piano Class II
One hour
A continuation of MUS 145. Prerequisite: Music 145 or faculty consent. Fall and Spring
semesters.
MUS 150, 151, 250, 251, 350, 351, 450, 451 Woodwinds
One to Three hours
MUS 152, 153, 252, 253, 352, 353, 452, 453 Brass
One to Three hours
MUS 154, 155, 254, 255, 354, 355, 454, 455 Percussion
One to Three hours
MUS 156, 157, 256, 257, 356, 357, 456, 457 Strings
One to Three hours
MUS 171, 172, 271, 272, 371, 372, 471, 472 Conducting
One to Three hours
MUS 175, 176, 275, 276, 375, 376, 475, 476 Composition
One to Three hours
MUS 181, 281, 381, 481 Concert Chorus
One hour
Open to all students without audition. Large choral works are performed. Meets two hours a
week. Fall and Spring semesters.
MUS 182, 282, 382, 482 Percussion Ensemble
One hour
This ensemble focuses on the rehearsal and performance of literature within the percussion
music idiom. Instrumentation is flexible depending on class enrollment. Musical styles studied include baroque, classical, romantic, and contemporary. On Demand.
MUS 183, 283, 383, 483 University Chorale
One hour
The University Chorale is a mixed choir built along professional standards to represent
Campbellsville University off campus and for special events on campus. The choir studies
and performs choral literature from all periods, with emphasis on sacred anthem literature.
Membership by audition. Meets three hours each week. Fall and Spring semesters.
MUS 184, 284, 384, 484 Orchestra
One hour
This ensemble focuses on the rehearsal and performance of literature within the repertoire
for string chamber ensemble and full orchestra. Instrumentation is flexible depending on
membership. Music will be chosen from the complete spectrum of orchestral literature
including Baroque, Classical, Romantic, and Contemporary styles. Membership is open to
all students. Fall and Spring semesters.
MUS 185, 285, 385, 485 Marching Band
One hour
The Marching Band consists of standard woodwind, brass, and percussion instruments complemented by color guard. Performances include football games, contest exhibitions,
parades, and pep rallies. Membership is open to all students. Color guard and drum line
members are chosen through tryouts. Meets a maximum of 7 hours per week. Fall semester.
MUS 186, 286, 386, 486 Handbell Choir
One hour
Music performed will include sacred and secular from various musical periods, utilizing
arrangements and original compositions. Previous study or experience required. Audition is
the basis for membership. Purchase of gloves necessary. Meets three times each week. Fall
and Spring semesters.
MUS 187, 287, 387, 487 Concert Band
One hour
The Concert Band performs a wide variety of literature including standard band works,
music from the musical theater, and orchestral transcriptions. Membership is open to all students. Meets 3 hours per week. Spring semester.
MUS 188, 288, 388, 488 Jazz Ensemble
One hour
The Jazz Ensemble is an instrumental performing group designed to provide instruction and
experience in Jazz and popular music. Jazz style and improvisation will be stressed.
181
Membership by audition. Meets two hours per week. Fall and Spring semesters.
MUS 189, 289, 389, 489 Brass Ensemble
One hour
This ensemble provides an opportunity for students to participate on a regular basis in some
performance-oriented ensemble other than the traditional bands. On demand.
MUS 192, 292, 392, 492 Woodwind Ensemble
One hour
This ensemble provides an opportunity for students to participate in performance-oriented
chamber ensembles of woodwind instruments including woodwind quintet, flute choir, clarinet choir, and saxophone ensemble. On demand.
MUS 193, 293, 393, 493 Chamber Choir
One hour
The Chamber Choir is a small choral ensemble selected from the membership of the
University Chorale. It prepares repertoire that normally would be beyond the scope of either
Concert Chorus or University Chorale, including early music, medium-length choral works
from all periods, contemporary classical music, and secular music (including popular styles).
Membership in Chamber Choir is by invitation or audition. Meets two hours per week. Fall
and Spring semesters.
MUS 194, 294, 394, 494 Opera Workshop
One hour
This ensemble is designed to expose students to operatic singing, acting, techniques for
make-up, costuming, set design and construction, and other aspects of opera production. The
class will present a fully staged opera or a selection of opera scenes. Membership is open to
all students. Fall.
MUS 195, 295, 395, 495 Wind Ensemble
One hour
The Wind Ensemble is an auditioned performance-based ensemble that performs the highest-level literature of the wind band medium. This course offers the opportunity to study
sophisticated literature in an advanced and mature ensemble setting. Membership is open to
students and non-students by audition. Spring.
MUS 196, 296, 396, 496 University Flute Ensemble
One hour
The objective of the ensemble is to expand the student’s performance ability and knowledge
of flute ensemble repertoire, as well as the student’s growth as a musician. This will be
accomplished through a daily practice routine by the student and weekly ensemble
rehearsals. Fall and Spring semesters.
MUS 201
Theory III
Three hours
Continuation of Theory II, plus borrowed chords, 9th 11th, and 13th chords, the Neapolitan,
augmented sixth chords. Prerequisite: MUS 102. Five hours a week. Fall semester.
MUS 202
Theory IV
Three hours
Continuation of above, plus altered dominants, chromatic mediants, 20th century techniques.
Prerequisite: MUS 201. Five hours a week. Spring semester.
MUS 240
Two hours
This course provides a systematic investigation into the historical and philosophical foundations of music education as well as the study of music education curriculum development
and evaluation. Fall semester, odd-numbered years.
MUS 241
Woodwinds Methods Class
One hour
Elementary group instruction of a practical nature is given to students of the woodwind
instruments. Correct tone production, technique and care of the woodwind instruments with
considerable attention devoted to embouchure and fingering problems of each instrument.
Suitable materials for public school use are evaluated. Two hours a week. Fall semester,
even-numbered years.
MUS 242
Brass Methods Class
One hour
Practical elementary class instruction is given to students on the instruments of the brass
family with considerable attention devoted to correct tone production, technique and care of
the brass instruments. Critical examination of materials appropriate for use in public schools
is included. Two hours a week. Spring semester, odd-numbered years.
MUS 243
One hour
Elementary group instruction. The study and application of the fundamentals of playing
stringed instruments including correct tone production, bowing, technique, and care of the
182
instruments. Materials applicable for public school purposes are critically examined. Two
hours a week. Fall semester, odd-numbered years.
MUS 244
One hour
Practical class instruction is given to students on the various percussion instruments, which
will include snare drum, accessory percussion instruments and the care of the instruments.
Materials applicable for public school use are evaluated. Two hours a week. Spring semester, even-numbered years.
MUS 245
Piano Class III
One hour
Second year of group piano instruction. Continued development of keyboard skills and proficiency. Prerequisite: MUS 146 or consent of instructor. Fall and Spring semesters.
MUS 246
Piano Class IV
One hour
Continuation of MUS 245. Prerequisite: MUS 245 or consent of instructor. Fall and Spring
semesters.
MUS 249
Instrumental Methods for N on-Instrumentalists: Brass, Percussion, String,
and Woodwind
One hour
This course is designed for teachers who have applied majors in voice and keyboard.
Students are given hands-on experience with each instrument family, but the emphasis is on
dealing with rehearsal and performance problems. Fall semester.
MUS 301
Counterpoint
Two hours
A study in application through composition and analysis of 18th C. counterpoint.
Prerequisite: MUS 202. Spring, odd numbered years.
MUS 302
Orchestration
Two hours
A study of instruments of the band and orchestra with regard to range, tone quality, and
appropriate use in instrumental ensembles, including practice in arranging. Prerequisite:
MUS 202. Spring, even numbered years.
MUS 303
Choral Arranging
Two hours
Principles and practices of arranging music for choral groups with emphasis upon producing
useable arrangement. Prerequisite: MUS 202. Spring.
MUS 304
Jazz Theory and Improvisation
Two hours
A historical study of twentieth century jazz music in America via scales, chords and harmonic progressions with an emphasis on performance applications to traditional jazz band
instrumentation: sax, trumpet, trombone and rhythm section. Also a study of jazz band chart
reading and a basic understanding of keyboard voicings and scoring for combos and big
bands. On demand.
MUS 321
History of Music I
Three hours
A study of the history of music in Western cultures beginning with the rise of West Asian and
East Mediterranean music and extending to the time of Haydn. The course is designed to
establish a working knowledge of the development of musical styles and their historical
importance. Prerequisites: MUS 121; MUS 122. Fall.
MUS 322
History of Music II
Three hours
A study of the history of music in Western cultures from the time of Haydn to the present
day. Continuation of study in MUS 321. Prerequisites: MUS 121; MUS 122. Spring.
MUS 323
Two hours
A survey of the standard sacred choral literature from various historical periods.
Prerequisites: MUS 121; MUS 122. Spring, even-numbered years.
MUS 325
Two hours
A survey of the role of music in non-Western cultures and major stylistic trends in musical
development throughout the world. The course serves as an introduction to the discipline of
ethnomusicology and the study of music as human behavior. Prerequisite: Knowledge of
music fundamentals, or consent of instructor. Spring, on demand.
MUS 340
Three hours
The aim of this course is to present a survey of materials and methods in teaching music in
183
the elementary grades for Music Education. The different phases of public school music such
as singing, listening, rhythms and creating music are studied. Music Education majors and
Elementary Education majors who are pursuing a Music minor should take this course as
substitute for MUS 347. Fall, even-numbered years.
MUS 341
Two hours
Designed as an in-depth study of music education for the middle school. The nature and
problems of middle school students will be investigated with the development of a compendium of materials and methods. Mini-lessons will be developed and taught by each student. Observations in local schools required. Special education, and talented and gifted programs examined. Spring, odd-numbered years.
MUS 342
Three hours
This course deals with the general program for senior high school as well as choral music
education problems and practices. Methods and materials of each will be investigated and
collected. Some practicum required. Spring, even-numbered years.
MUS 343
Conducting I
Two hours
This course gives attention to basic conducting skills with a choral emphasis. Attention also
to rehearsal techniques, styles, etc. Video tape used extensively. Prerequisite: MUS 202 or
consent of instructor. Fall.
MUS 344
Conducting II
Two hours
This course is a continuation of MUS 343 with added unique techniques of instrumental
conducting. Laboratory and observation experiences will be scheduled. Prerequisite: MUS
343. Spring.
MUS 346
Accompanying
One hour
A study of the nature of accompanying at the piano and the many problems inherent to ensemble performance. This course may be taken to complete the requirements for a minor in piano
upon completion of the piano proficiency requirement. With consent of instructor. On demand.
MUS 347
Elementary School Music P-4
Three hours
For the elementary education major, this course is designed to combine fundamentals of
music with the methods of music education for the elementary classroom (P-4). Laboratory
experiences are included. Music majors should take MUS 340. Fall, Summer.
MUS 361
Three hours
A brief examination of the philosophy of church music and the development and administration of the music ministry in the local church. Fall, odd-numbered years.
MUS 362
Hymnology
Three hours
The study of the development of hymnology and the gospel song from Biblical times to contemporary hymnody, considering the hymn as literature, the music value of the tune, and the
relation of hymnodic development to the parallel periods of the history of music. Fall.
MUS 363
Three hours
Materials and methods of organizing and training children through the music ministry.
Problems of the child’s voice, development, and various activities will be studied. Fall, evennumbered years.
MUS 364
Three hours
A study of the materials and methods used in training youth and adult choirs, with emphasis
on the care of the adolescent voice, organization and rehearsal procedures, vocal technique,
and repertoire. Spring, odd-numbered years.
MUS 365
Service Playing I
One hour
An introduction to techniques, materials, and practical considerations for playing keyboard
instruments in church services. May be taken following completion of the piano proficiency
requirements. On demand.
MUS 366
Service Playing II
One hour
A continuation of MUS 365 with particular emphasis upon improvisation. Prerequisite:
MUS 365. On demand.
MUS 367
Music and Worship
184
Three hours
A brief examination of the history and philosophy of church music, development of liturgical and free forms of Christian worship. Spring.
MUS 380/480 Music Seminar/Field Study
MUS 390/490 Independent Study
One to Two hours
One to Six hours
MUS 391
Junior Recital
MUS 401
Form and Analysis
Two hours
A study of the various forms of compositions, including song forms, dance forms, rondo,
canon, fugue, and sonata form, with critical analysis of compositions for voice, chorus,
piano, solo instruments, and small ensembles. Prerequisite: MUS 202. Fall semester.
Zero hours
MUS 422
Music in the 20th Century
Three hours
A survey of styles and trends in music since 1900 to the present day. Emphasis is placed
upon both major and minor composers and their contributions in light of the social-cultural
developments of this century. Spring semester, on demand.
MUS 424
Piano Literature
Two hours
An introductory study to the literature for stringed keyboard instruments, primarily the
piano, extending from the late Renaissance to the present day. Emphasis is placed upon the
development of pianistic writing throughout each era. Every other year.
MUS 426
Organ Literature
A chronological survey of works written for organ. On demand.
MUS 440
Instrumental Pedagogy and Literature
Three hours
A course involving the examination of methods, technical studies and literature for use in the
private teaching studio and instrumental ensembles. Areas covered include brass, woodwind,
percussion and strings, designed for the instrumental major in his or her overall major area.
Spring semester, on demand.
MUS 441
Piano Pedagogy
Two hours
A study of methods and approaches to piano instruction from beginning to early advanced
levels of study. Practice teaching. Every other year.
MUS 442
Three hours
Theories and teaching procedure in training the singing voice and preparing vocal groups for
performance, including study of anatomy and physiology of the vocal mechanism. Basic survey of vocal literature in historical sequence. Prerequisite: 4 semesters of voice or approval.
Spring semester, odd numbered years.
MUS 443
Organ Pedagogy
Three hours
Methods and materials for organ pedagogy. Practice teaching. Junior level with permission.
Prerequisite: 4 semesters of organ or permission. On demand.
MUS 444
Marching Band Techniques
Two hours
This course is designed to provide basic training in writing marching band field-show presentations through the use of traditional charting techniques and computerized charting. This
course also provides an introduction to the multi-faceted role of the marching band director
covering various topics in the areas of instruction, administration, public relations, and fund
raising. Fall semester, on demand.
MUS 491
Senior Recital
Two hours
Zero hours
ORIENTATION
OR 100
Freshmen Year Experience
One hour
This course is designed to enhance the new student’s academic and social integration into
college. Essentially, the goal is to maximize the student’s potential to achieve academic success and to adjust responsibly to the individual and interpersonal challenges of college life.
The class is required for all first-time new students.
OR 400
Career Planning/Job Search
One hour
This course is designed for graduating seniors who are seriously wanting to prepare for the
job market. Students will learn how to: begin the job search; develop a resume; complete an
employment portfolio; dress for success; interview; cope with transition from college to
career; and utilize other job specific information.
185
PHILOSOPHY
PHI 241
Introduction of Philosophy
Three hours
A survey of philosophical questions and major Western philosophical traditions.
PHI 242
Critical Thinking
Three hours
This course is a study of classical and contemporary formulations of the principles and applications of human thought. Proper deductive and inductive logic is contrasted with fallacies.
Categorical logic, truth, functional and quantificational logic are examined.
PHI 251
Introduction to Logic
Three hours
The course is a study of classical and contemporary formulations of the principles and application of human thought. Proper deductive and inductive logic is contrasted with fallacies.
Categorical logic, truth functional logic, and quantificational logic are examined.
PHI 331
Three hours
1350 to 1650.
PHI 342
Three hours
A study of the development of philosophical thought from the Pre-Socratic philosophers and
classic Greek philosophy to the medieval period.
PHI 343
Modern Philosophy
Three hours
A study of the major philosophers and the questions that dominated Western philosophy
from the Renaissance to the late 19 th century.
PHI 345
Three hours
A critical examination of basic religious concepts and beliefs. Topics to be considered are:
religious experience, faith and reason, arguments about God’s existence, the problem of evil,
religious language, religious pluralism, and the relationship between science and religion.
PHI 361
Ethics
Three hours
Study of the principles and methods used in evaluating human conduct with an emphasis on
the origin and development of the major views of the good life. Examination of the biblical,
historical, and contemporary themes in Christian ethics through an examination of major
personalities, movements, principles, and practices. Application of Christian ethics to the
issues and problems of modern society.
PHI 380/480 Selected Topics
A survey and discussion of selected advanced topics in Christian Studies.
Three hours
PHI 390/490 Independent Study
Three hours
Designed for students with at least 2.50 overall average and 2.80 area, major, or minor average in Biblical Studies or Educational Ministries. The study must be directed by a member
of the division staff in conjunction with approval of the School. Credit will be based upon
the nature and scope of the study.
PHI 431
Contemporary Theology
Three hours
An examination of the position of the leading Christian theologies of the twentieth century.
PHI 434
World Religions
Three hours
The study of the essential character of religion, its meaning and significance in human experience. Existing religions are compared with Christianity.
PHI 436
Ethical Teachings of Jesus
Three hours
An examination of the teachings of Jesus, their impact on Christian Philosophy, and their
implications for contemporary Christian studies.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
PE 101
186
Adapted Physical Education
One hour
Assignments to this class are made for students with special needs in Basic Instruction focusing primarily on acute and chronic physical limitations. Activities are assigned commensurate with interests and abilities. Fall, spring, summer.
PE 102
Badminton
One hour
The course includes an orientation to the history and rules of the game, terminology, and
equipment. Basic skills and techniques taught include the proper grip, stance, footwork, forehand and backhand clears, long and short serves, net shots, round-the-head shot, and the
smash. Basic singles and doubles games strategies are presented.
PE 103
Introduction to Physical Activity and Health Promotion
Two hours
The purpose of this course is to provide an understanding and personal appreciation of the
relationship of health promotion, physical activity and fitness to life-long health and well
being, so that the individual will select an appropriate personal lifestyle necessary to produce
optimal life-long health and well-being. Emphasis is placed upon the concept of health fitness related to optimal functioning of the cardiorespiratory system, nutrition, and body composition, and muscle-skeletal function. Fall, spring, summer.
PE 104
Beginning Weight Training
One hour
Basic techniques and knowledge’s of Universal, Nautilus, and free weight systems are
taught. Fitness evaluation and individual workout programs are included. Development of
muscular strength and endurance is stressed. Physiological principles of fitness and their
relationships to weight training are also emphasized. Those experienced in weight training
are not eligible to enroll in this course. Spring.
PE 105
Intermediate Weight Training
One hour
This course emphasizes the development of individualized muscular strength and endurance
programs following instruction in the physiological principles and techniques of weight
training. Spring.
PE 107
Beginning Golf
One hour
This course stresses swing motion and the basic fundamentals. Techniques of the full swing
and the short game are presented. Rules and etiquette are covered. Students who shoot 115
or less for 18 holes are not eligible for this beginner course. Fall.
PE 108
Intermediate Golf
One hour
The course builds on and reflects the basic fundamentals of swing motion. Ball flight control is introduced with more in-depth swing analysis. Fall.
PE 109
Beginning Rhythmic Aerobic Exercise
One hour
This course provides a cardiovascular fitness program incorporating physiologically safe
low-impact exercise to music. It develops strength, flexibility, and improved cardiorespiratory efficiency. Fall, Spring.
PE 110
Intermediate Rhythmic Aerobic Exercise
One hour
This course challenges students to achieve higher levels of cardiovascular, flexibility, and
strength fitness through safe low-impact exercise to music. Students with experience in
rhythmic aerobics are expected to be able to participate in a minimum of 30 minutes of aerobic exercise per session. Fall, Spring.
PE 111
Beginning Gymnastics
One hour
The purpose of this course is to expand the movement vocabulary of students through
sequential gymnastics presented in a safe and fun environment. Fall.
PE 112
Folk and Square Dance
One hour
This course combines simple to moderately difficult folk dances of American and international heritage along with a selection of square dances. It includes a variety of dance steps,
patterns, positions, and formations. Fall.
PE 114
Modern Rhythms
One hour
This course includes exercise to music, rhythmical movements using various hand apparatus such as balls, ropes and hoops, and creative interpretation of music through movement.
Fall, Spring.
PE 115
Walking/Jogging for Health Fitness
One hour
This course provides an opportunity to develop cardiovascular fitness and weight control.
Selection of proper clothing and equipment, the physiological effects of a W/J program, care
and prevention of common injuries, and the mechanics of safe exercise are presented.
Nutrition and weight control are emphasized. Fall, spring, summer.
187
PE 116
Bicycling for Health Fitness
One hour
The course will provide an opportunity to develop cardio-respiratory fitness and weight control. Knowledge of roadsafety and laws, bicycle repair, seat and handlebar placement, and
bicycling mechanics are emphasized. Nutrition and weight control are covered.
PE 118
Water Aerobics for Health Fitness
One hour
This course uses exercises conducted in water such as water jogging, aerobic exercise to
music, various resistance exercises and lap swimming to develop cardiovascular and musculoskeletal fitness. Aspects of nutrition and weight control are emphasized. Fall, Spring.
PE 120
Beginner Swimming
One hour
PE 121
One hour
PE 125
One hour
PE 126
Downhill Skiing
One hour
Conditioning and simulation skiing sessions are conducted at various times throughout the
semester on campus. This course is conducted at a ski resort for five days over Christmas
break. It includes orientation to proper equipment selection, such as clothing, boots, skis, and
bindings, the use of lifts and tows, and the basic fundamentals, such as parallel turns, edging concepts, and rhythm. An additional fee is required. Winter intercession.
PE 130
Beginning Bowling
One hour
The course presents terminology of the game, various grip and stances, the delivery
approach, release, and follow through. Pick up spare leaves, releasing straight, hook, and
back-up balls, reading the lanes, and handicapping are also included. Rules and scoring as
well as tournament bowling are learned. Students with an average of 135 or higher are not
eligible for this beginner course. An additional fee is required. Fall, spring.
PE 131
Intermediate Bowling
One hour
This course focuses on refinement of the experienced student’s delivery mechanics including the approach, release, and follow-through. Maximum quality practice time is emphasized. Alternative approaches and releases are presented and several types of tournaments
are conducted. An additional fee is required. Fall, spring.
PE 135
Beginning Volleyball
One hour
Basic skills are taught including the forearm pass, the overhead pass, setting, spiking, blocking, dinking, and serving. Rules and terminology are included. Basic offensive and defensive strategy is learned. Spring.
PE 136
Intermediate Volleyball
One hour
Execution of basic skills are improved through practice. Safe execution of dives and rolls is
stressed. Various offensive strategies and defensive alignments are taught. Emphasis is on
team play. Spring.
PE 145
Softball
One hour
Execution of basic softball skills of throwing, fielding, batting, pitching, and base running
are emphasized. Team position play, defensive and offensive tactics, and rules and terminology will be presented. Spring.
PE 155
Beginning Soccer
One hour
Basic soccer skills are presented including dribbling, shooting, passing, heading, trapping,
and tackling. Position play and strategies for basic offense and defense are learned as well
as rules and terminology. Conditioning is achieve through drills and game play. Fall.
PE 156
Intermediate Soccer
One hour
Basic skills are received and refined. Practice with the non-dominate foot is stressed. Particular
emphasis is placed on first time control of the ball and volleys and half-volleys. Dead ball situations are studied, especially corner kicks and direct and indirect free kicks. Different systems
of play are introduced and evaluated. Position play is stressed in the development of advanced
defensive and offensive tactics. Use of space, width, and depth are emphasized. Fall.
188
PE 160
Beginning Tennis
One hour
Basic skills are learned including forehand and backhand groundstrokes, the volley, and the
serve. Rules, terminology, and basic game strategy will be taught. Through play, and
increased level of fitness and skill will be gained to promote participation in tennis throughout life. Fall, spring.
PE 161
Intermediate Tennis
One hour
Increased proficiency in four basic skills will be developed. New shots taught include the
overhead, the drop, the lob, and spin serve. Strategy for singles and doubles play will be
stressed. Emphasis is on increased pace and ball placement. Fall, Spring.
PE 165
Archery
One hour
The course will emphasize the value of the sport, equipment, rules, and the fundamentals of
stringing the bow, the stance, the bow grip, knocking the arrow, drawing the bow, or correct
aiming and the release and follow through. Safety in the sport will be a prime concern.
PE 190
Special Topics in Physical Activities
One hour
This course is designed to include classes taught by special instructors who have talents in
activities not listed in the current catalog. On demand.
PE 232
Emergency Response
PE 246
PE 247
PE 312
Coaching Theory of Baseball
Two hours
This course investigates the theories and practices of coaching fundamentals in the sport of
baseball. Fall.
PE 320
PE 322
Coaching Theory of Basketball
Two hours
basketball. It also investigates various coaching philosophies, what responsibilities a coach
may encounter, and a general picture of the life of a coach. Fall.
PE 325
PE 340
PE 342
Coaching Theory of Football
Two hours
football and track. Various philosophies, fundamentals, budgets, and equipment will be discussed. Fall.
PE 345
Coaching Theory of Softball
Two hours
softball. Spring.
PE 390
Three hours
A study of the joints, muscles, skeletal structure, mechanics of human motion and their
applications to Physical Education. Spring.
PE 391
Adaptive Land and Water-Based Physical Education
See LS 391.
PE 400
Three hours
A course designed primarily for upper division physical education majors having a background in anatomy and general psychology. It will consist of lectures and laboratory experiments related to the effects of exercise on human functions. Fall.
PE 410
Coaching Theory of Volleyball and Tennis
Three hours
One hour
Three hours
One hour
One hour
Three hours
Three hours
Two hours
189
Emphasizes psychology of coaching, role of coach, traits of successful athletes, and drills for
conditioning for and playing volleyball and tennis competitively. Fall, even.
PE 411
Teaching Physical Education, P-12
Three hours
A survey of materials, content, and methods used in teaching physical education, P-12.
PE 430
Three hours
A course designed for the prospective teacher and coach to acquaint them with the psychological and sociological aspects of sport and physical activity. Fall, even.
PE 434
Administration of Interscholastic and Intercollegiate Athletics
Two hours
This course is designed with the prospective coach in mind. Various administrative duties
and procedure will be taught with which the high school and collegiate coach may be
involved. Spring.
PE 442
Organization and Administration of PE
Three hours
The basic problems of organization and administration will be covered. Surveys of the duties
of physical education administrators in secondary schools, colleges, and universities will be
discussed and reviewed. Interscholastic and intramural athletics will be included. Spring.
PE 395/490 Independent Study
One to Three hours
This course is required for Exercise Science and Sports Medicine Majors prior to graduation.
The student will work in an off-campus fitness/wellness/hospital, physical therapy or other
setting where they can utilize knowledge of their major courses of study and receive clinical
supervision. (Permission of Department Chair).
PE 466
See LS 466.
Three hours
PE 475
Conditioning and Rehabilitation Techniques in Sports Medicine
Three hours
PHYSICS
PHY 110L Introductory Physics Laboratory
One hour
This course is a laboratory course illustrating the basic principles of physics, designed to
accompany PHY 131, Conceptual Physics. One three hour laboratory period per week is
required. This course will satisfy the General Education requirement in Physical Science for
Elementary and Middle School Teacher Education.
PHY 121
Musical Acoustics
Two hours
An introductory course in musical acoustics. No prior knowledge of either music or science
is required. The course will introduce simple physical and mathematical concepts to help the
student understand the underlying principles of the physics of sound, while at the same time,
use the student’s interest in music to motivate the study.
PHY 131
Conceptual Physics
Three hours
A course designed as a quantitative and historical survey of the evolution of physics and
chemistry from ancient times to today. This course is addressed to the student who has not
studied physical science or mathematics in depth though he or she must be conversant with
algebra. This is physics for the poet who can count.
PHY 132
Three hours
An introductory course in astronomy and astrophysics. General astronomical principles will
be presented along with their historical development. Theories of the origin of the universe,
planetary motion, black holes, quasars, special relativity and the curvature of space, the formation of galaxies, and basic cosmology will be covered.
PHY 141
Four hours
An elementary survey course of classical physics. The primary topics covered are: vectors,
kinematics, mechanical work and energy, conservation principles of energy and momentum,
and mechanical waves. Prerequisites: High School or College Algebra and Trigonometry.
PHY 142
General College Physics II
Four hours
A continuation of Introduction to Physics I covering thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, electromagnetic waves, and optics. Prerequisite: PHY 141.
190
PHY 143
General College Physics I Laboratory
One hour
A laboratory course designed to accompany PHY 141. General experimental technique will
be taught by hands on verification of many of the principles discussed in the classroom. One
three hour period per week is required. Corequisite: PHY 141.
PHY 144
General College Physics II Laboratory
One hour
PHY 231
Health Physics
Three hours
A survey course in health physics and radiation. Basic atomic and nuclear structure, the characterization of radiation, the interaction of radiation with matter, radiation dosimetry, the
biological effects of radiation, radiation detection and instrumentation, risk assessment and
protective measures will be covered. Prerequisite: PHY 141.
PHY 232
Introduction to Civil Engineering
Three hours
A survey course in Civil Engineering. The basic design of public works will be discussed
including: road, bridge, traffic flow, canal, dams and harbor design. Land surveying will be
covered which will include several off campus excursions.
PHY 241
General University Physics I
Four hours
A survey course of classical physics designed primarily for science and mathematics majors
with a firm grasp of differential and integral calculus. The primary topics covered are: vectors, kinematics; mechanical work and energy, conservation principles of energy and
momentum, and mechanical waves. Prerequisites: MTH 210; MTH 211.
PHY 242
General University Physics II
Four hours
A continuation of General University Physics I covering thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, electromagnetic waves, and optics. Prerequisite: PHY 241.
PHY 243
General University Physics I Laboratory
One hour
PHY 244
General University Physics II Laboratory
One hour
PHY 331
Mechanics
Three hours
An intermediate course in classical mechanics. Topics covered will be: Newtonian mechanics, motion of particles in multi-dimensions, rigid body motion and statics, gravitation, moving coordinate systems, Lagrange’s equations of motion, tensor algebra, the theory of small
vibrations, special relativity and relativistic dynamics. Prerequisites: PHY 241; PHY 242.
PHY 332
Engineering Statics
Three hours
A course in the study of mechanics in which force systems are in equilibrium. Topics covered
will be: centers of mass, moments of inertia, statics of rigid bodies, statics of structures, stress
and strain, equilibrium of flexible strings, cables, solid beams and fluids. Prerequisite: PHY 241.
PHY 333
Electronic Circuits
Three hours
An introductory course in electronic circuits and electrical engineering. Topics covered will
be: simple linear circuits and Ohm’s law, circuit analysis and Kirchoff’s laws, transient circuits: RL, RC and RLC circuits, sinusoidal analysis and forced circuits, electronic devices,
amplifiers and signal generators, transistors and their application. Prerequisite: MTH 210.
PHY 338
Modern Physics I
Three hours
A study of those phenomena which led to the revision of classical ideas of matter, and
motion, and radiation and the modern concept of physics.
PHY 339
Modern Physics II
Three hours
A second semester study of the modern scientific movement in physics. Topics covered will
pick up where Modern Physics I left off and include: quantum statistics, quantum mechanics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. Prerequisite: PHY 338.
191
PHY 421
Two hours
A two credit hour course in the study of computational methods as they are applied to modeling of scientific phenomena. Topics covered will be: solutions of linear equations, interpolation and extrapolation, integration, evaluation of functions and series, elliptical integrals, sorting techniques, minimization and maximization of functions, eigensystems, statistical description of data and modeling, integration of ordinary differential equations.
Prerequisites: MTH 211 and CIS 300.
PHY 431
Introduction to Quantum Mechanics
Three hours
An introductory course in Quantum Mechanics covering classical physics, wave packets,
Schroedinger wave equation, eigenfunction and eigenvalues, one-dimensional potentials,
hydrogen atom, helium atom, and other related topics. Prerequisites: MTH 311 and PHY 242.
PHY 438
Introduction to Electromagnetism
Three hours
An introduction to the foundations of Electromagnetic Fields and Waves including electrostatic fields, relativistic electromagnetism, Maxwell’s equations, magnetic fields, magnetic
materials, and applications. Prerequisites: PHY 242 and MTH 211.
PHY 451
Thermodynamics
Three hours
An introduction to the foundations of thermal physics including thermodynamical processes, entropy, Boltzmann distributions, phase transformations, and thermal radiation.
Prerequisites: PHY 241 and MTH 211.
PHY 490
Senior Research
One to Three hours
Senior research is a course for students nearing the completion of a physics major or minor
that offers credit for significant work in theoretical or experimental physics under the guidance of an advisor. Prerequisite: Major or minor in physics with at least junior standing.
POLITICAL SCIENCE
POL 110
American Government
Three hours
This course studies the development and interrelation of American national state, and local
governments; and public opinion, political parties, civil rights, duties of citizenship, and
present governmental trends.
POL 122
State and Kentucky Government
Three hours
This course studies the development of state constitutions and governments; and role of state
government in the nation; interrelations of state, national, and local governments. Special
attention is given to the constitution and government of Kentucky. Prerequisite: POL 110 or
consent of instructor.
POL 150
Mass Communication
Three hours
A study of the mass media; the revolution in their technical achievements; the changing concepts of their function and role in society, their shared characteristics, and their possibilities
and problems. The media studies will include newspapers, magazines, radio, TV, films,
records, tapes and mass media.
POL 331
Municipal Government
Three hours
This course covers the structure and functions of municipal government, and its relation to
state government. Special government problems of towns, small cities, and expanding metropolitan areas are emphasized. Prerequisite: POL 110 or consent of instructor.
POL 332
Political Parties
Three hours
The development nature, composition, tactics, and changing ideologies of political parties
are emphasized, as well as the role of parties and pressure groups in a democracy.
Prerequisite: POL 110 or consent of instructor.
POL 334
See CJ 334 for course description.
POL 336
Modern Presidency
Three hours
This course covers the executive branch of government and its relation with Congress, the
courts and the bureaucracy. The historical evolution of the office will be included. May be
taken as history credit.
192
Three hours
POL 341
Comparative Government
Three hours
Monarchic, republican, democratic, constitutional, and dictatorial forms of government will
be studied along with the historical, economics, social, and cultural forces influences the
modern governments of leading countries. Prerequisite: POL 110 or consent of instructor.
POL 351
American Diplomacy
Three hours
This course covers American foreign relations from the Revolution to the present, principles
of successful diplomacy, and diplomatic service and careers. Prerequisite: POL 110 or consent of instructor.
POL 352
International Relations
Three hours
This course covers the development of modern international relations, factors shaping foreign policies of nations, war, pacific settlements of disputes, and the United Nations.
Prerequisite: POL 110 or consent of instructor.
POL 361
Social Statistics
Three hours
This course is designed to acquaint the political science student with the logic and method
of statistics, covering frequency distribution, measures of central tendency and variation,
random sampling, and testing of hypotheses. Students planning to enter law school or to take
graduate study in political science or business should take this course. Fall semester.
POL 362
Methods of Research
Three hours
This course is to be an interdisciplinary course in the fields of political science, sociology,
and psychology. Recitation and lectures will be three hours a week and introduction to the
scope and methods of inquiry into the area of the social sciences. Emphasis will be placed
on the historical developments and on recent developments of social science methodology
and research techniques.
POL 371
Public Opinion
Three hours
This course studies the nature, formation, role, and change in public opinion; modern mass
communication which shapes public opinion; and problems of enlightened public opinion in
a democracy. Prerequisite: POL 110 or consent of instructor.
POL 382
Three hours
This course covers the making of the Constitution: its interpretations through statutes, judicial decisions, governmental practice, amendments; and civil rights. Recent decisions, interpretations, and developments are included. Prerequisite: POL 110 or consent of instructor.
May be taken as history credit.
POL 415
Human Geography
See GEG 315 for description of course.
Three hours
POL 421
See CJ 421 for description of course.
Three hours
POL 431
Civil Liberties
Three hours
In this course, the student is confronted with the fact that the Constitution defines our freedoms in cursory language, thus leaving it to the courts to flesh out the document’s skeletal
guarantees. Special emphasis will be placed on the affirmative action efforts.
POL 432
Public Administration
Three hours
Public Administration is a study of administration in private and public organizations. It is
an interdisciplinary course and is taken for credit in the fields of political science, sociology, and psychology.
POL 442
Political Geography
See GEG 442 for description of course.
POL 472
Three hours
Government stimulation, regulation, and control of industry; antitrust laws and their enforcement; price controls in war and peace times; and government projects and ownership are
emphasized. Prerequisites: ECO 110; POL 110; or consent of instructor.
POL 480
Selected Topics
Three hours
A survey and discussion of selected advanced topics in contemporary political science,
including such subjects as new administrative theory, political poling, constitutional
Three hours
193
changes, political gridlock, etc. Topics will be selected on the basis of their relevancy to current breaking events.
POL 482
Western Political Philosophy
Three hours
An examination and discussion of the development of European and American political doctrines with emphasis upon the forces producing the doctrines. Prerequisite: POL 110 or consent of instructor.
POL 485
Independent Study
Three hours
This course requires a research paper using primary source materials and an oral presentation to the division faculty. Limited to students majoring or minoring in political science or
social science area in senior year. Enrollees must have an overall 3.25 standing, 3.5 in
Political Science, show promise in the field of political science and be able to travel to do
research if necessary.
PSYCHOLOGY
PSY 111
General Psychology
Three hours
This is an introductory course in psychology. It is designed to acquaint students with such
topics as heredity, motivation, emotions, learning, social adjustments, and various psychological techniques, principles and laws.
PSY 215
Human Interaction
Three hours
This course is designed to help the student establish, maintain, and improve human interaction skills. Specifically, this course focuses on skill building in the areas of verbal and nonverbal communication, listening, assertiveness, conflict resolution, and interpersonal intimacy and distance.
PSY 222
Three hours
This course focuses on healthy life adjustment. The student will have many opportunities to
apply psychological information to his/her own personal adjustment, thus developing a
deeper understanding of self and the means of adjusting to life more effectively. Topics
include: stress management, relationships, gender roles, emotions, communication, and
identity formation. Prerequisite: PSY 111.
PSY 311
Three hours
Presents the basic principles of classical and operant conditioning in a practical way where
the students can learn to become effective change agents. The emphasis will be on how these
principles can be used to solve social and psychological behavioral problems. Prerequisite:
PSY 111 or consent of instructor.
PSY 312
Three hours
Processes involved in such complex human behaviors as language, memory, attention and
problem solving with an emphasis upon experimental findings and current theories.
Prerequisite: PSY 111.
PSY 321
Three hours
Lifespan Development will focus on the physical, cognitive, social, moral, and emotional
development of the individual across the lifespan from conception, through birth, childhood,
adolescence, and adulthood. Attention will be given to both healthy and dysfunctional development. Prerequisite: PSY 111.
PSY 323
Three hours
This course summarizes, compares, and contrasts the major historical and contemporary theories of personality.
PSY 333
Group Dynamics
Three hours
This course focuses on theories of groups and the dynamics involved in group behavior.
(Emphasis will be upon those factors of group dynamics which will lead to better interpersonal relationships.) Prerequisite: PSY 111 and consent of instructor.
PSY 341
Social Psychology
Three hours
Social influences shaping personality and group behavior; culture, social attitudes, folkways,
customs, crowds, leaders, social institutions; and social conflicts resulting from race preju-
194
dice, nationalism, and class dominations are studied. Prerequisites: PSY 111; SOC 110; or
PSY 343
See SOC 343 for description of course.
Three hours
PSY 351
Three hours
An examination of the role of psychology in industry. Some of the topics covered will
include employee motivation and satisfaction; the structure of an organization and processes of communication, decision making and conflict; socialization through selection and
training; human factors engineering and consumer psychology.
PSY 361
Social Statistics
Three hours
This course is designed to acquaint the Social Science student with the logic and methods of
statistics, covering frequency distribution, measures of central tendency and variation, probability and the normal curve, chi square, distribution-free methods, regression and correlation. It is an inter-disciplinary course and may be taken for credit in four different fields: economics, political science, psychology, social work and sociology. Prerequisite: PSY 111 or
consent of instructor. Recommended for students interested in graduate work.
PSY 362
Methods of Research
Three hours
This course is to be an interdisciplinary course in the fields of political science, social work,
sociology, and psychology. Recitation and lectures will be three hours a week and introduction to the scope and methods of inquiry into the area of the social sciences. Emphasis will
be placed on the historical development and on recent developments of social science
methodology and research techniques. Prerequisite: PSY 111 or consent of instructor.
Recommended for students interested in graduate work.
PSY 363
Experimental Psychology with Lab
Four hours
An instructional course in methodological and quantitative concepts germane to scientific
psychological research. Since developing and involvement in experimental problems is as
important as the academic study of the conduct of experimental research, the lecture class is
accompanied by a laboratory class. Through the experimental psychological approach, a
knowledge and understanding is gained in how the laboratory findings and the concepts
based upon them are applicable to the real world.
PSY 401
Three hours
A history of modern psychology dealing with the continuous development and decline of different systematic positions or schools of thought. Prerequisite: PSY 111 or consent of instructor.
PSY 412
Abnormal Psychology
Three hours
Manifestations and diagnosis of abnormal behavior, etiology, and treatment are the focus of
the Abnormal Psychology course. This course will also address various issues relevant to the
field of mental health. Prerequisites: PSY 111, and PSY 363, or consent of instructor.
PSY 414
Three hours
This course explores the vocations that provide counseling as a component of service. Topics
include major theoretical orientations, counselor ethics and professional development issues.
Prerequisite: PSY 111.
PSY 420
Behavioral Neuroscience
Three hours
This is a detailed study of the physiological elements of psychology. Emphasis is placed upon
functions of the nervous system especially as they are related to mental disorders, emotions,
learning, attention, senses, drugs, and therapies. Prerequisite: PSY 111 or consent of instructor.
PSY 421
Four hours
An instructional course in methodological and quantitative concepts germane to scientific
psychological research. Since developing an involvement in experimental problems is as
important as the academic study of the conduct of experimental research, the lecture class is
accompanied by a laboratory class. Through the experimental psychological approach, a
knowledge and understanding is gained in how laboratory findings and the concepts based
upon them are applicable to the real world. Prerequisites: PSY 111; PSY 361; consent of
instructor. Course enrollment limited to 20.
195
PSY 452
The Psychology of Religious Experience
Three hours
This course will explore 1) religious experience from a psychological perspective, and 2)
psychology from the perspective of religious faith in order to facilitate the student’s integration of psychological principles and theories with that of religious faith and beliefs.
Prerequisite: PSY 111, PSY 321, and upper division standing or consent of instructor.
PSY 460
Aging
Three hours
A study of the aging process and the changes that take place biologically, mentally, and spiritually in the individual and/or group setting. The history of this phase of human development is also examined.
PSY 475
Practicum
One to Four hours
An out of classroom experience for students in psychology to learn through first-hand experience by involvement in practical work that is psychological in nature. Prerequisite: Upper
division major in psychology in good standing by permission.
PSY 480
Selected Topics
One to Three hours
A survey and discussion of selected advanced topics in contemporary psychology, including
such topics as guilt, depression, and death. Prerequisite: 5 courses in Psychology, may be
repeated for credit up to six hours.
PSY 390/490 Independent Study
One to Three hours
to the division faculty. Limited to students majoring in psychology or social science area in
senior year. Enrollees must have a 3.25 overall standing, 3.50 in psychology, show promise
in the field of psychology and be able to travel to do research if necessary. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
PUBLIC RELATIONS
PR 245
Copywriting
See JOU 245 for course description.
Three hours
PR 350
Public Relations Lab
One hour
PR 360
Public Relations
Three hours
PR 370
Three hours
A study of the theories, techniques and practical skills of writing for public relations purposes. Basic formats including news releases, speeches, newsletters, brochures, annual
reports and public relations advertising will be emphasized. Prerequisite: PR 360 or consent
of instructor. Spring semester, even.
PR 385
See COM 384 for course description.
PR 450
Public Relations Practicum
One to Three hours
For non-paid students who work in the university public relations office or a comparable
office either on campus or off. (Must be arranged with instructor.) One to three hours per
semester. May be repeated for a total of six credit hours. Prerequisites: PR 360 and PR 371.
Each semester.
PR 460
Three hours
This course focuses on the duties and responsibilities of public relations offices for such
agencies as hospitals, schools, businesses, corporations, government entities and non-profit
groups. Students will discuss, analyze and perform some of those major duties. Prerequisite:
PR 370. Fall semester, even.
PR 464
Media Advertising
RUSSIAN
196
One to Six hours
Three hours
RUS 101
Russian Language and Culture
Three hours
Basic conversational skills and reading maps, menus, signs, and instructions to travelers.
Cultural topics dealing with post-communist Russia: tourist attractions, travel, daily and
family life, recent history, religion. Note: This course will not satisfy the foreign language
requirement for the B.A.
RUS 111
Elementary Russian I
Three hours
An introductory course in the Russian language. Listening, speaking, reading, and writing
skills are emphasized by means of pattern drills, exercises. Tapes accompany the textbook.
RUS 112
Elementary Russian II
Three hours
A continuation of Russian 111. An introductory course in Russian language. Listening,
speaking, reading, and writing skills are developed through the use of dialogues, pattern
drills and exercises. The textbook is accompanied by tapes.
RUS 211
Intermediate Russian I
Three hours
An intermediate course in the Russian language. Listening, speaking, reading, and writing
skills are developed through the use of dialogues, pattern drills, and exercises. The textbook
is accompanied by tapes.
RUS 212
Intermediate Russian II
A continuation of RUS 211. Prerequisite: RUS 211 or equivalent.
Three hours
SOCIOLOGY
SOC 110
Three hours
An introduction to sociology as a discipline. The sociological perspective will be used to
examine social groups, structure, and institutions, as well as everyday human interaction.
SOC 210
Three hours
An introduction to the basic concepts of and topics in anthropology as seen through the cultural origins of humans. Examples are drawn from studies of preliterate, preindustrial, and
modern societies.
SOC 215
Human Interaction
See PSY 215.
SOC 224
Three hours
A theoretical and practical analysis of community. Various forms of community are examined, including those occurring in rural, urban, and suburban settings. Prerequisite: SOC 110
or consent of instructor.
SOC 225
Social Stratification and Mobility
Three hours
This course deals with the process of social mobility and the social stratification structure in
society. Prerequisite: SOC 110.
SOC 230
Social Problems
Three hours
This course investigates patterns, dynamics and consequences of discrimination, economic
deprivation, oppression and populations at risk. It looks at the changing attitudes and practices of family, institution, and cultural values and also explores deviant behavior and the
underlying effects on humanity.
SOC 235
Three hours
SOC 312
See BA 312 for description.
Three hours
SOC 331
Marriage and Family
Three hours
An examination of marriage and the family, historically and conventionally from a social
scientific and Christian perspective. Topics include, but are not limited to, dating, marriage,
value selection, impact of family on society, childbirth and changing family dynamics. See
also HE 331. Prerequisites: SOC 110 or consent of instructor.
SOC 332
Three hours
Three hours
197
SOC 333
Group Dynamics
See PSY 333 for description of course. Prerequisite: PSY 111.
Three hours
SOC 341
Social Psychology
See PSY 341 for description of course. Prerequisites: SOC 110; PSY 111.
Three hours
SOC 342
Three hours
This course will examine inter- and intra-group relationships between various racial and ethnic groups in America. Particular attention will be given to the causes, consequences and
reduction of prejudice and discrimination. Prerequisites: SOC 110; PSY 111; or consent of
instructor.
SOC 343
Three hours
This course examines the roots, nature, and social construction of gender. It will focus on
psychological and sociological issues related to the roles assumed by males and females in
contemporary society. Topics include theoretical issues, as well as causes and consequences
of differentiation between women and men in areas such as power, communication, and
labor force participation.
SOC 345
Sociology of Work
Three hours
This course presents work and occupations in a cultural context, emphasizing the social
influence and import of work for individuals. Includes a broad view of trends in work as well
as a focus on the way workers, at all levels, experience their work situation and respond to
it. Prerequisite: SOC 110 or permission of instructor.
SOC 361
Social Statistics
Three hours
SOC 362
Methods of Research
Three hours
SOC 371
Public Opinion
Three hours
See POL 371 for description of course. Prerequisites: POL 110; SOC 110; or consent of
instructor.
SOC 375
Practicum
One to Four hours
Supervised learning experiences in various professional settings, including social agencies.
May be applied to major or minor. Approval of instructor, Divisional Chair, and Academic
Dean must be granted prior to the experience. Prerequisite: Upper division major or minor
in Sociology in good standing.
SOC 380/480 Selected Topics
One to Three hours
A survey and discussion of advanced topics in sociology. May be repeated for credit up to 6
hours. Prerequisite: SOC 110.
SOC 400
Selected Topics
Three hours
SOC 413
Sociology of Deviant Behavior
Three hours
This course is a study of theoretical and empirical approaches to the analysis of deviance. It
will include societal reactions and deviant responses to various types of behavior that occur
outside of cultural expectations.
SOC 415
Family Violence
Three hours
This course presents an overview of family violence in our society, along with theories and
research on various types of domestic violence including spouse abuse, child abuse, and
elder abuse.
SOC 425
See SWK 425 for description of course.
Three hours
SOC 431
Civil Liberties and the Individual
Three hours
SOC 473
Social Theory
Three hours
This course examines the important sociological theorists in their study of human society.
The prominent theorists such as Marx, Durkheim, Weber, Mead and Parsons will be studied.
Prerequisite: SOC 110.
198
SOC 390/490 Independent Study
Two or Three hours
to the division faculty. Limited to students majoring in sociology or social science area in
senior year. To enroll, students must have a 3.25 overall standing, 3.50 in major field, show
promise in field of sociology and be able to do research, if necessary. Prerequisite: SOC 110.
SOC 460
Aging
See PSY 460 for description of course.
Three hours
SOC 475
Practicum
Two hours
Supervised learning experiences in various professional settings, including social agencies.
May be applied to major or minor. Approval of instructor, Divisional Chair, and Academic
Dean must be granted prior to the experience. Prerequisite: Upper division major or minor
in Sociology in good standing.
SOCIAL STUDIES EDUCATION
(School of Education)
SSE 444
Teaching Social Studies in Secondary Schools
Three hours
This course is divided into four parts. Part one presents the problem of teaching method (that
is, how to select the most suitable strategy and tactics in view of the educational situation)
and some of the variables that contribute to that problem. Part two is concerned with how to
carry out various general strategies and techniques. Part three makes specific suggestions for
organizing and teaching courses in the various disciplines. Part four teaches where to find
and how to utilize various materials and tools of instruction.
SOCIAL WORK
(Carver School of Social Work)
SWK 210
Introduction to Social Work
Three hours
An introduction to the profession of generalist social work practice. Basic social work
knowledge and values are presented along with an historical overview and perspectives
related to the development of this profession. Areas of study include health, welfare, protective services, as well as demographic and political issues impacting service delivery and the
profession. This course is designed to familiarize students with the social work profession
and help them decide if they wish to pursue social work as an area of emphasis (major).
SWK 220
Practice I
Three hours
This course provides basic skills necessary to perform generalist social work practice with
systems of all sizes but primarily focuses on micro systems with individuals and families.
The problem solving process is introduced and practiced using a strengths model as the foundation for intervention. Students learn to define issues, collect and assess data; plan and contract, identify alternative, implement action, and monitor outcomes with pseudo clients from
diverse backgrounds. Fifteen clock hours of volunteer work will be required along with
classroom instruction, discussion and interaction. Prerequisite: SWK 210 and acceptance
into the program major.
SWK 310
Three hours
This course will examine current social welfare policy issues (such as poverty, homelessness and welfare reform) with an emphasis on how oppression and discrimination impact
these issues. Historical and current patterns of the provision of social welfare services and
the effect of social policy on social work practice will also be analyzed. Social and economic
justice principles will guide students in their analysis of policy formulation, the political
influences, and implementation of social policy. Open to non-majors.
SWK 311
Human Behavior and the Social Environment I
Three hours
This course provides theories and knowledge of human bio-psycho-social-spiritual development with systems of various sizes and levels. Values, ethics, and spiritual issues related to
development are also explored along with social and economic forces on individuals and
social systems. Birth through late adolescence will be investigated. Pre-requisite: SWK 210.
Open to non-majors with the instructors approval.
SWK 312
Human Behavior and the Social Environment II
Three hours
A continuation course of SWK 311 beginning with young adult and continuing through older
199
adult. The developmental process of each adult stage will be examined looking at social,
physiological, psychological, and spiritual changes in adulthood. Pre-requisite courses
include: SWK 311.
SWK 315
Crisis Intervention
Three hours
Many social service and divinity professionals are hurled into the position of assisting and providing counsel to persons experiencing acute situational and interpersonal stress. This course
explores crisis intervention theory, research and practice. The principle goal is to provide students with a crisis intervention model applicable to all people in crisis. Open to non-majors.
SWK 330
Social Service Administration
Three hours
This course is designed to introduce students to the administrative procedures through which
social services are commonly provided. Emphasis will be placed on organization, planning,
programming, budgeting, financial management, staffing and staff development as it
impacts the delivery of human services. A look at organizational constraints and the ethical
responsibility of helping professionals will be explored. Open to non-majors.
SWK 340
Practice II
Three hours
The problem solving process acquired during Practice I (SWK 220) is built upon and
expanded to include practice with families and groups from differing social, cultural, racial,
religious, spiritual, and class backgrounds, and with systems of all sizes but principally
focusing on mezzo systems. Prerequisite courses include SWK 220, SWK 311, SWK 361.
SWK 342
Human Diversity
Three hours
This course is designed to assist students to successfully manage interpersonal relationships
with people from differing cultural and ethnic backgrounds. Emphasis will be placed on the
social systems, value orientations, and lifestyles of major ethnic minorities in the United
States, as well as on the effects of prejudice, discrimination and racism in shaping human
behavior. Students will be expected to explore their own ethnicity and develop a greater
understanding of one’s origin. Open to non-majors.
SWK 350
Values and Ethics in Social Work
Three hours
An overview of social work values and ethics with an emphasis on their application in professional practice. Special attention will be given to ethical dilemmas faced by social workers. This course will take a look at Judaeo-Christian values and ethics and how they interact,
parallel or come into conflict with the ethics and values of the social work profession. Open
to non-majors. Pre-requisite: SWK 210.
SWK 360
Child Abuse and Neglect
Three hours
This course is designed to provide a comprehensive introduction to child abuse and neglect
from a social work perspective. Social workers in all professional work settings must know
how to identify child maltreatment and effective interventions on the micro and macro level.
Additionally, students will learn the extent of the problem, effects on children, treatment
issues, the social worker’’ role in a multidisciplinary team approach, and how to advocate for
individuals and families. The course is the first of two specific course requirements for the
child welfare certification available through Campbellsville University and the Department
for Community Services. Prerequisites are on file in the Carver School of Social Work.
Permission must be given by BSW program director.
SWK 361
Social Statistics
Three hours
This course is designed to acquaint the Social Science student with the logic and methods of
statistics, covering frequency distribution, measures of central tendency and variation, probability and the normal curve, chi square, distribution-free methods, regression and correlation. SWK 210 is pre-required for all social work majors.
SWK 370
Child Abuse and Interventions
Three hours
This course is the second of two specific requirements for the Public Child Welfare
Certification available through Campbellsville University and the Department for
Community Based Services. Students will learn about various practice skills and treatment
interventions related to social work and abused/neglected children and their families.
Students will have several opportunities to develop their own skills through a variety of
teaching methods. Prerequisites are on file in the Carver School of Social Work. Permission
must be given by the BSW program director. Instructors will be a combination of University
faculty, CBS personnel, and guest lecturers.
200
SWK 375
Social Work Research
Three hours
This course prepares students with the tools necessary for conducting social work practice
research and evaluation. Content includes quantitative and qualitative methodology, data
analysis, systematic practice evaluation, practice theory, ethics and relevant technology.
Recitation and lectures are the methods of inquiry. Pre-requisite: SWK 361
SWK 410/411 Field Instruction I and II
Five hours each
This course offers the opportunity for advanced social work students to work with individuals,
groups, and community organizations under the close supervision of a professional social
worker. Emphasis is on implementing knowledge learned in previous course work, developing
practice skills, learning how to incorporate essential knowledge unique to the placement setting, working within the structure of the agency and community for service delivery, and selfawareness as a developing professional. Students are required to work a minimum of 250 hours
in each of SWK 410 and 411. (A pproval must be gained one full semester prior to registering
for 410 or 411. Second semester junior standing is required). Pre-requisites are: SWK 210,
SWK 311, SWK 312, SWK 340, and SWK 342. Social work majors only.
SWK 414
See PSY 414 for course description.
Three hours
SWK 425
Death, Dying and Bereavement
Three hours
This course is designed to provide both theoretical and experiential exposure to the diverse
population experiencing death, dying and bereavement. Values and ethics of professional practice are explored as well as social and economic issues that interact with the aspects of dying.
SWK 440
Child Welfare
Three hours
Survey of public and private child welfare services from a historical perspective and examination of current child welfare services available to children and their families. Examination
of contemporary services to children and parents are reviewed along with policy development, legislation, funding and research related to programs, and service delivery. Services
such as family preservation, permanency planning, child protection, foster care, adoption
and residential care will be addressed. Open to non-majors.
SWK 444
Three hours
This is an elective seminar for persons interested in working with families of various compositions. Family systems theory, family life cycle, strengths and needs assessment, therapeutic techniques for intervention, and social support systems will be addressed. Pre-requisites: SWK 311, SWK 312, SWK 340.
SWK 450
Practice III
Three hours
This course will instruct the student on developing and conducting macro level interventions.
Students will practice evaluating and intervening in organizations and the communities.
Practice will prepare students to develop, evaluate and administer programs that service clients
from diverse social, cultural, racial, religious, spiritual, and class backgrounds, and with systems of various sizes. This is the final course in the practice sequence. Prerequisite: SWK 340.
SWK 470
Social Work Senior Seminar
One hour
This course is a capstone seminar course designed to complete the preparation of generalist
practice social work students for employment and graduate studies in the field of social
work. This course is required for all social work majors the last semester of their senior year.
SWK 480
Special Topics for Seminar
Three hours
A survey and discussion of selected advanced topics in the field of social work generalist
practice. May be repeated for credit up to six hours.
SWK 490
Independent Study
One to Three hours
This course requires a research paper in an area of social work practice that is consistent with
the students area of emphasis and for which no formal courses are offered. To qualify for this
course the student must be a social work major, have senior standing, a minimum of 2.80
grade point average in social work courses, permission of the professor directing the study,
and permission of the Dean of the School of Social Work.
201
SPANISH
* These courses in the language are presently inactive. They may be reactivated in response to significant
student needs.
SPA 101
Three hours
A conversational approach to the study of Spanish culture and civilization. Everyday topics,
cultural differences and phrases useful when traveling in a Spanish-speaking country will be
SPA 111
Elementary Spanish I
Three hours
An introductory course in the Spanish language. Grammar, conversation, reading and writing
are emphasized by means of pattern drills, exercises, and tapes accompanying the textbook.
SPA 112
Elementary Spanish II
A continuation of SPA 111. Prerequisite: SPA 111 or equivalent.
SPA 211
Intermediate Spanish I
Three hours
A continuation of the study of the Spanish language by means of further grammar study;
readings and discussions in Spanish of various cultural presentations; and conversational
practice in class and in the laboratory. Prerequisite: SPA 112 or equivalent.
SPA 212
Intermediate Spanish II
A continuation of SPA 211. Prerequisite: SPA 211 or equivalent.
SPA 311
Three hours
This course is designed to develop ability to speak and write Spanish. Prerequisite: SPA 212
or equivalent.
Three hours
Three hours
SPA 321-322 Survey of Spanish Literature*
Six hours
This course is a survey of the outstanding Spanish writers from the beginning to the present.
Prerequisite: SPA 311 or equivalent.
SPA 390/490 Independent Study*
One to Three hours
Superior students who have completed Survey of Spanish Literature I (SPA 321) may apply
to the chair to do independent reading in the Spanish language. All independent study must
be directed by a member of the language faculty.
THEATER
TH 120
Three hours
A course designed to help students write and present speeches effectively. Emphasis is
placed on the use of standard diction.
TH 140
See COM 140 for description of course.
TH 200
Stagecraft I
Three hours
Instruction in design, construction and decoration of sets for plays. Makeup and costuming
are also studied.
TH 230
Theater Art Field Studies
One to Three hours
The course is integrated with a tour of theaters, costume companies, set construction companies, and attendance at plays. It will include seminars, preparatory for the tour, lectures,
discussions during the tour, and discussion seminars following the tour. A special feature of
the tour will be critical seminars with renowned drama critics.
TH 231
Theater Arts I
Three hours
A basic course in Theater including history and environment of the stage. Elements and arts
of theater are studied.
TH 232
Theater Arts II
Three hours
A continuation of Theater Studies emphasizing developing a performing concept through the
use of creative activities. Prerequisite: TH 231.
202
Three hours
TH 240
See JOU 240 for description of course.
Three hours
TH 300
Stagecraft II
Three hours
A study of the technical aspects of school play production with advanced instruction in
design, plans, and construction of sets for a play. Prerequisite: TH 200.
TH 333
Acting
Three hours
A study of the actor as interpreter of dramatic literature. Emphasis is on movement and gesture, voice, and diction. The Stanislovski system is studied.
TH 334
Directing
Three hours
A study of the role of the theatrical director in the production of plays. Prerequisites: TH 231;
TH 232.
TH 335
Children’s Theater
Three hours
A comprehensive course that involves reading and studying plays that are appropriate for
Children’s Theater. Projects in production and staging techniques are required.
TH 336
Religious Theater
Three hours
Reading and studying plays appropriate for church presentations. Projects in production and
staging techniques are required.
TH 341
Advanced Speech
Three hours
A continuing study of the principles of speech composition and rhetoric, with practices in
individual speaking, group discussion, and voice development. Prerequisite: TH 120.
TH 350
Performing for Video Production
Three hours
A directed study class. Study and application of the theories of performing for video programming. Students will participate in producing PSAs, commercials, informational,
instructional, and dramatical programming. Limited enrollment. Prerequisites: TH 333 and
TH 371
Contemporary Drama
Three hours
Representative American, English, and Continental European plays are studied, beginning
with Ibsen and continuing to the present.
TH 490
Independent Study
One to Three hours
Students who have successfully completed at least 15 hours of their theater studies, and who
have a minimum grade point average of 2.80 in theater and 2.50 overall, may apply to the
theater professor for the privilege of Independent Study from one to three hours credit,
depending upon the nature and scope of the study project agreed upon.
TH 491
Shakespeare
Three hours
Representative comedies, histories, and tragedies of Shakespeare are studied. A history of
the Elizabethan theater, stage, and acting is included. Students listen to dramatic recordings
of Shakespeare’s plays and do some dramatic reading and interpretation.
203
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
The Board of Trustees consists of 44 members elected by the Kentucky Baptist Convention. The Board
meets quarterly.
Term Ending 2001
Term Ending 2002
MR. JERRY BENNETT
Campbellsville, KY
DR. A. B. COLVIN
Louisville, KY
MR. STEVE BRANSCUM
Russell Springs, KY
DR. LAWRENCE HALL
Elizabethtown, KY
MR. ROGER DAVIS
Horse Cave, KY
DR. BRUCE HEILMAN
Richmond, VA
MR. HUNTER DURHAM
Columbia, KY
DR. LESLIE HOLLON
Louisville, KY
DR. DOUG FELTNER
Greensburg, KY
DR. ROY HONEYCUTT
Louisville, KY
MR. CARROLL KNICELY
Glasgow, KY
REV. O. C. JONES
Radcliff, KY
MR. LARRY NOE
Campbellsville, KY
DR. MIKE POPE
Somerset, KY
MR. CHESTER PORTER
Mt. Washington, KY
MR. MICHAEL RICHEY
Lawrenceburg, KY
MRS. AVA BINGHAM REYNOLDS
Louisville, KY
MR. KERRY SKINNER
Atlanta, GA
MR. TOM SMITH
Danville, KY
MR. HAYWARD SPINKS
Hartford, KY
REV. LEON WILSON
Norman, OK
204
Term Ending 2003
Term Ending 2004
MRS. PAT BURKHART
Edgewood, KY
DR. J. CHESTER BADGETT
Campbellsville, KY
DR. JOHNNIE CLARK
Louisville, KY
MR. MIKE EASTRIDGE
Danville, KY
MR. FRED CLEM
Elizabethtown, KY
MR. JIM FUGATE
Saint Albans, WV
REV. BILLY COMPTON
Elizabethtown, KY
REV. FERRILL GARDNER
Louisville, KY
DR. JAY CONNER
Brentwood, TN
MR. DONNIE GOSSER
Elizabethtown, KY
MR. STEVE GARRETT
Edmonton, KY
MR. KYLE HUBBARD
Prospect, KY
DR. HENRY HUFF
Mars Hill, NC
MRS. MARY FRANCES MAY
Columbia, KY
MR. DAVID MORRIS
Warsaw, KY
MR. NORRIS PRIEST
Henderson, KY
DR. FOREST SHELY
Campbellsville, KY
MR. RON RAFFERTY
Campbellsville, KY
MS. PAT SULLIVAN
Prospect, KY
DR. KEVIN SHRUM
Madison, TN
REV. JOE WALTERS
Campbellsville, KY
DR. RALPH TESSENEER
Campbellsville, KY
205
ADMINISTRATION AND STAFF
A D M IN ISTRATIVE OFFICERS
M ICH AEL V . C A RT ER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .President
B.A., M.A., Marshall U niversit y; Ph.D., Ohio State University; further study,
Andover N ew ton
Theolo gical School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(19 99)
FRA N K LIN D CH EA TH AM . . . . . .V ice Pre sid ent for Ac ade mic Affairs
B.S., C ampb ellsville College; M.S., Tennessee Technolo gical University; M.S. in
C.S.E., U niversit y of Evansville; Ph.D ., U niversit y of Kentucky; f urther study,
Memphis State University. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(19 73)
JO HN E. CH O W N IN G Vice Pres ide nt for C hurch and External R e latio ns
and
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Exe cutive Assist ant to the President
A.A., Lindsey Wilson College; B.A., Transylvania University; M.P.A., Eastern
Kentucky University. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .( 199 8)
A LAN MED D ERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vic e Pres ident fo r D evelop me nt
B.A., Sam ford University; M.D iv., D. Min., The Southern Baptist Theolog ical
Sem inary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(20 01)
OTTO TEN N AN T, JR. .Vic e President f or Fina nce and A dminist rat ion
B.A., Ohio St ate University; M.B.A., University of Dayton . . . . . . . . . . . .(20 00)
M ARC U S C . W H ITT Vic e Preside nt f or Com munications a nd Market ing
B.A., M.A., East ern Kentucky University. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(19 92)
FAC ULT Y a nd LIBRARIAN S
PA TRIC K BA MW IN E . . . . . . . . . . .A ssista nt Prof esso r of So cio logy
B.S., Houg hton College; M.A., Ph.D ., O hio State University . . . . . . . . . . .(1999)
W ILLIA M E. BEN N ET T . . . . . . . . . . . .Pro fess or o f Po lit ica l Science
B.A., Campb ellsville College; M.A., Western Kentucky University; Ph.D ., U niversit y
of Sout hern Mississippi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(19 70)
C H A RLES M AR K BRAD LEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Profe sso r of Music
B.M., M.A., Step hen F. Austin St ate University; M.A., Ph.D., No rth Texas State
University; additional coursew ork complet ed at Southern Method ist University and
Indiana University. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .( 198 0)
JO HN RU SSELL BU RC H JR. D irecto r of Libra ry Servic es and As sistant
Pro fessor
B.A., Berea College; M.S.L.S., University of Kent ucky . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(20 00)
D EBR A W . C ARTER . . . . . . . . . .A ssistant Pro fess or of S ocial W ork
B.S., Marshall U niversit y; M.S.S.W., University of Tennessee; L.C.S.W., Tennessee
and Kentucky . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(200 1)
JO HN M ARK C A RT ER . . . . . .Profe ssor o f H ealt h Pro mo tio n, H uman
Performance, and Le isure Studies
B.S., Western Kentucky University; M.P.S., Western Kentucky U niversit y; M.R.E.,
The Southern Bapt ist Theolo gical Sem inary; Re.D., Indiana U niversit y . . .(1998)
MA RY JAN E CH A FFEE . . . . . . . . . . .As soc iate Profe ssor o f English
B.A., V assar C ollege; M.A., The University of Birmingham E ng land; Ph.D ., The
University of Iowa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(1996)
FRA N K LIN D CH EATH AM . . .Vice Preside nt for Acad em ic Affairs and
Prof esso r of M athem atics a nd C om put er S cie nce
206
. . .B.S., Cam pbellsville College; M.S., Tennessee Technological University; M.S. in
C.S.E., University of E vansville; Ph.D., University of Kentucky; further stud y,
Memphis State U niversit y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .( 197 3)
T OMMY R. C LA RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A sso cia te Profess or of A rt
B.A., Southw estern State College; M.A., Nort hwestern St ate University; M.F.A.,
Verm ont Co llege; grad uat e st udy, Western Kentucky U niversity, Tennessee Tech
U niversit y and Verm ont College. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(1972)
PA TRIC IA H . C OW H ERD
. . . D ean, Schoo l of Bus iness a nd Econom ics
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Professor o f B usine ss
A.A., Lindsey Wilson College; B.S., Cam pbellsville Co llege; M.A. and g raduate
study, Western Kentucky University, University of Kentucky; Ph.D., N ova
Southeastern University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(1972)
LIN D A J. C UN D IFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Professor of Art
B.A., C ampb ellsville College; M.A., Murray Stat e University; M.F.A., Ohio University;
advanced graduate study,
KY Instit ute for European Stud ies, University of Oxford, University of California,
Berkeley Program , University o f Louisville . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(19 82)
ELA IN E B. D A V ID . . . . . . . . . . . .As soc iate Profe sso r of So cio logy
A.A., Alb any Junior Co lleg e; B.S., Georgia Southwestern College; M.S., Vald osta
State College; Ph.D., V irginia Polytechnic Institute and St ate University. .(19 94)
D OR OTH Y L. D AVIS . . . . . . . .I nst ruc tor and Practicum C oordina to r
B.A., University of Kent ucky; M.A.E ., Cam pbellsville University . . . . . . . . .( 200 1)
RO BERT L. D OT Y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Profe ssor o f English
A.S., Henry F ord Com munity C ollege; B.A., Geo rgetow n College; B.D., The
Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., U niversity of Kentucky; further study, University o f London. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .( 1973)
D A RLEN E F. EASTR ID GE . . . . . .A ssocia te Pro fessor of Soc ial W ork
A.A., Lindsey Wilson C ollege; B.S., Cam pbellsville Co llege; M.A.E., W estern
Kentucky University; M.S.S.W., University o f Louisville; docto ral studies, University
of Louisville. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .( 199 4)
REGIN ALD ESTO QU E EC ARM A A ssista nt Professor of Co mmunicatio ns
B.S., University of Louisville; M.A., Ph.D., Regent University; graduat e st udy, The
Southern Baptist Theological Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .( 200 0)
D A MON R. EU BA N K
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Prof ess or o f H ist ory
B.S., Campb ellsville College; M.A.C.T., Auburn U niversit y; Ph.D., Mississip pi State
University. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(19 89)
LOR I J. EU BAN K . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant Profe ssor o f Educa tion
B.A., Bluefield College; M.A.E., Cam pbellsville Co lleg e; doctoral study, Universit y o f
Kentucky . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (1994)
JO SEPH D . FOST ER . . . . . . . . . .Assist ant Professo r of Econom ics
B.A., M.B.A., University of Lo uisville; graduate study, Midd le Tennessee State
University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (19 84)
RO GER D . FO STER . . . . . . . . . Inst ructor in B usine ss A dministra tion
B.A., U niversit y of Maryland; M.A., Central Michigan U niversity . . . . . . . .( 199 7)
J. RO BERT GAD D IS . . D ea n, Sch ool o f M usic a nd Prof esso r of M usic
B.M., M.A.E., Western Kentucky U niversity; Ed.D., University of Kentucky. (19 82)
C AROLY N A . GARR ISON . . . . . . . . Ass ist ant Professor o f Educat ion
B.A., Berea College; M.A . Eastern Kentucky University; doctoral study, E astern
207
Kentucky University, Western Kentucky University, Arizona State University and
U niversit y of Kentucky. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(1973)
AN TH ON Y KU RT GRA FT ON . . . . . .Assistant Profe sso r o f C hemi stry
B.S., U niversit y of Arkansas at Monticello; M.S. and Ph.D., University of O klahom a
( 199 8)
L. BETH K EM PER GRAH AM . . . . . . . .A ssistant Prof ess or o f English
B.A., M.A., West ern Kent ucky University; doctoral st udies, U niversit y of Kentucky.
(1995)
BA RRY S. GRIFFI N . . . . . . . . . .A ss ocia te Professo r of Manag e me nt
B.S., N o rt h Carolina State University; M.S., Lehigh University; Ph.D., Virginia
Polytechnic Institute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(2000)
GLEN D A GU ILLIAM S . . . . . Ass ociate Profes sor of H ea lth Promotion,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H um an Perfo rmance, and Le isure Stud ies
B.A., Otterb ein College; M.S., O hio U niversit y; Ph.D ., The Ohio State University . .
(2001)
J. ALV IN H AR D Y D ire ctor of Cente r for Educ atio nal Enhancem ent and
Ins tructorA.A., C am pbellsville C ollege; B.A., Georget own College; M.A., West ern
Kent ucky University; L.H .D., Cincinnati Metropo litan College; g raduat e studies,
The Southern Baptist Theolog ical Sem inary, Ap palachian State University and
Middle Tennessee Stat e University. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(19 68)
JO YCE A. H ASK IN S . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant Profe ssor o f Educa tion
B.S., Western Kent ucky University; M.A.E., Harvard University; M.S., Western
Kent ucky University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .( 200 0)
C A RL H O GSED , JR. . . . . . . . . . .Assoc iate Profe ssor of Ac counting
B.B.A., M.B.A., Morehead State U niversity; doctoral studies, University of
Kentucky. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .( 1996)
J. D W AYN E H OW ELL . . . . .Assis tant Professor of C hristian Stud ie s
B.A., Campb ellsville College; M.Div., Th.M., Ph.D., The So uthern Baptist Theolog ical
Sem inary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .( 199 9)
SU SA N H OW ELL . . . . . . . . . . . .As soc iate Profe ssor o f Ps ycho logy
B.S., Campb ellsville College; M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Lo uisville. . . . . . .(19 95)
JO HN E. H UR TGEN . . . . . .A ssociate Prof essor of C hristia n S tud ies
B.A., University of Louisville; M.Div., Ph.D., The Southern Baptist Theological
Sem inary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .( 199 0)
W ALT ER C . JAC K SON . . . D ea n, School o f T heology and Prof ess or o f
T heo logy
B.A., U niversity of Richm ond; B.D., The Southern Baptist Theolo gical Sem inary;
Th.M., The Southern Bapt ist Theolog ical Sem inary; Ph.D., The So uthern Baptist
Theolo gical Sem inary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(19 98)
THO MA S V . JEFFRIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Professo r o f C he mistry
B.S., Western Kentucky State College; M.A., Western Kentucky U niversity; D.A.,
Middle Tennessee State University; grad uat e study, University o f North Carolina,
Wake F orest University, Bowling G reen State Universit y and Western Kentucky
U niversity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (1968)
PA TRIC K J. K IN G . . . . . . . . . . . .A ssociat e Prof ess or o f Educ ation
B.A., A rm strong State College; M.Ed., Texas Tech University; Ph.D ., Southern
Illinois University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .( 1997)
K A REN J. LYN EM A
208
. . . . .Assista nt D irector o f Lib ra ry Services a nd
A ssista nt Professor
A.B., Calvin College; M.A.T., Duke University; M.S.L.S., postgraduate study, University of
North Carolina. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(1972-80, 19 82)
J. K EN N ETH MARTIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Profe sso r of Music
B.A., Wake Fo rest U niversity; M.C.M., D .M.A ., The So uthern Baptist Theolog ical
Sem inary; graduate study, Vand erbilt University. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(198 5)
LISA R. McA RTH U R . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant Profe sso r of M usic
B.M., Crane School of Music, SUNY Potsdam College; M.M., M.A., Kent State
University; Ph.D ., University of Kentucky. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(19 98)
D AV ID M. McC ULLO UGH A ssocia te Prof esso r o f M usic a nd D ire ctor o f
Bands
B.S., M.E d., Auburn University; M.M., Florida State Universit y; D .M.A., U niversit y of
Georgia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(1991)
MA RLO W B. M cCU LLOU GH . . . . . . . . . . .Instru ctor in M athe ma tics
B.S., A uburn University; M.A.E., Campb ellsville University. . . . . . . . . . . . .( 199 8)
STAN M cKIN N EY . . . . . . . . . . . .A ssistant Prof esso r o f Jo urnalism
B.S., M.S., Murray State University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(20 00)
GLEN N G. M cQ UAID E . . . . . . . . . . .As sis tant Profe ssor of Bio logy
B.S., Campb ellsville College; M.S., University of Wisconsin; doctoral studies,
U niversit y of Louisville. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .( 199 6)
M ARK SAMU EL MED LEY . . . . . . . . .As sis tant Profe ssor of Theo logy
B.S., University of N orth Caro lina; M.Div., Ph..D ., The Southern Bapt ist Theological
Sem inary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(19 99)
C LA RA L. MET ZMEIER . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Professor o f English
B.A., M.A., Western Kentucky Universit y; graduate study, Universit y of Kentucky and
University of Louisville . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(1986)
JAN ET L. MILLER . . . . . . . . . .Assistant Profe ssor o f M athe ma tics
A.A., E lizabetht own Co mm unity College; B.S., C am pbellsville College; M.S.,
West ern Kent ucky University; Ed.D., University o f Kentucky. . . . . . . . . . .(19 87)
RU SSELL G. M OB LEY . . . Ass ociate Professo r of The ate r an d Spee ch
B.A., M.A., U niversity of Kentucky; g raduate studies, Trinity College, Emerson
College, Western Kentucky University, North Carolina State University, Northern
Kentucky University. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(19 71)
JAM ES W . MOORE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Profe sso r of Music
B.M., M.M., University of Mississip pi; Ph.D., Florida State University. . . . . .(19 80)
N EVA LYN P. M OOR E . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assist ant Professo r of Music
B.A., Judson College; M.M., U niversity of Mississippi; graduate study, Florida State
U niversit y and, Westm inster Choir College, and The Southern Bapt ist Theological
Sem inary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(19 83)
TIM D . MO RGA N . Instruc to r in H ea lth Promotion, H uman Perfo rm anc e
and Leisure Stud ies
B.S., C ampb ellsville College; M.A., M.S., Eastern Kentucky University. . . . .(199 7)
SYLV IA L. M OR RIS . . . .D ean of Ca ree r Se rvices and C ounseling a nd
Instructor
B.A., Campb ellsville College; M.R.E./S.W., The Southern Bapt ist Theolog ical
Sem inary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(19 78)
W ILLIA M R. N EAL
. . . . . . . . . . . . .A ssocia te Profess or o f Engl ish
209
B.A., Arkansas College; M.A., University o f Arkansas; Ph.D., University of
Mississippi; graduate study, U niversit y of Louisville. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(199 1)
D ON H . OLIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assist ant Pro fe ssor of Physics
B.A., Carson-Newm an College; M.S., ABD, Vanderbilt U niversity. . . . . . . .(199 4)
JEAN ET TE PARK ER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Instruct or in Psycho logy
B.S., Campb ellsville University; M.A.E., Western Kentucky University . . . .(1999)
W . MORGAN PATTERSO N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Scho lar-In-Re sidenc e
B.A., Stetson Universit y; M.Div., Th.D., New O rleans Baptist Theolog ical Sem inary;
D.D., St etson University; post-docto ral study, O xfo rd University . . . . . . .(2000)
JA MES PIRK LE D e an, C ollege of Ed uca tion and Prof ess or o f Educ ation
B.S., University of Virginia; M.A., Bradley University; M.A., U niversity of Tennessee;
Ph.D., University of Florida . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .( 200 0)
D ON N A K . PIROU Z . Associate Professor o f Modern Foreig n Langua ge
B.A., Western Kentucky U niversity; M.A., University of Kentucky; further study,
U niversit y of Laval (Q ueb ec), Midd leb ury Co lleg e (V ermo nt), Sorb onne (Paris),
University of Louisville, Tennessee Fo reign Languag e Institute and Miami
University (Ohio). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(19 78)
JILL C. RO BERTS . . . . . . . . . . .A ssis tant Professor of A ccount ing
B.A., B.S., Western Kentucky University; M.S., and Post-graduate study, University
of Kentucky; C.P.A., Kent ucky State Board of Account ancy. . . . . . . . . . .(1994)
M. W ESLEY R OBER TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Prof esso r of M usic
B.A., U niversit y of South F lo rida; M.C.M., New Orleans Baptist Theological
Sem inary; D.M.A., The Southern Bapt ist Theological Seminary; graduate stud y,
Arizona St ate University, Alliance Francaise (Paris), Bibliotheq ue N ationale (Paris) ,
and the Academ ie de France (Rom e). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(1982)
VERN O N E. RO D D Y . . . . . . . . . .A ss ocia te Professo r of Econom ics
B.S., M.A., Ph.D ., University of Tennessee, g raduate study, U niversity of
California, Berkeley. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(1992)
MILTO N A . RO GERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Profes sor of Bio logy
B.S., Ph.D., University of Texas at Aust in; post -d octoral stud y, Iow a St ate
U niversit y. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(1973)
C LAREN C E ROH R BA U GH . . . . . . .Ass ist ant Professor o f Psycho logy
B.S., F ro stburg State University; M.A., Ph.D., Kansas Stat e University . . .(20 01)
JAC QU ELYN L. SA N D IFER . . .Assis tant Profe ssor of C riminal Justic e
B.A., Methodist College; M.A., Middle Tennessee St ate U niversity; doctorat e work,
U niversity of Tennessee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(2000)
C H RISTIN E SO ORIYA -A RACH C CH I Inst ruc tor and Ac ad e mic C oordina to r
of ESL
B.A., Bet hel College; M.A., Colum bia Internat ional University . . . . . . . . . .(20 01)
SAR AH J. STA FFORD . . . . . . . . . . . .Assist ant Profe ssor o f English
B.S., C ampb ellsville College; M.A., Eastern Kentucky University; do ctoral studies,
U niversit y of Kentucky. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (19 93)
RO BERT A. ST REET, JR. .Profe ssor of Computer Informat ion System s
B.A., Union University; M.S. in C.S.E., University o f Evansville; M.Div., Ph.D., The
Sout hern Baptist Theological Seminary; graduate study, “The Joint Archaeological
Exp ed ition to Ai,” add itional study, University of Memp his, University of
Pennsylvania . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ( 197 6)
210
R. B REN T SU MM ERS . . . . . . . . . . . .A ssistant Professor of Bio logy
B.A., M.S., Ph.D., University of Louisville. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(19 99)
ELIZAB ETH K A Y SU TT ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Instructor in C hemi stry
B.S., M.S., Eastern Kentucky University; ad ditio nal coursework, Western Kentucky
U niversit y. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(1986)
G. TED T AYL OR . . . . . . . .Assoc iat e Professor of C hristian Stud ies
A.A., Hiw assee College; B.S., University o f Tennessee; M.A.C.E., The Sout hern
Baptist Theological Sem inary; Ed .D., Mem phis St ate University. . . . . . . . .(1994)
JEN N IFER TIN N ELL . . .I nst ruct or in M usic a nd Assista nt D irector o f
Ba nds
B.M.E., M.M.E., Cam pbellsville U niversit y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(2001)
RO BERT V AN EST . . . . . . . . . . . .A ssistant Profe ssor o f Educa tion
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Indiana State University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(2001)
GORD O N K . W ED D LE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Professor of Bio logy
B.S., Oakland City C ollege; M.S., Fort Hays State University; Ph.D., Southern
Illinois University, graduate study, Tennessee Technological University. . .(1981)
H A RLI E W H ITE, JR. . . . .A ssociate Professor of M athem atics and C IS
A.B., Western Kentucky State Colleg e; M.A., U niversity of South C arolina; graduate
study, University of Kentucky, U.C .L.A., Emory University, Texas A&M University,
Mem phis St ate University, University of Central Oklahom a . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(1962)
MA RY H . W ILGUS . . . . . . . .D e an, C ollege of Arts and Sc iences and
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A ssocia te Prof ess or o f H ist ory
B.A., M.A., Middle Tennessee State U niversity; Ph.D ., Vanderb ilt University( 199 7)
D ON N A H . W ISE . . . .A ssista nt Professor of Physica l Educa tion and
A thle tics
B.S., M.A., Eastern Kentucky University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(1976)
G. MAXW ELL W ISE . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instructor in Po litical S cie nce
B..A., Campbellsville University; M.A., International Politics, Patterson School of
Diplomacy, University of Kentucky . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(19 99)
S. PAM ELA ZH U . . . . . . . . . . . . .As soc iate Profe ssor o f Educa tion
B.A., Shanghai Teachers’ University; M.A., Ed.D ., Indiana University of
Pennsylvania. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(1992)
A TH LETIC S
K EITH A D KIN S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C oac h of M en ’s Ba ske tba ll
B.A., University of North Carolina - Wilming ton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .( 199 8)
RO N A LD N . FIN LEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H ea d Foot b all Co ach
B.S., Eastern Kentucky University; graduate study, Michigan State U niversit y,
Indiana University, Western Kentucky University, and Murray Stat e University. . .
( 198 7)
W ILLIAM O. MOOR E . . . . Assista nt D irector of A thle tic s, H ead C ross
C ountry C oac h,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .He ad Softb all Co ac h
B.S., Western Kent ucky University; M.A., Roo sevelt University . . . . . . . . .(200 0)
H AYW OOD R IN ER, JR.
C oord inator
. . . . . .A ssistant Foot ball C oach & Recruit ing
211
B.A., Bridgewater College; M.S., James Madiso n University. . . . . . . . . . . .(198 6)
SC OT T R . ROU SE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H e ad A thletic Trainer
B.S., Western Carolina University; M.A.T., University of Lo uisville; N .A.T.A.B.O.C .
Certified. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(199 4)
BEAUFOR D W . SAN D ERS, JR. ,H e ad Baseb all Co ac h and H ead Volleyball
C oach
A.A., North Greenville C ollege; B.S., University o f South Carolina; M.A.E ., Furm an
University. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(19 90)
LEIGH JO H N SU LLIVA N . . . .H ead M en’s a nd W o men’s T ennis Co ac h
B.S., M.A.T., C arson-N ew man College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(1999)
SH AN N ON W A TH EN . .H ead Vo lleyball C oach and A ssistant W ome n’s
Bas ket ball C oach
B.S., Campb ellsville University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(20 00)
D ON N A H . W ISE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C oa ch of W om en ’s Bask etball
B.S., M.A., Eastern Kentucky University. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (1976)
ST AFF
R. TREN T ARGO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D irect or of A dmi ssio ns
B.M., Cam pbellsville College; M.M., M.E., Cam pbellsville University. . . . . . .( 198 9)
PAMELA M. B EN N ETT . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D ire ctor of Annua l Giving
B.S., C ampb ellsville University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(2000)
BR YA N BLAIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D irect or of Bro ad ca st Servic es
B.A., Western Kentucky U niversit y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(19 93-97, 199 9)
RITA A. CREASON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D irect or of Student Re cord s
B.S., Campb ellsville College; M.A., Western Kentucky University. . . . . . . .(19 91)
PAU L A . D A MER ON . . . . . . . . . . . D irecto r of Institutio nal Re sea rch
B.A., C ampb ellsville College; M.A., Western Kentucky U niversity.(1 977-83, 1989)
V IR GIN IA P. FLAN A GA N . D irector of the Technolo gy Tra ining C ent er
B.S., Campb ellsville College; M.A., University of Louisville . . .(19 76-1991, 1999)
JO SEPH D . W . FOST ER D ire ctor o f D e velop ment and Ge neral Co unse l
B.S., Campb ellsville College; J.D ., U niversit y of Kentucky . . . . . . . . . . . . .( 200 0)
M ARGARET W . FOS TER .D irector of Boo kst ore , Print Shop a nd Postal
Service s
Continuing Ed ucation Co urses, St. Catharine Junior College. . . . . . . . . . .(19 85)
MA RIO N T . H A LL . . . . .D irect or of Purc hasing and Specia l Pro jects
B.S., Campb ellsville College; M.A., Western Kentucky University . . . . . . . .( 199 9)
J. ALV IN H A R D Y . . .D irector of C enter fo r Educa tional Enhanc eme nt
A.A., Cam pbellsville College; B.A., Georgetow n Co lleg e; M.A., Western Kentucky
U niversit y; L.H.D ., Cincinnati Metropolitan College; graduate study, The Southern
Baptist Theological Sem inary, Appalachian State U niversity and Mid dle Tennessee
State University. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(1968)
C LAU D E E. (RU STY) H OLLIN GSW O RTH , JR . . . . .D irect or of A thletics
B.A., Carson-Newm an College; M.A., University of Tennessee . . . . . . . . .( 200 1)
BETTY J. K ID W ELL . . . . . . . . . . . . .D irec tor o f Personnel Se rvic es
212
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(19 69-72, 198 2)
JO AN C . McK IN N EY . . . . . . . . . . . . .D irector of N ews In forma tion
B.A., E astern Kentucky University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(19 80)
MA RIA RIC KER M ED LEY . . . . . . . . .D ire ctor of Information Service s
B.S., B.S.B.A., Appalachian State U niversit y; M.A., University of Louisville .(2000)
W A R REN SC OTT MO ON EY . . . . . . . . . .Sp orts Informa tion D irec to r
B.A., Quachita Baptist University; M.A., Cam pbellsville University . . . . . . .( 199 9)
SYLV IA L. M OR RIS . . . . . . .D ea n of C a ree r S ervices and C ounseling
B.A., Campb ellsville College; M.R.E./S.W., The Southern Bapt ist Theolog ical
Sem inary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(19 78)
ED W IN C. PAV Y, SR. . . . . . . . . . . . . D irecto r o f C ampus Ministries
B.S., University of Louisville; M.Div., The Southern Bap tist Theological Seminary. .
(1994)
D A V ID S. PIERC E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D irec to r of Physic al Plant
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (19 67)
EM MA REVIS . . . . . . . . . . . Gra nts W riter and Prosp ect R e sea rcher
B.S., M.A., Western Kentucky University. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .( 199 7)
XIMEN ES SA N T OS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D irect or of ESL Inst itute
Bachelor’s of Theology, Northern Baptist Theological Seminary of Brazil; M.A.E.,
Campbellsville Univesity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(1 999)
C H RISTI TO LSON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D ire cto r of Financial Aid
A.A.S., Hazard Com munity College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .( 200 0)
D AV E W A LT ERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D ea n o f St ude nt Service s
B.S., C ampb ellsville University. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(1994)
213
INDEX
EM ERITI A D M IN ISTRAT ION
W . R. D AV EN PORT
. . . . . . .. .
Pre sident Em erit us
A.B., University of Louisville; M.S.,
E d.D., University o f Arkansas. . . . . .
( 196 9-88)
K EN N ETH W . W IN TER S . . . . . . .
Pres ide nt Eme ritus
B.S., Murray Stat e University; M.A.,
Indiana University; E d.D., University
of Northern C olorado. . . . . . . . . . .
(1988)
RO BERT S. C LARK . . . . . . .Vice
Pres ide nt fo r Aca dem ic
A ffa irs Emerit us . . . . . . . .B.A.,
G eorgetown College; M.A., Middle
Tennessee State University; M.Div.,
The Sout hern Baptist Theological
Seminary; E d.D., Vanderbilt University;
advanced graduat e study, Tulane
University and Vanderbilt University. .
(1966 )
EM ERIT I FAC ULT Y
D ON A LD H . BISH OP . . . Assistant
Pro fessor of H ea lth and
Physic al Educ ation Eme ritus
B.S., Union University; M.A., East ern
Kent ucky University; graduate
study, Eastern Kentucky University.
(1968)
AN N A BR UC E B OON E . . . . . . . .
As soc iat e Profe ssor o f
Educa tion Em erita
A.B., M.A., University of Kent ucky;
graduate study, University of
Kentucky, Morehead Stat e
University and Western Kentucky
University. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(1962-84 )
H . E. CO KER . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pro fe ssor of C hrist ian
Studies Em eritus
A.B., Mercer University; Th.D., The
Sout hern Baptist Theological
Sem inary; graduate study,
Indiana University . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
( 196 7-89).
214
L. D . K EN N ED Y . . . . . . . . . . .A s
Pro fe ssor of Eng lish a nd
Journalism Em erit us
A.B., Union U niversit y; M.A.,
Memphis St ate U niversity; M.Div.,
Southwestern Baptist Theo logical
Sem inary; graduate study,
University of Kent ucky and
Morehead State University. . . . . . . .
(19 65-87)
JERR Y R. K IB BON S . . . . . . . . .
Pro fessor of C hrist ian
Studies Em eritus
A.A., So uthw est Baptist College;
A.B., Southw est Missouri St ate;
M.D iv., So uthwestern Baptist
Theolo gical Sem inary; M.A., Central
Misso uri State University; D.Min.,
The Southern Baptist Theolog ical
Sem inary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(1964-92 )
PH ILIP M. LEE . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pro fess or of B usiness
Em erit us
B.S., Purdue University; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Iowa; g raduate study,
University of Notre D am e . . . . . . . .
( 198 7-2000)
D REW R Y M EECE, JR . . . . . . . . .
Pro fe ssor of Ed uca tion
Em eritus
A.B., Georg etow n College; M.Div.,
The Southern Baptist Theolog ical
Sem inary; M.A ., E d.D., University
of Kentucky. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
( 196 5-91 )
SH IRLEY B. M EEC E . . . . . . . . .
Pro fess or of Eng lish Eme rita
A.B., Berea College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Kentucky; post graduate
study, Western Kentucky University. .
(1967-91) .
W ILLIA M C. M YLES . . . . . . . . .
A ssociat e Prof ess or o f
Educa tion Em eritus
A.B., Western Kentucky Stat e
College; M.A., George Peabody
C ollege; g raduate study, University
of
Kentucky . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
( 195 9-65; 1966-84 )
FAY T. POPE . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ins tructor in B usine ss
Educ ation Emerita
B.S., Mississip pi Colleg e; M.Ed.,
U niversity of Missouri. . . . . . . . . . .
(198 2-88)
FRAN C ES M . RO BERTS . . . . . . .
Assist ant Profes sor of
English Em erit a
B.A., Blue Mountain College; M.A.,
George Peabody College; graduate
study, University o f Georgia. . . . . . .
(1966-87 )
H A RR Y SC ALO S . . . . .A ssista nt
Pro fess or of B usiness and
Ec onomic s Emeritus
B.S., M.A., Eastern Kentucky State
College; g raduat e study, University
of Southern Califo rnia, Eastern
Kentucky State Colleg e and
University of Kentucky. . . . . . . . . .
( 195 9-92)
GILBER T R . TRED W A Y . . . . . . .
Pro fess or of S ocial Scie nce
Eme rit us
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
( 195 9-63, 1966-84 )
215
A
Absences ..........................................................57
Academic Advising ........................................ 55
Academic Calendar, Undergraduate ..................5
Academic Bankruptcy .................................... 56
Academic Distinction ......................................60
Academic/Administrative Facilities ................11
Academic Organizations ..................................39
Academic Policies ............................................51
Academic Probation ........................................56
Academic Programs ........................................45
Academic Regulations ....................................55
Academic Suspension ......................................57
Accounting ............................................102, 138
Accreditation ....................................................9
Administrative Officers ..................................206
Administrative Technology....................103, 139
Admissions, Undergraduate ......................15, 17
Advanced Placement, Credit ............................21
Affiliations ........................................................9
Appeals ......................................................28, 57
Applicants ........................................................15
Application for Degrees ..................................51
Appliances........................................................32
Appointment Classes........................................49
Aquatics Management......................................79
Art ............................................................64, 140
Associate Degrees ............................................47
Athletic Coaching ............................................79
Athletic Organizations......................................42
Athletics ..........................................................42
Attendance, Class ............................................57
Auditing......................................................20, 58
Awards..............................................................60
B
Bachelor of Arts ..............................................45
Bachelor of Music ....................................45, 118
Bachelor of Science ........................................45
Bachelor of Social Work ..................................62
Bible and Christian Studies............................129
Biblical Studies ..............................................130
Biology ....................................................82, 143
Board of Trustees ..........................................204
Business Administration ..........................99, 145
C
Career Counseling/Job Placement ..................47
216
Carver School of Social Work ........................62
Center for Educational Enhancement ..............13
Certificates ......................................................47
Certification ....................................................112
Chemistry ................................................84, 147
Christian Social Ministries ............................134
Christian Studies ....................................128, 150
Church Life ......................................................39
Church Music ................................................180
Church-Related Vocations................................48
Classification ....................................................58
CLEP ................................................................21
Coaching ..........................................................79
College of Arts and Sciences ..........................62
Colors ..............................................................10
Commencement................................................60
Communications ......................................71, 153
Community Outreach Program ..................16, 20
Computer Information Systems ..............85, 154
Convocation Program ......................................49
Correspondence Courses ..................................49
Course Descriptions, Undergraduate ............138
Credits ..............................................................21
Criminal Justice........................................90, 156
Curriculum ......................................................61
D
Degrees ........................................................9, 45
Dentistry ..........................................................50
Directories ......................................................206
Dual Degree Programs ....................................45
Dual High School/College
Student........................................................16, 21
E
Early Childhood Education....................116, 157
Early Elementary Grades, P-5........................112
Economics ......................................100, 104, 158
Educational Ministries ..................................132
Education, Teacher ..........................50, 109, 159
Electronic Media ......................................71, 162
Engineering ......................................................50
English ..............................................56, 68, 163
English as a Second Language (ESL)..............14
English Test (TOEFL) ......................................16
Equal Opportunity ............................................10
Evening Program..............................................19
Exercise Science ..............................................75
Expenses ..........................................................23
Experiential Learning ....................................166
F
Facilities ..........................................................11
Faculty............................................................206
Financial Assistance ........................................25
Campbellsville University
MISSION
Campbellsville University is a comprehensive, Christian institution that offers undergraduate and graduate programs. The university stresses academic excellence solidly grounded in the liberal arts, personal growth, integrity, and fellowship within a caring environment. The university seeks to prepare students to enrich their own lives through life long
learning, to contribute to their respective disciplines through continued scholarship, and
to improve society as Christian servant leaders.
CORE VALUES
1.
2.
3.
4.
To provide academic excellence and quality programs throughout the university;
To offer an environment conducive for student success;
To practice strong, effective stewardship;
To strive to be a caring, Christ-centered community of learners.
Affiliated with the Kentucky Baptist Convention

bulletin-catalog 2001 - 2003

Transcription

Similar documents

WWW.MUSTANGBARN.COM WWWW.MUS STANGB BARN.C COM

research facility for teachings and exams registration

college official`s report curry college

to registration forms - Church Street School for Music and

CHS Newsletter - Commerce Schools

A hallgatók teendői egy félévben a Neptun tanulmányi rendszerben

CDSBEO Special Education Parent Guide

February 2016 MUM copy.pages

Supporting the LA SemeSter - Syracuse University Giving

Signed Student Responsibilities Form